Section 3: Energy Solutions clever. creative. comfort.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Trust Titus • Building owners’ trust in occupant comfort; • Architects trust in functional, creative design solutions for air distribution; • Consulting engineers’ trust in state of the art air distribution responding with solutions that meet and exceed complex Green Building requirements; and, • Contractors trust in products that function as specified, implementing the best solutions for the building owner. Our catalog series helps all parties involved in the development of a commercial building reach their goals. Whether you are browsing the catalogs for new designs in air distribution or engineering a new LEED Platinum building, Titus can help. Our innovative, experienced team combined with state of the air test facilities in Plano, TX help advance the science of air distribution. We believe that advancing the science of air distribution and being a resource for our customers provides the best value for the owner, building occupants and the environment. It can be summarized in our Titus Tagline: Clever. Creative. Comfort. Keith Glasch Vice President
“‘USGBC’ and related logo is a trademark owned by the U.S. Green Building Council and is used by permission.”
Titus Product Catalog, December 2011 printed in USA. Copyright Š 2011 by Air System Components, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this catalog may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and recording, or by any information storage and retrieval system without permission in writing from Air System Components, Inc. Product improvement is a continuing endeavor at Titus. Therefore, product descriptions are subject to change without notice. Contact your Titus representative to verify details.
contents
CORPORATE VALUES
INNOVATIONS
CASE STUDIES
Titus Product Catalog - Section 3: Energy Solutions LEED APPLICATION GUIDE
A29
VAV DIFFUSERS L1 UNDERFLOOR S1 DISPLACEMENT VENTILATION CHILLED BEAM
T1
U1
ENERGY SOLUTIONS PRODUCTS
X1
INDEX
Y1
SPECIFICATIONS
Vision Since 1946, we at Titus have had the distinct privilege of building on the legacy of our founder, Don Titus’ solid foundation of innovation, quality products, quality service and quality employees. Our goal is very clear - to help the people who depend upon us by continuing to innovate and advance the science of air distribution.
those they serve, we gain a better focus on the needs which we can best satisfy. Our business purpose is to serve our customers and the industry as a whole. We serve them with products that are innovative and more effective than those offered by our competitors. Our quality is evident in the ever-increasing product lines and service to our customers.
We are guided in this work by our commitment to significantly improve the health, efficiency, comfort and aesthetics of the environments in which our products are used. The primary guiding principle we follow is the belief that the ethical way is the only way to conduct our business. Actions speak louder than words. Our focus on every phase of our business contributes to our ability to better serve our customers and provide the best products and solutions.
The Titus of tomorrow will be larger and more robust than it is today, as has been the case since 1946. As Winston Churchill said “To improve is to change; to be perfect is to change often.” Titus will continue to change, but always with a focus on a spirit of service and surpassing the needs of the commercial HVAC industry world wide.
A SPIRIT OF SERVICE
To lead is to serve. By listening to our customers and
A4
CORPORATE VALUES
STABILITY
We are fully dedicated to serving the HVAC industry through the finest Representative firms. Our long term partnership with our representatives and our mutual
commitment with them is ultimately the key to our success. This results in stability in the market place unmatched by any other manufacturer.
Titus dedicates itself to be a company which looks forward to anticipate the needs of HVAC professionals and the people they serve. This dedication is based on our mission - to help HVAC professionals deliver better products and services, and to make life better for those who use our products.
At Titus, we don’t take our success for granted. Our employees know that success only comes through hard work, a commitment to excellence and a desire to make a difference in all that we do. We are proud of our achievements and will continue to work hard to deliver on our commitments.
CORPORATE VALUES
SPECIFICATIONS
Why has Titus continued to lead the industry for over 60 years? Our employees are viewed as having unique individual value with dignity and worth independent of the work they do. Each employee has a real sense of unity and commitment to the other, each contributing their invaluable work, so that their collective efforts result in Titus continuing to set the standard for excellence in the industry.
INNOVATION
Intelligent Innovation has been and will continue to be our hallmark. Many products inevitably face the cycle of growth, maturity, and decline due to changing market needs. Titus has made an unwavering commitment to improve existing products and develop or acquire new and unique products and technologies.
A5
Innovation
SPECIFICATIONS
For over 65 years, the name Titus has been synonymous with innovation in commercial air distribution. Many of the solutions we have developed over the years are still tried and true core products in our industry today. Intelligent Innovations speaks to our ability to solve problems and look at air distribution in new ways. Our true passion, however, lies in our ability to find clever and creative ways to enhance occupant comfort. Clever. Creative. Comfort. Several examples can be found within the pages of this catalog, and one of the stand-out products is the EOS; the industries first solar-powered, energyharvesting auto-changeover diffuser. Not only does the EOS provide THE solution for perimeter heating and cooling challenges, but it decreases the time it takes for an occupied zone to reach the setpoint, over the traditional split compromise diffuser, to improve occupant comfort. Additionally, the technology at work in the EOS provides us with a scalable energy
A6
CORPORATE VALUES
harvesting platform to use as a jumping off point to address thermal comfort in revolutionary ways. Another cleaver and creative example innovation from Titus is the Plexicon. Displacement ventilation, while a great solution for cooling a space, usually requires a separate or supplementary system for heating; which affects the design, installation and overall cost of a project. The Plexicon addresses this challenge by incorporating displacement cooling and mixedairflow heating into a single diffuser assembly with auto-changeover action. Providing both cooling and heating from the same diffuser eliminates the need for a secondary heating system, reduces overall project costs, and delivers a high level of thermal comfort to the building occupants. At Titus, we are continually working on developing new ways to advance the science of air distribution.
SPECIFICATIONS CORPORATE VALUES
A7
SPECIFICATIONS
Training
A8
Titus has long been recognized as a provider of world class training for the air distribution industry. Our various seminars, most notably our Consulting Engineer classes, provide students with valuable instruction in such areas as the Basics of Air Distribution, Energy Solutions, ASHRAE Standards and achieving LEED accreditation.
distribution and the solutions we offer.
Titus training provides practical information that can be applied to current projects or applications. Our training is highly interactive with hands on product demonstrations and technology-driven displays. We offer the opportunity to see products in action to help engineers understand the best applications for each product type or system.
Whether you are experienced or new at designing with HVAC, Titus training allows you to expand your HVAC knowledge.
Titus’ industry experts utilize our state-of-the-art lab and R&D facility as a backdrop for many of the sessions, and our participants consistently walk away from our classes with a broader understanding of air CORPORATE VALUES
At Titus, we highly value our time with customers, particularly the engineers specifying our products, because they allow us to forge lasting relationships that give us valuable insight into the day-to-day challenges they face.
GREEN SEMINAR xx LEED xx UnderFloor Air Distribution xx Displacement Ventilation xx Chilled Beam
CONSULTING ENGINEER SEMINARS xx Displacement Ventilation and Chilled Beam Products xx Air Distribution Product Selection & Application xx Terminal Unit Product Selection & Application xx Personal Comfort with Access Floor and VAV Diffusers xx Terminal Unit Controls and Applications xx Critical Environment Diffuser Applications
SPECIFICATIONS
xx Applied Acoustics (Lw, Lp, NC & RC) xx Air Distribution Patterns/Principles of Overhead Heating & A.D.P.I. xx Characteristics of Throw and Selection for Optimum Comfort xx Selecting and Applying HVAC products for LEED
CORPORATE VALUES
A9
SPECIFICATIONS
Energy Solutions
A10
Green Building design and energy conservation concepts are not new, yet in recent years the focus throughout the world has been to build structures with these principles in mind. We have seen the positive impact that designing and creating green buildings with these concepts have on our community and more importantly the world in which we live. As such, 100% of our focus for the past couple years and going forward has been on developing and delivering Green Solutions, and not just any Green Solution, but relevant Green Solutions. This is exactly the purpose of the Titus Energy Solutions website. The Energy Solutions micro-site is a first of its kind for any HVAC manufacturer in the industry. Our tagline, The Leader in Air Management is not just words. Titus is fully committed to provide the latest innovations to the HVAC market and this new website is just another piece to an ever-growing puzzle. By being singularly focused on Green products and Green Building CORPORATE VALUES
concepts, this website provides a portal into the latest developments in training, design, energy conservation, and news that directly affect us. We made every effort to incorporate all the tools needed to find the perfect Green Solution. Within the site you will find relevant product information, marketing collateral, LEED tools and other energy conservation related resources. We offer a wide array of Green products that can be used in a variety of applications. Whether you have a ceiling application or an underfloor installation, Titus has the Green Solution for you! Many of our products are GreenSpec Listed and we have a knowledgeable and experienced staff of industry professionals ready to provide assistance when needed. The marketing collateral we have made available on the Energy Solutions site is directly related to our Green products as well. The Energy Solutions
Brochure and the Retrofit Energy Solutions Guide are two brochures created to focus on Green products. The Energy Solutions Brochure is a 4-page guide that not only shows the types of products we offer, but highlights what LEED Credits they assist in achieving. The Retrofit Energy Solutions Guide provides a more thorough look into how an older building can be retrofitted and the energy savings available if new system or components were to be installed.
Our goal in creating the Energy Solutions website is to provide you with a very informative and green-focused interactive resource for today’s demanding building needs. Sustainable design and energy conservation concepts are here to stay and this new tool will assist you in meeting those demands.
CORPORATE VALUES
SPECIFICATIONS
We have also completely revamped our case studies to provide a more in-depth perspective into some of our Green projects. They illustrate the overall design process from concept to completion. Our case studies also display which Titus products were selected and highlights how they solved the project’s air distribution needs. We also have flyers, green presentations, installation manuals, and application guides available on the site.
The HVAC system plays a vital role in achieving healthy buildings to work in, but the LEED Credits associated with them tend to be missed. The sections of LEED that directly relate to Titus’ air distribution products primarily fall under Energy & Atmosphere (EA) and Indoor Environmental Quality (EQ) sections of LEED. The U.S. Green Building Council’s Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design standard (LEED) has quickly become the basis for determining a building’s “Green” status.
A11
A NEW DAWN APPROACHES...
CLEVER. CREATIVE. COMFORT.
EOS
Improve Comfort & Save Energy with EOS, the Industry’s First Solar-Powered, Energy-Harvesting Diffuser by Titus The EOS is a revolutionary leap forward in air distribution technology. As the first solar-powered energy-harvesting diffuser, it is designed to improve comfort and save energy by providing a solution to challenging building perimeter applications. The EOS utilizes a specially-designed logic system that monitors air temperature and adjusts the air discharge position using harvested power to complete the diffuser’s auto-changeover function; ensuring the proper discharge position for heating or cooling. And, unlike other perimeter solutions, the EOS is powered completely by natural light! It also has added flexibility built into its logic system to allow for more narrow temperature bands. The result is a truly smarter diffuser that combines intelligence with flexibility and adjustability. EOS. Another first from ‘The Leader in Air Distribution”.
Titus - The Leader in Air Management | www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
The Best Of Both Worlds
PLEXICON The Titus Plexicon offers the advantages of a displacement diffuser without the added cost of a separate heating system. AS A DISPLACEMENT DIFFUSER: • Offers the highest level of indoor air quality making it ideal for a wide variety of applications. • Offers higher ventilation effectiveness than other air delivery methods creating a high level of occupant comfort. • Allows for higher supply air temperatures and potential for increased economizer days, which saves energy.
AS A MIXED AIRFLOW DIFFUSER: • No secondary air delivery system for heating is required saving time and money during planning, design and installation. • Offers high level level of comfort during heating mode, as heat is delivered from the floor to the occupied zone.
The Titus Plexicon is truly
“The Best Of Both Worlds”.
Titus - The Leader in Air Management | www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
clever. creative. comfort.
Not Too Cool for School PROVIDE ENERGY EFFICIENT COMFORT WITH TITUS CHILLED BEAMS Titus active chilled beams create an ideal learning environment through proven technology. Suitable for either new construction or retrofit, Titus active chilled beams deliver comfort to each individual classroom with a compact design that requires less clearance than conventional VAV systems. Titus active chilled beams are very versatile, quiet, simple to install, require minimal maintenance and provide an energy efficient, cost effective alternative to typical VAV systems. Designed to operate with low system pressure, Titus active chilled beams supply fresh dehumidified ventilation to each room while simultaneously creating low velocity air motion with innovative high induction air nozzles. Room air is induced through the coil section where it is hydronically heated or cooled, before blending with the fresh air discharging into the room. With their low pressure design and no moving parts, Titus active chilled beams provide uncompromising comfort while meeting the most stringent classroom acoustical requirements.
Titus - The Leader in Air Management | www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
TCM2
Thermostat
BACnet Controller TAF Diffuser
TAF-R Diffuser CT-TAF-L Diffuser TAF-L Plenum
TAF BACnet UnderFloor System
TAF BACnet System In order to provide a UFAD BACnet System solution which can interface with a building management system, Titus will be introducing the Titus TAF BACnet System in the coming months. This BACnet controller will allow the entire Titus underfloor product mix to be connected with RJ12 daisy chain connections. This underfloor controller will allow up to 5 thermostats with 1 to 6 terminal units per thermostat for a maximum of 30 underfloor products to be interconnected. The controller will be housed within a sheet metal enclosure with removable access cover.
RJ12 plug and play connections for easy installation
• BACnet network capabilities for BAS interface. • RJ12 plug and play connections for easy installation. • Patented Auto-Addressing to allow the installer to configure the BACnet MAC addresses and automatically network all BACnet controllers with the push of a button. • All thermostat connections are on the left side and all remote terminal connections are on the right side to reduce installation confusion.
Titus - The Leader in Air Management | www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DIGITAL T3SQ-2
CLEVER. CREATIVE. COMFORT.
Save Energy While Improving Personal Comfort Titus introduces the latest addition to the T3SQ family, the Digital option of the T3SQ. Titus brings both accuracy and flexibility to the variable air volume (VAV) market with T3SQ VAV diffusers. The T3SQ combines the functions of a VAV terminal and a high performance diffuser in one by modulating the air volume delivered to a zone to accurately control cooling and heating conditions. This results in maximum air distribution effectiveness at any airflow, for superior comfort conditions. The Digital T3SQ is the most energy efficient VAV diffuser on the market. It requires 10 times less power than the competitor’s model. The communication modules allow for interfacing with building management systems for all major communication protocols. With user friendly software to control and commission diffusers, the Digital T3SQ is the next level of VAV diffusers on the market.
MODELS AVAILABLE: • Standard Master Communication module (Titus mini-BMS) • Master Communications module with Lonworks gateway • Master Communications module with BACnet gateway
Titus - The Leader in Air Management | www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
TAF-L PERIMETER SYSTEM The New Name In Underfloor Perimeter Applications
CT-TAF-L
The TAF-L Perimeter System was designed to address the challenge of perimeter heating and cooling in an underfloor application. The TAF-L Perimeter System delivers its plume without breaking the occupied layer, eliminating mixing and the need for fan powered boxes while increasing comfort and energy efficiency. Consisting of a cooling plenum, the TAF-L-V,
and a heating plenum, the TAF-L-W, the TAF-L system provides continuous coverage around the perimeter of any application. The CT-TAF-L multi-deflection diffuser integrates from the top into all the TAF-L plenums to deliver superior performance. The TAF-L Perimeter system can also assist in achieving LEED credits.
• Does not require fan powered terminals which reduces installation costs and energy usage. • The engineered plume does not break the stratified layer.
UFAD LEED credits:
• EA Credit 1: Optimize Energy Performance • EQ Credit 6.2: Controllability of Systems: Thermal Comfort • EQ Credit 7.1: Thermal Comfort: Design • MR Credit 1.1-3: Building Reuse
TAF-L-R
TAF-L-W
• Can assist in achieving LEED credits.
TAF-L-V
Titus - The Leader in Air Management | www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
TAF-L-E
CHRISTMAN COMPANY HEADQUARTERS CLIENT:
Christman Company
REPRESENTATIVE OFFICE: Fontanesi and Kann Company
ABOUT THE PROJECT Built in 1928, and originally known as the Mutual Building, the new Christman Company Headquarters is a revitalized landmark building located in downtown Lansing, Michigan. With rich history and captivating interior design, the Christman team and SmithGroup faced a unique challenge of preserving the past while blending in technology from the present. Prior to Christman Company selecting the Mutual Building as its new headquarters, the building’s appearance both inside and out had declined. The historic preservation team at Christman and the architects and engineers at SmithGroup gave the building a new beginning with innovative and sustainable design concepts. The end result was a historic preservation of design from a time long since forgotten that incorporates today’s Green Building concepts to take the Christman Building into the future.
A18
TITUS GREEN CASE STUDY
CT-TAF-L
TAF-L-W
TAF-L-V
TAF-R
GREEN CASE STUDY
ARCHITECT/DESIGNER: SmithGroup
LEED CERTIFICATION:
LOCATION:
LEED Double Platinum Certified
Lansing, Michigan
THE TITUS SOLUTION To assist in their efforts toward being recognized as the world’s first building to achieve “Double Platinum” LEED certification, Titus UnderFloor products were selected. The two LEED Platinum awards were for LEED - Core and Shell and for LEED - Commercial Interiors. The TAF-R diffuser and components from the TAF-L Perimeter System were utilized to provide the air distribution for the renovation. The TAF-L Perimeter System was designed to address the challenges of handling perimeter loads in a modular system. This system is comprised of a modular cooling plenum, the TAF-L-V, a heating plenum, the TAF-L-W, and a linear bar diffuser, the CT-TAF-L. Both plenums are designed to be integrated with the CT-TAF-L multideflection linear bar diffuser and provide the necessary airflow for the building.
architecturally pleasing and designed for use in high induction raised floor applications. It is constructed of a high impact, polymeric material that durable enough to resist foot traffic. This diffuser has the fastest installation in the industry with the new spring clip design and can relocated easily to another location by simply relocating the floor panel.
THE END RESULT The new Christman Company Headquarters is a shining example of what occurs when companies collaborate toward a single goal. SmithGroup and the Christman team brought a local landmark back to life while creating an open and stunning work environment.
The TAF-R diffuser is a round underfloor product that is TITUS GREEN CASE STUDY
A19
NATIONAL AUDUBON SOCIETY HEADQUARTERS CLIENT:
National Audubon Society
REPRESENTATIVE OFFICE: Air Distribution Enterprises
ABOUT THE PROJECT The National Audubon’s society new headquarters in New York City, New York is an impressive loft-style office. This 28,000 square foot LEED Platinum Certified green workspace incorporates many sustainable design elements throughout. Designed by FX Fowle, the office space utilizes many innovative systems to ensure greater energy efficiency, waste management and reduced water consumption. TAF-R
The open floor plan is complimented by large windows which allow natural light to penetrate the area from all sides. This combined with the daylight harvesting system helps reduce energy usage and creates a higher level of energy efficiency. Several pieces of furniture were created from recycled content wood that was either salvaged or certified by the Forest Stewardship Council. Cork and bamboo can be seen throughout the facility as well. Also, the water system is managed by using low flow automatic fixtures. CT
A20
TITUS GREEN CASE STUDY
300/350R
GREEN CASE STUDY
ARCHITECT/DESIGNER: FX Fowle
LOCATION:
New York City, New York
THE TITUS SOLUTION Not to be overlooked, the HVAC system was extremely innovative as well. The Titus UnderFloor Air Distribution (UFAD) system was selected to be the primary source of airflow for the new headquarters with the TAF-R diffuser leading the way. The TAF-R diffuser is a round underfloor product that is architecturally pleasing and designed for use in high induction raised floor applications. It is constructed of a high impact, polymeric material that’s durable enough to resist foot traffic. The diffuser now has the fastest installation in the industry with the new innovative spring clip design and it can be easily relocated to another location simply by relocating the floor panel it is installed in. The TAF-R diffuser is also a GreenSpec Listed product.
LEED CERTIFICATION: LEED Platinum Certified
THE END RESULT The design for the new National Audubon Society Headquarters was inspired by their previous facility and their mission - to ‘protect and restore vital ecosystems, and to ensure a healthy environment for people, wildlife, and the earth’s natural resources.’
Other Titus products featured in the new office are the CT and 300/350R grilles. Both units compliment the underfloor system and provide the necessary airflow for the space. TITUS GREEN CASE STUDY
A21
BENNING LIBRARY CLIENT:
DC Public Library System
REPRESENTATIVE OFFICE: H&B Products Inc
ABOUT THE PROJECT The new Benning Library opened its doors on April 5, 2010. This two-story facility is 22,000 square feet of inviting spaces for all to enjoy. Designed by the architectural firm of Davis Brody Bond Aedas, the new library offers 40,000 books, dvds, cds, and other material for all age groups. This LEED Silver Certified building has many state-of-the-art features throughout. Visitors have access to free Wi-Fi internet, laptop computers and Mac computers. There are also separate designated reading areas for adults, teens and children.
TAF-R
Sustainable solutions can be seen on the inside and exterior of the building. The building features a vegetative “green� roof, energy efficient lighting, a bike rack, and parking spaces for hybrid vehicles. Other green features include low-flow automatic faucets and toilets, using recycled materials in floorings and countertops and the ability to take advantage of the abundance of natural light. CT
A22
TITUS GREEN CASE STUDY
TAF-D
GREEN CASE STUDY
ARCHITECT/DESIGNER: Davis Brody Bond Aedas
LEED CERTIFICATION:
LOCATION:
LEED Silver Certified
Washington, D.C.
THE TITUS SOLUTION The HVAC system used in the new library was selected to help achieve LEED certification. The Titus UnderFloor Air Distribution (UFAD) system was selected to be the primary source of airflow for the new library because this innovative system affords architects and building owners options long after the building is finished. The TAF-R diffuser is a round underfloor product that is architecturally pleasing and designed for use in high induction raised floor applications. It is constructed of a high impact, polymeric material that’s durable enough to resist foot traffic. The diffuser now has the fastest installation in the industry with the new innovative spring clip design and it can be easily relocated to another location simply by relocating the floor panel it is installed in. The TAF-R diffuser is also a GreenSpec Listed product. The TAF-D ducted plenum is constructed of a heavy gauge steel and is designed for application in
underfloor air distribution systems. It is used as a ducted supply or return unit. The CT-TAF linear bar grille integrates with the TAF-D unit from above and sits on the carpet. It provides the necessary airflow by deflecting the air as it passes through the underfloor plenum. These models can help contribute toward achieving LEED EA Credit 1: Optimize Energy Performance; IEQ Credit 6.2: Controllability of Systems; Thermal Comfort, IEQ Credit 7.1: Thermal Comfort - Design, and if the building utilizes an existing structure, MR Credit 1.1: Building Reuse.
THE END RESULT The Benning Library incorporated many elements in its design. Green Building concepts and the community itself played important roles in the design. By listening to the needs of the surrounding community and building a library that uses sustainable design criteria, the architects created an innovative and welcoming facility for all to enjoy for many generations.
TITUS GREEN CASE STUDY
A23
WILLARD ELEMENTARY SCHOOL CLIENT:
Concord Public Schools
REPRESENTATIVE OFFICE: Northeast Air Solutions
ABOUT THE PROJECT The new Willard Elementary School, which opened its doors for the first time this year, is a state-of-the-art building designed by the Office of Michael Rosenfeld, Inc (OMA) Architects. This award winning, full-service architectural firm listened to and incorporated many design elements from the clients to create a new education facility for young minds to grow and prosper. Everyone involved wanted this new building to be something that their previous one wasn’t - to be an energy efficient and safe structure that everyone would be proud of. OMA created a green learning environment for all students, grades K-5 to learn from. The students have created and produced podcasts and brochures that highlight additional sustainable features. Touch screens monitor the elementary school’s energy consumption. The library, located in the heart of the school, benefits from an abundance of natural light. The natural light is able to penetrate deep into the building by light shelves that are located in the classroom.
A24
TITUS GREEN CASE STUDY
DVIR
FlowBar
OMNI
GREEN CASE STUDY
ARCHITECT/DESIGNER:
Office of Michael Rosenfield Inc (OMA)
LOCATION:
Concord, Massachusetts
THE TITUS SOLUTION When designing and building an energy efficient facility, the HVAC systems are extremely important and cannot be overlooked. OMA not only relied on utilizing diffusers and grilles, but wanted to create a unique HVAC system that would have all other elementary facilites green with envy. Displacement Ventilation, a unique method of air distribution, was selected and Titus had the perfect product - DVIR. The DVIR is a rectangular displacement diffuser with a unidirectional discharge designed for flush mount applications. It provides air distribution by supplying a large volume of air at a low velocity to the occupied zone. Adjustable air nozzles inside the unit can create different airflow patterns in the space to optimize occupant comfort. The DVIR displacement unit wasn’t the only Titus
LEED CERTIFICATION: None
product used in the elementary school. Williard Elementary also has several other high performance grilles and diffusers to provide a total air distribution solution. The OMNI diffuser can be seen in various locations as well as the FlowBar. The OMNI is an architecturally pleasing unit that delivers a uniform 360 degree horizontal air pattern. The FlowBar architectural linear diffuser system maximizes engineering performance without sacrificing aesthetic considerations of the designer. FlowBar’s outstanding performance allows higher air flows than conventional linear diffusers and produces lower noise levels.
THE END RESULT Willard Elementary School is a remarkable achievement in Green Building design and cooperation. The Concord, Massachusetts community received a unique school that has energy efficient technology both inside and out while creating the perfect learning environment for their children to grow and develop.
TITUS GREEN CASE STUDY
A25
VISTEON VILLAGE CLIENT:
Visteon Corporation
REPRESENTATIVE OFFICE: Fontanesi and Kann Company
ABOUT THE PROJECT The Visteon Corporation is a leading innovator in the automotive design industry and produces components, systems, and modules that appeal to drivers and passengers throughout the world. Their corporate headquarters is a unique collection of buildings designed to create a community-style work environment while promoting green building concepts. CT-TAF-L
They strongly believe in corporate responsibility with environmental management among their highest priorities. Visteon preserved the wetlands on the site and also conserves energy by utilizing extensive daylight harvesting. The Titus underfloor products used to provide the air distribution are the DLHK terminal unit, the CT-TAF-L linear bar grille, and the TAF-R underfloor diffuser in numerous locations along the perimeter of the building’s interior to provide the necessary airflow for the load requirement. LHK
A26
TITUS GREEN CASE STUDY
TAF-R
GREEN CASE STUDY
ARCHITECT/DESIGNER: SmithGroup
LOCATION:
Van Buren Township, Michigan
THE TITUS SOLUTION SmithGroup, a full-service architecture and engineering firm, had a ingenious idea for the underfloor application. George Karadis, PE, Vice-President and Director of Mechanical Engineering for SmithGroup, envisioned an integrated system for the building perimeter that did not utilize fan coil filter units, underfloor partitions or a myriad of control devices. The solution satisfies all perimeter heating, ventilating and air distribution requirements through one linear floor grille assembly. Incorporated into the continuous CT linear bar grille frame are varying sets of segmental nuanced aperture plates, blank-offs and deflector wings that are mounted into heating, cooling or return plenums. The next stage of development involves actuation of a sliding aperture plate beneath a fixed one. This will modulate the open area through which the air jets pass. Variable cooling requirements will be met while maintaining a nearly
LEED CERTIFICATION: None
constant velocity of air and plume heights. Titus engineers then turned their concept into a viable product - The TAF-L Perimeter System.
THE END RESULT By arranging the floor grille over the aperture plates, it created room air induction, thus raising the temperature of the air jets and reducing the height of the vertical plume. The Visteon project design utilizes a floor pressure of .07”w.g. which discharges 225cfm of conditioned air in a 6-7’ vertical plume at an angle of 5B. This mixes the air in the occupied zone without disturbing the stratified layer overhead. The TAF-L Perimeter System addresses the challenge of handling perimeter loads in a modular system. The CT-TAF-L linear bar diffuser, which mounts into the TAF-L’s cooling, heating or return plenum, is designed to handle the high loads of the perimeter while maintaining the engineered plume height throughout its operating range.
TITUS GREEN CASE STUDY
A27
Terms of Use
Terms & Conditions
1. SELLER’S TERMS AND CONDITIONS: The terms and conditions as herein written shall supersede all previous agreements, communications, or contracts, written or verbal, and no understanding, agreement, term, condition, or trade custom at variance herewith shall be binding on Seller. No waiver or modification of the terms and conditions hereof shall be effective unless in writing and signed by both parties. 2. CREDIT AND TERMS OF PAYMENT: Unless otherwise specified, terms of payment are net cash, thirty (30) days after shipment. Interest at the legal rate applicable to judgments will be charged on past due accounts commencing after the last day of the first calendar month following the date of invoice. Seller may suspend credit and refuse shipment whenever Seller in its sole discretion believes Buyer’s credit is unsatisfactory, unless Buyer then makes arrangements for payment which are satisfactory to Seller. 3. TAXES: Prices do not include sales, use, excise or similar taxes or duties. If Seller should be required to pay the same, the prices will be increased accordingly. 4. DELIVERY: Quotations and sales are F.O.B. Seller’s plant unless otherwise expressly stipulated. Should shipping releases or schedules be changed therefrom for any reason beyond Seller’s control, Seller reserves the right to invoice accordingly to quantities or parts shipped. 5. DELAYS AND FORCE MAJEURE: Seller’s shipping dates are approximate. Seller will not be responsible for loss or damage arising from delays caused by lack of correct or complete data from Buyer or charges in or tardy approval of drawings by Buyer. Neither party will be responsible for loss or damage arising from delays caused by shortage of transportation, strikes, fires, floods, storms or any other circumstances beyond the party’s reasonable control. Should Seller be delayed by any of the above causes, Seller shall be given a reasonable extension of the time for performance hereunder. Seller may, during any period of shortage due to any of said causes, supply its own needs first and prorate its remaining supply of such goods among its customers in such manner as Seller in its sole judgment shall determine. 6. CANCELLATION: If the goods to be furnished under any contract arising from this agreement are for specific products and work made to suit Buyer’s special requirements, and Buyer cancels the contract in whole or in part through no fault of Seller, the Buyer shall pay to Seller as liquidated damages a sum equal to all of the expenses incurred by Seller in the performances of work under the contract including, but not limited to the following: • Cost of material not returnable to vendor or not reasonably usable for other work; • Engineering and shop labor including burden; • Cancellation charges paid by Seller for material and contract work ordered by Seller for the performance or work hereunder; • Administrative overhead (15% of items a, b, and c above); and • In lieu of profit, liquidated damages in the amount of 10% of items a, b, c, and d above. • Instructions by Buyer to suspend the work for a period of thirty (30) days beyond the time or times called for under the contract shall be deemed a cancellation for purposes of this paragraph unless a longer period is agreed to in writing by Seller. 7. EXAMINATION OF MATERIAL: Buyer shall examine goods promptly upon receipt of delivery from the transportation company. Buyer shall advise the transportation company of any damages or shortages thereof prior to acceptance of goods from the carrier and, except for any latent defects, shall advise Seller of any claims with respect to shortages, damages, workmanship or quality with ten (10) days after receipt thereof. Failure to so advise the transportation company and the Seller shall relieve Seller from any claim by Buyer for shortages, damages, workmanship or quality and shall constitute a waiver by Buyer of all claims with respect to said goods. 8. LIMITED WARRANTY: Titus Products warrants to Buyer, or any person receiving product during the duration of this warranty, for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of shipment from originating factory that the goods at time of shipment will be free from defects of material and workmanship for normal use and service. This warranty does not extend to goods subjected to misuse, neglect, accident or improper installation, or to maintenance of products which have been altered or repaired by anyone except Seller, Buyer, or any person receiving such a product during the duration of the warranty, shall contact the local Titus Representative or Titus Products - (605 Shiloh Rd, Plano TX 75074) as soon as any defect becomes known. Titus sole obligation under the foregoing warranty shall be limited to: at its option, repair or replace (and reship to Buyer with transportation charges paid to any place in the United States) defective goods provided, however, that if Titus is unable to correct a defective component part or product after a reasonable number of attempts, the Buyer shall be entitled to elect a refund at original Buyer’s purchase price. CHARGES ACCRUED AGAINST SELLER’S ACCOUNT WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL OF SELLER WILL NOT BE PAID BY SELLER. If after notifying Titus of defect, Buyer returns goods to Titus for repair and Titus determines that it has not breached the foregoing warranty, the Buyer will be assessed Titus regular reconditioning charges. Titus SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM DEFECTIVE EQUIPMENT. THIS EXPRESS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, GUARANTEES OR REPRESENTATIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, BY OPERATION OF LAW OR OTHERWISE. 9. EMPLOYMENT LAWS: Seller certifies that goods of its manufacture covered hereby are produced in compliance with the Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended, the Fair Employment Practices Law, as amended, and the regulations and orders issued pursuant thereto. • The Seller will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, and the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. • Seller certifies in the form prescribed in 41 CFR Chapter 1, Section 1-12, 803-10, regarding non-segregated facilities. 10. SUBCONTRACT: Seller reserves the right to subcontract any part of this work. 11. LAWS APPLICABLE: This contract is made according to the laws of the State of Texas, and the invalidity of any provision of such contract under the laws applicable thereto shall not invalidate the remaining provisions of such contract. 12. RETURNED GOODS: Authority to return goods must be obtained in writing from Seller. Any item returned by the Buyer for reasons of his own is subject to prepaid transportation charges and restocking charges. Additional charges for reworking or replacement of parts may be necessary.
Application Guide LEED™ AND GREEN BUILDINGS
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
TABLE OF CONTENTS GENERAL A31 INTRODUCTION A31 LEADERSHIP IN ENERGY & ENVIRONMENT A31 PURPOSE A31 LEED RATING SYSTEM A31 ENERGY & ATMOSPHERE A32 PREREQUISITES A32 OPTIMIZE ENERGY A32 UNDERFLOOR AIR DISTRIBUTION A32 DISPLACEMENT VENTILATION SYSTEMS A32 CHILLED BEAM SYSTEMS A33 ECM MOTORS A33 DYNAFUSER AUTO-CHANGEOVER DIFFUSERS A33 ENHANCED COMMISSIONING A33 MATERIAL & RESOURCES A34 TOTAL MATERIAL VALUE AND MEP PRODUCTS A34 PREREQUISITE A34 BUILDING REUSE A34 RECYCLED CONTENTS A34 REGIONAL MATERIALS A35 INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY A35 PREREQUISITES A35 INCREASED VENTILATION A35 CONTROLLABILITY OF SYSTEMS A36 THERMAL COMFORT A36 GREEN BUILDING CODES AND PROGRAMS A38 FEDERAL GREEN REQUIREMENTS A38 STATE GREEN REQUIREMENTS A39 LOCAL GREEN REQUIREMENTS A39 SUMMARY A40 ABBREVIATIONS A41
Titus, the Titus Spiral, The Leader in Air Management, and TEAMS are trademarks of Titus. LEED and LEED Green Building Rating System are trademarks of the U.S. Green Building Council. ECM is a trademark of General Electric Company, USA. ASHRAE is a trademark of American Society of Heating Refrigeration Air-Conditioning Engineers.
LEED and Green Building Application Guide General
more. This guide will discuss the LEED-NC standard. The four levels of LEED certification are as follows. xx General certification requires 40-49 points.
Introduction
xx
Silver certification is 50-59 points.
xx
Gold certification is 60-79 points.
xx
Platinum certification is 80+ points.
This document provides application highlights covering green buildings.
The increased interest and demand for green buildings continue in building projects. This document highlights some areas where using Titus products may help to achieve the goal of becoming a certified green building project.
Leadership in Energy & Environment
The Project Checklist consists of several sections, each with various topics, called Credits. The following list provides the section categories. xx Sustainable Sites (SS)
The United States Green Building Council (USGBC) developed the Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design (LEEDTM) Green Building Rating System™. The LEED council is a voluntary, consensus-based national standard board for developing high-performance, sustainable buildings. USGBC members represent all segments of the building industry and update the program continuously.
xx
Water Efficiency (WE)
xx
Energy & Atmosphere (EA)
xx
Materials & Resources (MR)
xx
Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)
xx
Innovation & Design Process (ID)
xx
Regional Priority (RP)
Purpose
Prerequisites and Credits exist within each section. To achieve LEED certification, prerequisites for all sections of LEED must be met regardless of which Credits are submitted for certification. The following table lists credits and prerequisites related to air distribution.
The LEED rating system was created for the following reasons: xx Define “green building” by establishing a common measurement standard. xx
Promote integrated, whole building design practices.
xx
Recognize environmental leadership in the building industry.
xx
Stimulate green competition.
xx
Raise consumer awareness of green building benefits.
Table 1. Prerequisites and Credits Related to Titus Products
CRITERIA CLASSIFICATION
POINTS
Energy & Atmosphere xx
Prerequisite 1 – Fundamental Building Systems Commissioning
Required
xx
Prerequisite 2 – Minimum Energy Performance
Required
More information about the USGBC and LEED can be found on the USGBC website (www.usgbc.org).
xx
Prerequisite 3 – Fundamental Refrigerant Management
Required
xx
Credit 1 - Optimize Energy Performance
Up to 10
LEED Rating System
xx
Credit 3 – Enhanced Commissioning
xx
Transform the building market.
Using the LEED rating system, a project can become LEED certified by obtaining points for “green” building processes, systems, and materials. There are several different LEED standards such as LEED-NC for new construction, LEED for Schools, LEED-EBOM for existing buildings operations and maintenance, and several
1
Materials & Resource xx
Prerequisite 1 – Storage & Collection of Recyclables
xx
Credit 1 - Building Reuse
1–3
xx
Credit 4 – Recycled Content
1–2
Required
APPLICATION GUIDE - LEED & GREEN BUILDINGS
A31
LEED and Green Building Application Guide CRITERIA CLASSIFICATION xx
POINTS
Credit 5 - Regional Materials
1-2
Indoor Environmental Quality xx
Prerequisite 1 – Minimum IAQ Performance
Required
xx
Prerequisite 2 – Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control
Required
xx
Credit 2 - Increased Ventilation
xx
Credit 3 – Construction IAQ Management Plan
xx
Credit 6 – Controllability of Systems, Thermal Comfort
1
xx
Credit 7 – Thermal Comfort
1
1 1-2
Innovation & Design Process xx
Credit 1 – Innovation in Design
1
Energy & Atmosphere Prerequisites
Three prerequisites exist in the Energy & Atmosphere section, they are: Fundamental Building Systems Commissioning, Minimum Energy Performance, and CFC Reduction in HVAC&R Equipment.
Optimize Energy
Credit 1 is Optimize Energy Performance. The intent of this credit is to achieve increasing levels of energy performance above the prerequisite standard to reduce environmental impacts associated with excessive energy use. There are three methods of achieving the Optimize Energy credits. The first, and currently most common, method is based on percentage of reduction from ASHRAE Standard 90.1, Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings, and range from 12% reduction (1 Point) to 48% reduction (19 Points) for new buildings. The requirement for optimizing energy performance credit is to reduce the design energy cost compared to the energy cost budget for systems regulated by ASHRAE™/IESNA Standard 90.1-2007. Per LEED, regulated energy systems include HVAC, service hot water and interior lighting. The second method of achieving this credit is to comply with the Prescriptive Compliance Path in the
A32
APPLICATION GUIDE - LEED & GREEN BUILDINGS
ASHRAE Advanced Energy Design Guide for Small Office Buildings 2004. Using this method, you can achieve 1 point. The last method of achieving the Optimize Energy credit is to comply with the Prescriptive Compliance Path in the Advanced Buildings™ Core Performance™ Guide developed by the New Buildings Institute. You can achieve 1 to 3 points using this method.
UnderFloor Air Distribution Systems
One way to achieve energy optimization credit is with an underfloor air distribution (UFAD) system. A UFAD system may have higher HVAC equipment efficiency as access floor air systems use warmer supply air (60B to 65BF) than conventional systems that use 55BF supply air. Raising the discharge temperature of many system types reduces energy consumption. UFAD systems can move a larger volume of air with overall lower pressure drops. The underfloor plenum needs 0.1 inch of water pressure or less for proper diffuser performance. This results in less fan horsepower needed for access floor systems resulting in lower energy usage. Additional energy savings and higher levels of occupant comfort for UFAD projects can be obtained by using the TAF-L linear system to provide VAV cooling and Fin Tube (hydronic or electric) heating on perimeter zones. TAF-L system is passive and eliminates the need for fan powered terminals. The TAF-L-V cooling units can also be located in variable occupancy areas such as conference rooms or waiting areas to maximize occupant comfort. The energy savings of an access floor system should be considered as part of the system to receive an Optimize Energy Performance credit.
Displacement Ventilation Systems
Displacement ventilation systems use the natural buoyancy of warm air to provide improved ventilation and comfort. Cold air from a displacement diffuser moves slowly across the floor until it reaches a heat source, such as a person or a computer, then rises. Displacement ventilation systems cannot be used for heating however, so a supplementary heating system is required.
LEED and Green Building Application Guide The system design of a displacement ventilation system is very similar to a UFAD system. Therefore it can help achieve the Optimize Energy Performance credit.
Chilled Beam Systems
Chilled beam systems are water based cooling systems. Because cooling with water is more efficient than cooling with air, these systems can save energy and help achieve the Optimize Energy Performance credit. There are two types of chilled beams, passive and active. Both types use convection of room air over a cooling or heating coil to maintain comfort. A passive chilled beam does not have a supply air inlet. Fresh air must be supplied through a separate fresh air system. Active chilled beams have a supply air inlet. In either system, the airside volume is much lower than in an all air systems. This reduces the fan size and therefore reduces the fan energy usage.
ECM Motors
ECM motors are another option that should be considered for the Optimize Energy Performance credit. The ECM motor has efficiencies of up to 70% across its entire operating range (300-1200 rpm) and 80% over 400 rpm. The ECM motor is available in all of the Titus fan-powered terminals. See the ECM Application Guide, AG-ECM, for more information.
DynaFuser Auto-Changeover Perimeter Diffuser
Most perimeter areas of commercial buildings require both heating and cooling. Typically a split overhead system uses two slot diffusers mounted end to end or one diffuser with multiple slots. In the two diffuser system, one diffuser is set for horizontal discharge and the other for vertical. With a multiple slot diffuser, half of the slots are set to discharge horizontally and half discharge vertically. Even though these methods work, they are not the optimum solution. In both the heating and cooling modes, half the supply air is being discharged in the wrong direction. During heating, half the air is discharged horizontally which causes stratification along the ceiling. In cooling, half the air is discharged vertically causing unwanted drafts along the floor.
The Titus DynaFuser was designed to solve the perimeter challenge. The DynaFuser automatically changes the air discharge pattern to the correct position for heating and cooling applications. This allows 100% of the supply air to be utilized in either application to achieve optimum comfort in the occupied zone. Lab tests have shown that the return temperature was 3.25BF lower using the DynaFuser test, compared to a split flow perimeter slot diffuser. This equates to a saving of 26.5% of energy by not directing warm supply air directly to the return. The DynaFuser not only increases the comfort level by correctly discharging supply air in both heating and cooling modes, it does so without the use of an internal or external power source which translates to energy savings for the building owner. When 100% of the supply air is utilized, the room temperature reaches the set-point faster requiring the HVAC system to run for a shorter duration of time, which saves energy. In fact, preliminary lab tests indicate energy savings to be 10-40%, which can help achieve the Optimize Energy Performance credit.
Enhanced Commissioning
Credit 3 is for beginning the commissioning process early during the design process and executing additional activities after systems performance verification is completed. The independent commissioning authority should be: xx Independent of the work of design and construction. xx
Not an employee of the design firm, though they may be contracted through them.
xx
Not an employee of, or contracted through, a contractor or construction manager holding construction contracts.
xx
May be a qualified employee or consultant of the Owner.
Consider air balancing the diffusers, registers, and grilles as part of the additional commissioning tasks of the building systems.
APPLICATION GUIDE - LEED & GREEN BUILDINGS
A33
LEED and Green Building Application Guide Material & Resources Total Material Value and MEP Products
Many of the Credits in the Material & Resources section of LEED require the project to calculate the total material value of the project. Mechanical, electrical, and pluming (MEP) products as well as labor, overhead, and fees are not to be included. The reason for excluding MEP products is that typically, MEP products are not recycled or reused, which is the focus of the Material & Resources section of LEED. Including MEP products would increase the total material value of a project while not adding value to the total recycled or reused material content, and, therefore, make it more difficult to achieve the 5%, 10%, or 20% necessary to achieve some of the Material & Resource Credits.
Prerequisite
The Material & Resources section has prerequisite Storage & Collection of Recyclables.
Building Reuse
If the project is a renovation, Credit 1.1 or 1.2 Building Reuse, may be applicable. Credit 1.1 is for maintaining at least 55%, based on
Figure1 - Titus Manufacturing Locations
A34
APPLICATION GUIDE - LEED & GREEN BUILDINGS
surface area, of existing walls, floors and roof. Credit 1.2 is for maintaining 50% of existing interior nonstructural elements such as interior walls, doors, floor coverings and ceiling systems. Utilizing access floors systems can update a building for meet current technology needs without demolishing the current building structure. In situations where the architect wants to leave an ornamental ceiling open, access floor air distribution may be the perfect solution.
Recycled Contents
Credits 4 (1 to 2 points) Recycled Contents: 10% and 20%, respectively are for using post-consumer and post-industrial recycled contents materials. The intent for the recycled contents credit is to increase usage of building products incorporating recycled content materials. When determining the percentage of recycled contents used in the building project, all post-consumer recycled contents materials can be included and count toward the 10% or 20% total. However, the post-consumer recycled contents materials are valued at 50% of the total percentage used. For example, if 7% of the total building project is post-consumer recycled, then 7% is counted and 4% of the total building project is post-industrial, then 2% is counted. Using 10% recycled contents qualifies for one point,
LEED and Green Building Application Guide using 20% or more qualifies for an additional point. Two points is the maximum credit for Recycled Contents.
Indoor Environmental Quality
For recycled materials that are used as a component of another product, the value of recycled materials that are used as a component of another product is determined by weight. Divide the weight of the recycled content by the weight of the complete product and use that percentage of the dollar value of the product for the recycled content dollar value.
The Indoor Environmental Quality section has two prerequisites: Minimum IAQ Performance and Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control. The Minimum IAQ Performance prerequisite requires the project to meet the minimum requirements of voluntary consensus standard ASHRAE 62.1-2007, Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality, and approved Addenda using the Ventilation Rate Procedure.
Regional Materials
Additional points are given for utilizing local building materials. Depending on the project site, the project may qualify for Regional Material points, Credit 5. It qualifies the project for 1 point for using 10% regionally extracted, harvested, processed, and manufactured material. It also provides an additional point for 20% regionally extracted, harvested, processed, and manufactured material. The intent of the Regional Materials credit is to increase demand for building materials and products that are extracted and manufactured within the region, thereby supporting the regional economy and reducing the environmental impacts resulting from transportation. Products and building materials with final assembly within a 500-mile radius of the construction site meet the Regional Materials credit guideline. Titus manufactures product all over the country, so many of the terminals, diffusers, and grilles used in a project may help qualify for Regional Material points. Whenever possible consider product manufacturing plant location when selecting products to qualify for Regional Material points. Figure 1 shows locations of Titus manufacturing plants with a shaded circle indicating a 500-mile radius of each plant. The Green Building section of the Titus website has a distance calculator that calculated the distance from all of the Titus manufacturing facilities to the specified project zip code. The distance calculator can be found at http://www.titus-hvac.com/greenbuilding/plant_distance.asp.
Prerequisites
The DynaFuser can also help achieve the ASHRAE 62.1 ventilation requirement in the perimeter system. There are a couple of design issues related to perimeter heating that are discussed in the ASHRAE standards that LEED requires. If a design uses a typical split airflow pattern, with half the air going across the ceiling and half the air pointed down the glass, there are a couple of rules that must be followed. First, the throw at 150 fpm should reach to about 4 ft from the floor. This guaranties that fresh air gets into the occupied zone during heating. Second, the temperature differential from setpoint to supply cannot exceed 15BF. If these conditions are not met, then the air change effectiveness defined in ASHRAE 62.1 is reduced from 1.0 to 0.8. This means that 25% more fresh air needs to be brought in to meet the ASHRAE 62.1 requirement for IAQ. The DynaFuser solves this by putting 100% of the air where it needs to be during cooling and heating.
Increased Ventilation
Credit 2 provides one point for Increased Ventilation. This credit’s intent is to provide additional outdoor air ventilation to improve indoor air quality for improved occupant comfort, well-being and productivity. The credit requires the ventilation system design to Increase breathing zone outdoor air ventilation rates to all occupied spaces by at least 30% above the minimum rates required by ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2007, Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality. Displacement ventilation systems can help achieve the increased ventilation credit. ASHRAE Standard 62.1, table 6-2, Zone Air Distribution Effectiveness, rates the air distribution effectiveness of a displacement ventilation system as 1.2. The zone air distribution effecAPPLICATION GUIDE - LEED & GREEN BUILDINGS
A35
LEED and Green Building Application Guide tiveness is a measure of how effectively the zone air distribution uses its supply air to maintain acceptable air quality in the breathing zone. A rating of 1.2 is essentially equivalent to stating that a displacement ventilation system requires 20% less fresh air than an overhead cooling system which has a rating of 1.0, or in terms of the Increased Ventilation credit, that 20% of the 30% required is achieved by default when a displacement ventilation system is utilized. This means that less actual fresh air is required to achieve this credit. For heating, the perimeter overhead heating systems must be sizes correctly to achieve a zone air distribution effectiveness of 1.0. If a split overhead system is being used, proper selection of the overhead perimeter slot diffuser throw is necessary to ensure that fresh air is provided to the occupied zone in both cooling and heating modes. The diffuser should be selected so that the isothermal (cataloged) data for the 150 fpm throw reaches the 4 ft level from the floor of the occupied space and the supply air does not exceed 15BF over the zone temperature. If the diffuser is not selected in this manner, the zone air distribution effectiveness becomes 0.8 and additional fresh air will need to be supplied to the zone. Bringing in additional outside air in the heating season will also increase energy usage due to the need to heat up the cold outside air before supplying it to the zone. The DynaFuser can solve this issue be putting the air where it needs to be in both cooling and heating seasons.
Credit 7.1 (1 point), Thermal Comfort - Design requires that the building comply with ASHRAE Standard 55-2004, for thermal comfort standards. ASHRAE Standard 55-2004, Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy specifies the combinations of indoor space environment and personal factors that will produce thermal environmental conditions acceptable to 80% or more of the occupants within a space. The environmental factors addressed in the standard are temperature, thermal radiation, humidity, and air speed; the personal factors are those of activity and clothing. It has been shown that individual comfort is maintained when the following conditions are maintained in a space: xx Air temperature maintained between 73-77BF. xx
Relative humidity maintained between 25-60%.
xx
Maximum air motion in the occupied.
xx
50 fpm in cooling.
xx
30 fpm in heating.
xx
Floor to 6-foot level, 5-6BF maximum temperature gradient.
Controllability of Systems
The ASHRAE comfort standard states that no minimum air movement is necessary to maintain thermal comfort, provided the temperature is acceptable. To maximize energy conservation, we should attempt to maintain proper temperatures at the lowest possible air speed. The ASHRAE comfort charts, Figures 3 and 4 show the relationship between local air velocity and temperature difference in the ankle and neck regions.
The credit states that, “Individual adjustments may involve individual thermostat controls, local diffusers at floor,…” as potential strategies to achieve this credit. VAV diffusers, such as the Titus T3SQ would also qualify for this credit as well as access floor diffusers such as the TAF-R.
Air Diffusion Performance Index (ADPI) is the best way of assuring that a space will meet the ASHRAE Standard 55 requirement for 5-6BF maximum temperature gradient. ADPI is a single-number means of relating temperatures and velocities in an occupied zone to occupants’ thermal comfort. To calculate the ADPI of a space, you need to measure the temperature and velocities at points throughout the occupied space. The occupied space is defined by ASHRAE as being the area from the floor to the six foot height, one foot from the walls. The effective
Credit 6, Controllability of Systems, has two parts: 6.1 Lighting and 6.2 Thermal Comfort. The intent of Credit 6.2 is to provide individual comfort controls for 50% of the building occupants to enable adjustments to suit individual task needs and preferences.
A36
Thermal Comfort
APPLICATION GUIDE - LEED & GREEN BUILDINGS
LEED and Green Building Application Guide
Figure 3. Ankle Region Comfort Chart
Figure 4. Neck Region Comfort Chart
draft temperature is then calculated for each point. The effective draft temperature (Q) is equal to the room temperature (tx) minus the local temperature (tc) minus 0.07 times the local velocity (Vx) minus 30. Q = (tx-tc) – 0.07(Vx-30) The ADPI value is the percentage of the points where Q is between -3 and +2 F inclusive, with a room velocity of 70 fpm or less. ASHRAE guidelines state that the ADPI of greater than or equal to 80 is considered acceptable. With the TEAMS GRD selection program, you don’t need to measure points in the occupied space and calculate the effective draft temperature to calculate
ADPI, the software does it for you. The example below shows two selections, the OMNI and the PAS. By using the ADPI calculator in TEAMS, the software will change the line that normally displays velocity to display ADPI. Selecting the Performance button, you can enter a CFM, in this case 200 CFM. The CFM shows up in the data in yellow. This is especially important in VAV systems. In a VAV system, the VAV box only runs at full flow at full load, which is typically only on the hottest days of the year. Most of the time the VAV box will be at turn down, so to have a comfortable space, the diffuser ADPI must be 80 or greater throughout the airflow range of the VAV box. You can see that the OMNI maintains an acceptable ADPI at a lower CFM than the PAS. In this example, at 100 CFM the OMNI still has an acceptable ADPI of 80 while the PAS at the same 100 CFM has dropped below 80. You can also use the TEAMS selection to determine the best airflow range for given
APPLICATION GUIDE - LEED & GREEN BUILDINGS
A37
LEED and Green Building Application Guide diffuser. The PAS in our example would have better performance above 140 CFM.
standard and within the control of the building designer.
To achieve the LEED IEQ Credit 7.1 for Thermal Comfort Design, an engineer must show that they designed the building to meet ASHRAE Standard 55-2004. Including the TEAMS ADPI screens in the supporting documentation for the credit can help the engineer show that they designed to ASHRAE Standard 55-2004.
Each of the three energy-using systems of the building — the envelope, the heating, cooling and water heating system, and lighting system — is eligible for one third of the incentive if it meets its share of the whole-building savings goal. Explicit interim compliance procedures are provided for lighting.
Although the occupied zone’s velocity and temperature is important in all HVAC systems, UFAD systems require careful consideration as the air is introduced directly into the occupied zone. The ability of the UFAD diffuser to rapidly mix room air into the supply air at low velocities is the key to success. Slowing the supply air down 50 fpm and warming it up to 75BF as close to the diffuser face as possible provides the most occupant comfort. A typical UFAD diffuser should reach the 50 fpm and 75BF point within a 1 to 2 foot radius from the center of the diffuser. As the radius increases to reach the 50 fpm and 75BF point, the usable floor space decreases.
Green Building Codes and Programs With energy considerations growing, there is an increased interest in “green” buildings, sustainable design, and energy savings. Although the U.S. Green Building Council is not a government agency, many local governing bodies are requesting, and in some cases requiring, green design features into their new construction requirements. Some states and cities offer tax incentives for buildings that meet green building codes or become LEED certified and others will most likely offer incentives in the future.
A38
Eligible buildings include commercial buildings such as: offices, retail buildings, warehouses, etc., rental housing of four stories or more, and publicly-owned buildings. For publicly-owned buildings, there is a provision allowing the credit to pass through to the “person primarily responsible for designing the building.” New construction in an existing building is also eligible for the tax deduction, with one third of the deduction amount for new construction that affects the new energy-using system (such as lighting or heating, cooling and water heating).
Federal Green Requirements
All new GSA building projects must meet criteria for basic LEED certification. The Department of State has committed to using LEED on the construction of new embassies worldwide over the next 10 years. All of EPA’s significant new facility construction and new building acquisition projects are required to meet the U.S. Green Building Council’s LEED Silver standard.
The Energy Policy Act of 2005 (EPAct 2005), which goes into effect December 31, 2005 provides new tax incentives for energy efficiency measures.
The Air Force has developed a LEED Application Guide for Lodging projects and has conducted LEED training seminars for its design and construction personnel. The Air Force encourages the use of LEED for new or major renovations for military construction projects and has created an online design guide for sustainable development structured after LEED. The Army has adopted LEED into its Sustainable Project Rating Tool.
For commercial buildings, the EPAct 2005 offers business taxpayers a deduction of $1.80 per square foot for commercial buildings that achieve a 50% reduction in annual energy cost to the user, compared to a base building defined by the industry standard ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2001. Energy costs refer only to heating, cooling, lighting and water heating, since only these uses are within the scope of the ASHRAE
The Navy encourages sustainable development in its facilities requiring all applicable projects to meet the LEED Certified level, unless justifiable conditions exist that limit accomplishment of the LEED credits necessary for achieving the Certified level. Submission to the USGBC for LEED certification is not a requirement, but is recommended for high visibility and showcase projects.
APPLICATION GUIDE - LEED & GREEN BUILDINGS
LEED and Green Building Application Guide State Green Requirements
Several states have adopted green building standards for publicly funded projects. Many of the states not listed below are currently considering green buildings requirements. xx California requires LEED Silver for all new state-funded buildings.
that meet LEED or other generally accepted green building standards. xx
Oregon’s 35% Business Energy Tax Credit for sustainable buildings is tied to the LEED certification level achieved. A LEED Silver rating is the minimum standard to obtain the tax credit for sustainable buildings.
xx
In Pennsylvania, buildings for the Department of Environmental Protection and the Department of Conservation and Natural Resources are encouraged to achieve LEED Silver certification.
xx
The State of Illinois Capital Development Board is considering requiring LEED certification of public projects.
xx
Maine requires all new or expanding state buildings to incorporate LEED guidelines provided that standards can be met on a cost-effective basis.
xx
Washington State is the first state to require LEED Silver Certification for all publicly funded new construction projects and major remodels over 25,000 square feet.
xx
Maryland requires all capital projects greater than 5,000 square feet to earn LEED certification. The state also approved a green building tax credit for commercial developers. Maryland’s Green Building Council has created a green building program based on the LEED standard.
xx
Wisconsin is using LEED on public projects and intends to seek certification.
xx
Massachusetts is considering LEED adoption for all state projects as well as a green building tax credit program.
xx
The state of Michigan requires that all state-funded capital projects over $1,000,000, including state agencies, universities, and community colleges, be constructed to a LEED Certified level.
xx
Missouri is currently using LEED on public projects and intends to seek certification.
xx
New Jersey requires all new school designs to incorporate LEED guidelines. The New Jersey Economic Schools Construction Corporation is encouraging the use of LEED, but not requiring certification of new projects built under its $12 billion public school construction program.
xx
New York encourages, but does not require, state projects to seek LEED Certification. New York was the first state to implement a green building tax program. The credit allows builders who meet energy goals and use environmentally preferable materials to claim up to $3.75 per square foot for interior work and $7.50 per square foot for exterior work toward their state tax bill. New York State Energy Research and Development Authority (NYSERDA) offers an incentive for design teams of any New York State building that achieves a LEED rating. NYSERDA’s New Construction Program offers a 10% increase on incentives for energy efficiency measures that reduce the use of electricity. NYSERDA provides low interest loans (4% below market rate) for energy efficiency measures and building materials
Local Green Requirements Some counties and cities have adopted green building requirements. The list below shows many of the local green building requirements for North America. xx Alameda County, CA projects must be LEED Silver certified. Materials procured for construction as well as furniture, fixtures, and other interiors will be recyclable, durable, and have a low-environmental impact. xx
Arlington County, VA allows commercial projects and private developments earning LEED Silver certification to develop sites at a higher density than conventional projects. All site plan applications for commercial projects are required to include a LEED Scorecard and have a LEED Accredited Professional on the project team regardless of whether or not the project intends to seek LEED certification. All projects must contribute to a green building fund for county-wide education and outreach activities. The contribution is refunded if projects earn LEED certification.
xx
Cook County, IL requires LEED certification of all county building projects. The ordinance also calls for projects to earn a minimum of 8 credits in the Energy & Atmosphere category to ensure best life-cycle returns.
xx
Dane County, WI developed a Green Building Policy, which is primarily guided by the LEED rating system.
xx
King County, WA requires all new public construction projects to seek LEED certification and encourages the application of LEED criteria to building retrofits and tenant improvements.
APPLICATION GUIDE - LEED & GREEN BUILDINGS
A39
LEED and Green Building Application Guide xx
xx
xx
A40
San Mateo County CA adopted a Sustainable Building Policy that requires new projects and additions that are built by the County that are greater than 5000 square feet to achieve certification at the highest practicable LEED rating level. Arlington, MA requires all new buildings and major renovation projects to achieve a LEED Silver rating at a minimum. Atlanta GA requires all city-funded projects over 5,000 square feet or costing $2 million to meet a LEED Silver rating level. Projects exempt from this policy are required to complete a LEED checklist to assess any sustainable design techniques.
xx
Austin TX requires LEED certification of all public projects over 5,000 square feet.
xx
Berkeley, CA requires municipal buildings over 5,000 square feet to achieve the LEED Certified rating in 2005 and a LEED Silver rating in 2006 and beyond.
xx
Boulder, CO requires that all new or significantly renovated city facilities are built to a LEED Silver standard and are considering requiring certification of commercial projects or developing a LEED-based incentive program.
xx
Bowie, MD requires all municipal projects to follow green building criteria and to use LEED guidelines on a projectby-project basis.
xx
Dallas, TX requires all city buildings larger than 10,000 square feet to have at least LEED Silver certification.
xx
Eugene, OR uses LEED as a guideline for all new cityfunded construction.
xx
Houston, TX requires that all city owned buildings and facilities over 10,000 square feet shall use LEED to the greatest extent practical and reasonable with a target of LEED Silver certification.
xx
Kansas City, MO requires that all new city buildings be designed to meet LEED Silver at a minimum.
xx
Los Angeles CA requires LEED certification of all public works construction projects 7,500 square feet or larger and all building projects funded by the city of LA are required to be LEED certified.
xx
Omaha, NE requires all new Metropolitan Community College construction projects and sites must meet the minimum level of LEED certification.
xx
Phoenix, AZ is emphasizing green building design and
APPLICATION GUIDE - LEED & GREEN BUILDINGS
pursuit of LEED certification at various levels for new buildings. xx
Pleasanton, CA requires all commercial construction projects over 20,000 square feet to follow guidelines to meet a LEED Certified rating. Formal certification with USGBC is encouraged but not required.
xx
Portland, OR requires LEED certification of all public projects (new and major retrofits) and has developed Portland LEED supplement.
xx
A new LEED Business Energy Tax Credit (BETC) is being administered by the state Office of Energy.
xx
San Diego, CA requires LEED Silver certification of all public projects. The city has also developed a sustainable building expedite program that uses LEED criteria and provides significant plan review and construction incentives.
xx
San Francisco, CA requires all municipal new construction, additions, and major renovation projects over 5000 square feet to achieve a LEED Silver certification by the USGBC. It also requires that a LEED Accredited Professional be a member of each design team and achievement of the LEED Additional Commissioning Credit for all projects.
xx
San JosĂŠ, CA requires LEED certification of all municipal projects over 10,000 square feet.
xx
Santa Monica, CA requires that all new city projects must achieve LEED Silver certification.
xx
Seattle WA requires that all facilities and buildings over 5,000 square feet of occupied space shall meet a minimum LEED Silver rating.
xx
Vancouver, BC has adopted a green building standards – LEED for British Columbia (LEED-BC) for all new civic buildings greater than 500 square meters. New public buildings must achieve the Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Gold certification. The City also mandated specific energy points in the LEED Rating System to ensure a 30% energy reduction in all new civic buildings.
Summary The green building concept has become more popular over the past couple of years. Owners are interested in saving money on energy costs while providing a comfortable working environment. State and local governments are implementing tax credits for energy efficient and environmentally friendly buildings.
LEED and Green Building Application Guide More information about green buildings can be found on the Energy Solutions section of the Titus website at (http://www.titus-energysolutions.com) and on individual state websites and green building organizations’ websites, such as the U.S. Green Building Council (www.usgbc.org), WorldBuild (www.worldbuild.com), the American Council for and Energy-Efficient Economy (www.aceee.org), and many others. The EPA also has information on green buildings on its website http://www.epa.gov/greenbuilding/).
Abbreviations The following table lists abbreviations used within this document.
ABBREVIATION TERM ADPI ASHRAE
Air Diffusion Performance Index American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air-Conditioning Engineers
CFC
Chlorofluorocarbons
EA
Energy & Atmosphere
ECM
Electronically Commutated Motor
EPA
Environmental Protection Agency
EQ
Indoor Environmental Quality
ETS
Environmental Tobacco Smoke
F
Fahrenheit
FPM
Feet per Minute
GSA
General Services Administration
HP
Horsepower
HVAC
Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning
HVAC&R
Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning and Refrigeration
IAQ
Indoor Air Quality
ID
Innovation & Design Process
LEED
Leadership Energy and Environmental Design
MR
Materials & Resources
NYSERDA RPM SS USGBC
New York State Energy Research and Development Authority Revolutions per Minute Sustainable Site United States Green Building Council
VAV
Variable Air Volume
WE
Water Efficiency
APPLICATION GUIDE - LEED & GREEN BUILDINGS
A41
Notes
Energy Solutions
vav diffusers
L www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Table of Contents
VAV DIFFUSERS
L
L2
VAV Diffusers
vav diffuser products VAV Diffusers Products.................................................................................................................................................................. L3
overview Design Features.............................................................................................................................................................................. L4
application guidelines Application Guidelines.................................................................................................................................................................... L5
vav diffusers Thermal - T3SQ-4............................................................................................................................................................................. L7 Digital - T3SQ-2............................................................................................................................................................................... L8 Accessories............................................................................................................................................................................. L9 Non-VAV - T3SQ-0......................................................................................................................................................................... L10 Border Types................................................................................................................................................................................. L11 Performance Data......................................................................................................................................................................... L12 Suggested Specifications............................................................................................................................................................. L14 Model Number Specification........................................................................................................................................................ L16
VAV Diffusers
VAV Diffuser Products
T3SQ-4
T3SQ-2
T3SQ-0
THERMAL VAV DIFFUSERS
DIGITAL VAV DIFFUSERS
NON-VAV DIFFUSERS
Configurations • T3SQ-4 - heating/cooling. Features • Thermally powered VAV control. • Center induction. • Minimum airflow adjustment. • Enhanced pattern controllers for easy adjustment.
Configurations • T3SQ-2 - heating/cooling. Features • DDC stand-alone VAV control. • DDC BACnet VAV control. • DDC LonWorks VAV control. • Optional inlet heater.
Configurations • T3SQ-0 - non-VAV supply/return. Features • Designed to match the T3SQ-4 thermal VAV diffusers.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
VAV DIFFUSERS
pages: L7-L15
L
VAV DIFFUSERS L3
VAV Diffusers
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Overview
L
DESIGN FEATURES PERSONALIZED VAV SYSTEMS
Titus brings both accuracy and flexibility to the variable air volume (VAV) market with T3SQ VAV diffusers. The T3SQ combines the functions of a VAV terminal and a high performance diffuser in one. The T3SQ modulates the air volume delivered to a zone to accurately control cooling and heating conditions. The unique variable geometry design results in maximum air distribution effectiveness at any air flow, for superior comfort conditions. T3SQ adds application flexibility by being able to operate stand-alone with thermal or analog controls. In addition to a superior performance VAV unit, the T3SQ is solidly constructed with 18-gauge steel. Available in many frame styles, the T3SQ can be installed in almost any ceiling as easily as a standard diffuser. The architecturally pleasing design coordinates with any office environment. For applications that require system simplicity, proven technology and superior comfort, specify the Titus T3SQ series of VAV diffusers.
•• Variable geometry diffuser design maintains jet velocity at all flow rates, varying air flow pattern for optimal performance. •• Separate cooling and heating setpoints on thermal T3SQ. •• Supply air temperature provides automatic cooling/ heating changeover on configurations -4 and -2. •• T3SQ-2, digital, can control up to 14 drones. •• Optional electric inlet heater for applications requiring supplemental heat (T3SQ-2 only). •• Provides accurate, personal environmental temperature control to improve productivity in the office environment. •• Superior air distribution performance provides greater entrainment, higher Air Diffusion Performance Index (ADPI) and better ventilation effectiveness for Indoor Air Quality (IAQ). •• Lower cost per zone of control than typical VAV terminal with separate diffusers. •• Renovate existing offices or add zones in problem areas to solve individual comfort problems.
Thermal VAV Diffuser
Supply air temperature sensor provides autochangeover from heating to cooling operation.
DESIGN FEATURES
Easy to turn minimum airflow adjustment ring.
Single piece backpan with multiple border types available to complement various ceiling designs.
Thermal actuator assembly lifts and lowers the control disc producing uniform air pattern in all positions.
L4
Installation and relocation are made easy. •• Constant volume systems can easily become multi-zoned VAV systems, for “big building comfort” on a small building budget. •• Easy and inexpensive to relocate zones, ideal for use where office space may be reconfigured periodically. •• Easy to install and operate. •• Unique center induction on thermal T3SQ-4 ensures accurate readings even at low flows.
Easy to turn heating and cooling setpoint adjustment rings (heating setpoint adjuster only available on heating / cooling units).
Venturi tube and center induction design provide fast and accurate response to changes in zone temperature. A tight horizontal air pattern is achieved by the intelligent curvature design of the backpan.
Face plaque’s curved edge reduces diffuser sound and creates a smooth appearance.
VAV Diffusers
Application Guidelines The Titus T3SQ system is ideal for use with a constant volume system. The T3SQ gives all the advantages of a VAV system at low pressure conditions and reduced installation cost. The T3SQ is a low pressure, pressure dependent, variable air volume (VAV) system. The T3SQ is designed to operate around 0.15�- 0.20� inlet pressure. This system provides zoned comfort, which is not always possible with a typical constant volume system. 1. It is recommended that a static pressure controller such as the Titus ZECV/ZQCV be installed into a constant volume system when more than 30 percent of the system airflow is put under the control of T3SQ
diffusers. This minimizes the possibility of delivering excess air when a portion of the Zcoms are operating at part load conditions. 2. When an entire constant volume system uses T3SQ zone control, a ZECV/ZQCV box should be implemented. The Titus ZECV/ZQCV pressure control terminal should be sized for 80 percent of the total supply flow, less the airflow of the smallest zone. 3. Care must be taken when sizing and installing a ZECV/ ZQCV. The unit should be installed as far downstream from the fan as is practical to maximize supply and return air mixing. This reduces the risk of the unit cycling on high or low.
T3SQ Diffuser
T3SQ Diffuser
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
CONSTANT VOLUME SYSTEM APPLICATION OPTION
L
Return 24 VAC 24 VAC
ZECV/ZQCV
CV System
Static Pressure Tap
Static Pressure Tap
Typical static pressure control by bypassing supply air using a ZECV/ZQCV terminal.
VARIABLE AIR VOLUME SYSTEM APPLICATION OPTION The Titus T3SQ system is ideal for use in buildings where the advantages of zoned variable air volume (VAV) systems normally cannot be used due to budget issues or plenum space constraints.
APPLICATION GUIDE
Typical static pressure control by throttling supply air using a ZECV/ZQCV terminal.
ZECV/ZQCV
Special care should taken when determining the static pressure of a VAV system with T3SQ units.
For more information on ZECV and ZQCV, please refer to the Miscellaneous Terminals section of the catalog.
L5
VAV Diffusers
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Application Guidelines (continued)
L
Digital VAV Diffuser
MASTER / DRONE T3SQ-2 diffusers are all shipped as drone units. Determination of master units is made through plug and play cable connections to the thermostat. The units connected to the thermostat are the master units. All units daisy chained from the master are drones. Drone diffusers must be connected to a master diffuser in order to operate. One power module is required for every 15 diffusers with or without optional electric reheat. Power module requires 120, 208, 240, 277 VAC line voltage input. The 4-pin mini-fit cables provide 24VAC power and communication between diffusers. This cable should be used between the power module and the first diffuser and also to connect a master unit to a drone unit. Blue RJ-45 8-pin cables provide 24VAC power and control signal between diffusers. RJ-45 cables should be used Master/Drone Wiring
between diffuser and master controller/thermostat and between master and drone units. The Master Communications Module is a central data collection and distribution point for up to 60 VAV field diffusers. The device features four diffuser channel inputs, which can accommodate up to 15 diffusers each. This allows the users to interface with 60 diffusers per communication module through a building management system. The interface software also has a server application which allows all communication modules on site to be accessed through the building management system from the i.p. address of each module. Master communication modules are available in the following communication protocols: • Standard Master Communication module (Stand-Alone) • Master Communications module with Lonworks gateway • Master Communications module with BACnet gateway RJ12 4-pin mini fit cable drone unit
P.S.
One master unit can control up to 14 drone units.
APPLICATION GUIDE
P.S. = Power Supply T = Room Sensor Master/Drone Wiring With MCM (Master Communication Module)
P.S. = Power Supply T = Room Sensor MCM = Master Communication Module
Master Unit
Drone Unit
Drone Unit
T
P.S.
Master Unit T
L6
Drone Unit
RJ12 4-pin mini fit cable drone unit RJ-9 cable
MCM
Drone Unit
Drone Unit
Drone Unit
VAV Diffusers
THERMAL - T3SQ-4 • Heating/Cooling
T3SQ-4
Configurations: T3SQ-4
•• The T3SQ-4 is a thermal variable volume diffuser. The diffuser maintains space temperature by varying the volume of air delivered to the space. The amount of air delivered will depend on the Supply Air Temperature (SAT) (-4 only), the room temperature setpoint, and the room temperature. •• Available in heating/cooling (-4) configuration. •• As the volume of air is decreased by the control disc, the velocity of air is increased, thereby maintaining the longest throw and best entrainment. Insuring superior air distribution at all damper positions. •• The curvature of the backpan works with the formed edges of the face panel to deliver a tight horizontal air pattern, without excessive noise or pressure drop over the full range of operation.
•• The T3SQ-4 uses a center induction plug to accurately measure the room temperature. This eliminates the need for a wall mounted thermostat or sensor and provides the most accurate way of measuring the room air temperature. •• Adjustment of the room temperature setpoint is achieved by rotating the blue (cooling) only adjustment ring. •• Adjustment of the green tab offset creates a temperature deadband for heating and cooling setpoints. •• Adjustment of minimum airflow is achieved by rotating the grey minimum airflow adjustment ring. •• Standard finish is #26 White. •• The face panel and backpan are constructed from 18-gauge steel. The formed outer edge also assures a straight and level surface.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
VAV Diffusers T3SQ-4
L
T3SQ-4 - Border Type 3 Ceiling Module A Nominal Round Duct Size B B minus ⅛
C
7
D 18
¼
Ceiling Module A minus ¼
24
Nominal Round Duct Sizes B
C
D
Ceiling Module A
Face Size
Nominal Round Duct Size
Border Type
6
1⅛
3⅝
24 x 24
24 x 24
6, 8, 10, 12
1, 2, 3, 4, NT
8
1¼
3¾
10, 12
1⅜
3⅞
All dimensions are in inches.
T3SQ-4
Ceiling Module A
L7
VAV Diffusers
L
T3SQ-2 DIGITAL - T3SQ-2 Configurations: T3SQ-2
• Heating/cooling
T3SQ-2
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
VAV Diffusers (continued)
•• The T3SQ-2 is an electronic variable volume diffuser. The diffuser maintains space temperature by varying the volume of air delivered to the space. The amount of air delivered will depend on the Supply Air Temperature (SAT), the room temperature setpoint, and the room temperature. •• As the volume of air is decreased by the control disc, the velocity of air is increased, thereby maintaining the longest throw and best entrainment. This insures superior air distribution at all damper positions. •• The curvature of the backpan works with the formed edges of the face panel to deliver a tight horizontal air pattern, without excessive noise or pressure drop over the full range of operation.
•• T3SQ-2 master diffusers are created by connecting the diffuser to a wall mounted controller/ thermostat using the RJ-12 control cable. •• T3SQ-2 drone diffusers are created by connecting the diffuser to a master unit using the 4-pin mini-fit control cable. •• Up to fifteen T3SQ-2 diffusers can be powered by a single power module using the 4-pin mini-fit power cable. •• The position of the control disc is varied by a linear drive actuator mounted on the control disc. •• Standard finish is #26 White. •• The face panel and backpan are constructed from 18-gauge steel. The formed outer edge also assures a straight and level surface.
T3SQ-2
T3SQ-2 • Border Type 3
Ceiling Module A 24
L8
Nominal Round Duct Sizes B 6 8 10, 12
C
D
1⅛ 1¼ 1⅜
3⅝ 3¾ 3⅞
Ceiling Module A 24 x 24
All dimensions are in inches.
Face Size 24 x 24
Nominal Round Duct Size 6, 8, 10, 12
Border Type 1, 2, 3, 4, NT
VAV Diffusers
ACCESSORIES
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
MASTER COMMUNICATION MODULE •• Available with Standard (Titus) communication module, BACnet, or Lonworks gateway •• MCM Is the central data collection and distribution point for up to 60 VAV field diffusers per module. •• Features four diffuser channel inputs which can accommodate up to 15 diffusers per channel, per communication module (MCM). •• Interface software is designed as a commissioning tool as well as for data monitoring, logging, and fault finding. •• Software is supplied with each shipment.
CONTROLLER/THERMOSTAT
•• Each master T3SQ-2 diffuser requires a controller / thermostat. •• 24VAC RJ-12 control cable connection. •• Room sensor with LCD display real time clock for night set-back & control disc position display. •• Provides Setpoint Temperature adjustment & room temp display. •• Interfaces with a USB module in order to interface with software for further functionality. •• Dimensions are 3” x 3 ¼”
LCD SCREEN
UP
L
FUNCTION
DOWN
ENTER / ACCEPT
OPTIONAL INLET ELECTRIC HEATER
•• Installs into neck of diffuser. •• 120V, 208V or 277V single phase input power (field connect). •• Black heat element. •• SCR modulating heater control. •• Ships loose for field installation. •• Integrated wiring interface box. •• Automatic reset thermal cutout. •• Manual reset secondary protection.
CABLES (HEATER CONNECTION)
RELIEF RINGS
•• Used to bypass supply air into the ceiling plenum as the diffuser turns down. •• Available for both digital and thermal configurations. •• Effectively reduces inlet size by 2 inches.
Nominal Duct Size B minus ⅛
Available kW: Inlet Size 6 8 10 12
120V 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.25
Voltage FLA 208V 277V 120V 208V 277V 0.75 0.75 6.3 3.6 2.7 1.00 1.00 8.3 4.8 3.6 1.50 1.50 10.4 7.2 5.4 2.00 2.00 10.4 9.6 7.2
3⅝
4½
2⅞ 4⅝
Field connect line voltage
ACCESSORIES
•• Blue RJ-45 (8-pin straight through pinout) for control and power. •• Modular connector that attaches the ribbon cable and RJ45 to heater.
24V output
L9
VAV Diffusers
L
T3SQ-0 NON-VAV - T3SQ-0 Configurations: T3SQ-0
• Supply/Return
T3SQ-0
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
VAV Diffusers (continued)
•• The T3SQ-0 is a non-VAV supply or return diffuser with a center induction cap designed to match the T3SQ-4 thermal VAV diffusers. •• The curvature of the backpan works with the formed edges of the face panel to deliver a tight horizontal air pattern, without excessive noise or pressure drop over the full range of operation. •• The T3SQ diffuser is designed to satisfy architectural, as well as engineering criteria. The strong, clean, unobtrusive lines harmonize with the ceiling, without sacrificing performance.
•• The standard finish is #26 White. •• The face panel and backpan are constructed from 18-gauge steel. The formed outer edge also assures a straight and level surface.
T3SQ-0 • Border Type 3 Ceiling Module A Nominal Round Duct Size B B minus ⅛
C
¼
18
D
Ceiling Module A minus ¼
Ceiling Module A
C
D
1⅛ 1¼ 1⅜
3⅝ 3¾ 3⅞
Ceiling Module A 24 x 24
T3SQ-0
24
Nominal Round Duct Sizes B 6 8 10, 12
L10
All dimensions are in inches.
Face Size 24 x 24
Nominal Round Duct Size 6, 8, 10, 12
Border Type 1, 2, 3, 4, NT
VAV Diffusers
VAV Diffusers (continued)
Border Type 1 Rapid Mount Frame (for surface mounting applications)
Clip is adjustable up and down to fit varying ceiling thickness
The T3SQ series of diffusers is not available with standard Border Type 1. For surface mounting applications, the TRM optional Rapid Mount Frame can be used. Using border option TRM, the T3SQ diffusers are shipped with Border Type 3 (lay-in). The TRM frame is shipped separately for field installation. Once the TRM is installed, the T3SQ diffuser simply lays into the frame. This option allows access into the ceiling after installation.
Border Type 2 (Snap-In)
½" to 7/8" 3
/16"
11/8"
24½"
24½"
Border Type 4 (Spline)
Ceiling Module A
Ceiling Module A
3
3
13
Mounting hardware by others
/8"
/8"
/16"
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
BORDER TYPES
L
Border Type NT
233/8"
17/8" 5
/16" 9
/16" Easy three step hook installation for the face plaque
Installation is completed by lining up the hooks on the face plaque assembly with the corresponding slot.
1.
All dimensions are in inches.
2.
BORDERS
Face Plaque Installation
3.
L11
VAV Diffusers
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PERFORMANCE DATA
L
T3SQ MAXIMUM FLOW SELECTION Inlet Size
6”
8”
10”
12”
Neck Velocity Velocity Pressure Static pressure Total Pressure cfm NC Throw, ft Static pressure Total Pressure cfm NC Throw, ft Static pressure Total Pressure cfm NC Throw, ft Static pressure Total Pressure cfm NC Throw, ft
400 0.010 0.016 0.026 79 5 1-2-3 0.021 0.031 140 8 2-3-5 0.030 0.040 218 14 3-4-8 0.048 0.058 314 24 4-6-11
500 0.016 0.024 0.040 98 10 1-2-4 0.032 0.048 175 13 2-3-7 0.047 0.063 273 19 4-5-10 0.075 0.091 393 29 5-8-12
T3SQ AHRI RATING Inlet Size
Hz Octave Band Center Frequency
Minimum Differential Static Pressure, in H20 Max. Inlet Static Pressure, in H2O
Standard Airflow Standard Airflow Throttled Damper Fully open damper 400 fpm Neck 750 fpm Neck Velocity Velocity
Discharge Discharge
Standard Ratings Sound Power Level, dB
AHRI Rating Data 3. Airflow, cfm 4. Min. Operating Pressure, in H20 5. Max. Inlet Static Pressure @ 400 fpm Neck Velocity, in H20 6. Rated with Pressure Relief, yes/no
PERFORMANCE DATA
600 700 800 900 1000 0.022 0.031 0.040 0.050 0.062 0.037 0.048 0.064 0.082 0.100 0.059 0.079 0.104 0.132 0.162 118 137 157 177 196 14 17 20 23 25 2-3-5 2-3-6 2-3-7 3-4-7 3-4-8 0.047 0.063 0.083 0.106 0.130 0.069 0.094 0.123 0.156 0.192 209 244 279 314 349 17 20 23 25 28 2-4-8 3-5-9 3-5-10 4-6-10 4-7-11 0.069 0.093 0.122 0.155 0.190 0.091 0.124 0.162 0.205 0.252 327 382 436 491 545 23 26 29 31 34 4-6-11 5-8-12 6-9-13 6-10-14 7-10-14 0.109 0.147 0.192 0.244 0.301 0.131 0.178 0.232 0.294 0.363 471 550 628 707 785 33 36 39 41 44 6-9-13 7-10-14 8-11-15 9-11-16 10-12-17
125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000
6” Inlet 147 0.091
8” Inlet 262 0.108
10” Inlet 409 0.142
12” Inlet 589 0.204
0.116
0.196
0.392
0.565
n 36 37 34 30 21 + + 36 40 34 23 +
n 38 40 36 34 29 19 44 52 57 51 44 37
n 46 48 42 39 32 23 46 54 58 55 48 42
n 53 56 50 44 36 28 50 55 60 58 52 47
2000 19
4000 17
Note: Sound Power levels below values shown in this table shall be listed as below significance. Use a plus sign (+) to indicate below significance. Hz Octave Band Sound Power Level, dB
125 36
250 29
500 26
1000 22
Performance data is presented for the T3SQ diffuser with the internal VAV damper in full open position.
L12
VAV Diffusers
PERFORMANCE DATA
The performance of the T3SQ diffuser is related to supply static pressure and size. If the supply static pressure is held at a constant value and the VAV diffuser damper is throttled to a closed position, the airflow pattern is changed from a square pattern to a star pattern. The isovel in the adjacent illustration demonstrates this pattern change. With the
reduction of cfm, throw does not decrease as in standard diffusers. As the damper closes the discharge velocity is slightly increased, minimizing throw reduction. With a fixed inlet pressure, the sound values have very small changes of intensity as the damper is modulated.
Airflow Pattern Changes Minimum Position
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
AIR DISTRIBUTION AT VARIOUS DAMPER POSITIONS
50% Open
Sensor
L
Fully Open
Note: The isovel changes as the diffuser damper modulates from open to close (or any combination between) causing variations to the ariflow pattern.
PERFORMANCE DATA L13
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS
L
Available Models: T3SQ-4 T3SQ-2
• Thermal • Digital
T3SQ-4 HEATING / COOLING THERMALLY POWERED VAV DIFFUSER Furnish and install Titus model T3SQ thermally powered VAV diffusers with heating / cooling changeover. Each diffuser shall be thermally powered to infinitely vary the supply of air into the space, in either heating or cooling mode, by means of regulating a variable aperture damper, known as a control disc, vertically within the diffuser. Supply air from the variable geometry diffusers will discharge horizontally in a 360° pattern and will maintain constant air movement in the space throughout the range of volume variation from 100% down to 25%. The thermal room sensing element shall be located behind an induction cap in the center of the diffuser panel and shall provide no more than 1°F thermal deadband between induced temperature and zone temperature.
SPECIFICATIONS
Each diffuser shall be individually adjustable to sense room temperature within the space between 68°F and 77°F. Each diffuser shall be individually adjustable for minimum airflow from 0 to 30%. Each diffuser is to be fitted with a single thermal supply air sensing element to automatically change from and to a cooling and heating mode and be able to infinitely vary the supply of air into the space in either mode. Each diffuser shall be self-contained and require no external power source to maintain space temperature throughout the range of operation. The T3SQ-4 thermal diffusers shall carry the manufacturer’s 10-year warranty.
L14
Ceiling diffusers shall be square, architectural, panel face diffusers. The diffuser shall have an 18-gauge steel face panel mounted on an aerodynamically shaped, one piece, seamless back pan. The diffuser face panel must be field removable by means of four positive locking clips. The exposed surface of the face panel shall be smooth, flat and free of visible fasteners. The face panel cannot project more than ⅛-inch below the outside border of the diffuser back pan. The face panel shall have an aerodynamically shaped, hemmed edge. A single metal thickness on the edges of the face panel is not acceptable. Ceiling diffusers with a 24 x 24-inch full face shall have no less than an 18 x 18-inch face panel. The entire diffuser shall be constructed of steel, with an integral drawn inlet. The diffuser neck shall have a minimum 1⅛-inch depth available for duct connection.
VAV Diffusers Finish shall be a thermoset alky-melamine enamel paint, baked at 315°F. The paint hardness must be 2H to 3H. The paint must pass a 300-hour ASTM D1654 Corrosive Environments Salt Spray Test without creepage, blistering or deterioration of film. The paint must pass the 500-hour ASTM D870 Water Immersion Test. The paint must also pass the ASTM D2794 Reverse Impact Cracking Test with 50-inch pound applied. Alternatives to the specified product must provide published performance ratings that meet or exceed the performance of the T3SQ ceiling diffuser. All test data shall be obtained in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70–2006 and AHRI Standard 880. A copy of the certified test results shall be provided upon request. The VAV diffuser shall be AHRI certified.
T3SQ-2 DIGITAL ELECTRONIC VAV DIFFUSER WITH HEATING/COOLING CHANGEOVER Furnish and install Titus model T3SQ digital electronic VAV diffusers. Each diffuser shall be electronically controlled by a 24VAC actuator to infinitely vary the supply of cold air into the space by means of regulating a variable aperture damper, known as a control disc, vertically within the diffuser. Supply air from the variable geometry diffusers will discharge horizontally in a 360° pattern and will maintain constant air movement in the space throughout the range of volume variation from 100% down to 25%. The room sensing element shall be located in the master controller/thermostat unit. Each diffuser shall be adjustable to sense room temperature within the space between 65°F and 80°F. In large zones, up to 14 drone units connected to a master unit can be used. Each diffuser shall have an electronic wiring interface having RJ-12 sockets for easy interfacing with master controller/thermostat and 4-pin connection for adjacent parallel master and drone diffusers. Each diffuser shall have a changeover sensor to determine supply air temperature and change the diffuser from heating to cooling operation. The Master Communications Module is a central data collection and distribution point for up to 60 VAV diffusers. The device features four diffuser channel inputs, which can accommodate up to 15 diffusers each. Communication on these channels is by means of a Lin bus interface to four field Power Supply units connected by dedicated communication cables. This centralized data is monitored on a PC running the MLM software Application via an Ethernet TCP/IP interface. The MLM software Application is designed as a commissioning
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS
In addition to the collection and distribution between field diffusers and the MLM Application, the unit also features an on-board web server. This web server can be accessed by a standard browser tool and is used to setup IP addresses, Device identification data as well as communications parameters. In general the web server is used on initial installation to bind to the IP network and to uniquely identify the product, normally by physical location. A serial USB port provides limited diagnostic capability. In general it is used in production to set MAC, IP and port addresses. It can be used to verify and set port and IP addresses. A LON compatible gateway is achieved by adding a plugin hardware module to the MCU. This hardware module contains a subset of the ANSI/CEA-709.1-B (EN14908.1) protocol stack and interface via a TP/FT-10 (Free topology) transceiver network to the device bus. The functional block implementation is indicated in LHA DOC BQ0254-A. Up to 20 of these functional blocks can be selected for a client interface to 20 master control zones. Again the user has the option to use the MLM Application for diffuser setup and diagnostics and the Lon client for general control supervision. One ETL rated power module, model T3PM shall be required for every 15 T3SQ-2 diffusers with or without optional electric heaters. The power module shall have a optional 120V, 208V, 240V, 277V/24VAC transformer and a power filter to provide clean 24VAC to the diffusers. All connections, except line voltage to the power module or optional inlet electric heater, shall be made using plug-n-play 4-pin minifit connector cables. Optional ETL listed inlet incoloy “black heat” sheathed electric heater shall install into the inlet of the diffuser and be protected by two automatic thermal cutouts and
an airflow proving switch. Inlet electric heaters shall be controlled proportionally by means of triac heater controllers (SCR), each having an electronic wiring interface having three RJ-45 and 2 RJ-12 sockets for easy interfacing with master controller/thermostat and/or adjacent parallel master and drone diffusers. The inlet electric heater shall have a 2°F proportional band and be energized at 1°F below room temperature set point. Ceiling diffusers shall be square, architectural, panel face diffusers. The diffuser shall have an 18-gauge steel face panel mounted on an aerodynamically shaped, one piece, seamless backpan. The diffuser face panel must be field removable by means of four positive locking clips. The exposed surface of the face panel shall be smooth, flat and free of visible fasteners. The face panel cannot project more than ⅛-inch below the outside border of the diffuser backpan. The face panel shall have an aerodynamically shaped, hemmed edge. A single metal thickness on the edges of the face panel is not acceptable. Ceiling diffusers with a 24 x 24-inch full face shall have no less than an 18 x 18-inch face panel. The entire diffuser shall be constructed of steel, with an integral drawn inlet. The diffuser neck shall have a minimum 1⅛-inch depth available for duct connection.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
tool as well as for data monitoring, logging and fault finding which is supplied by Titus.
VAV Diffusers
L
Finish shall be a thermoset alky-melamine enamel paint, baked at 315°F. The paint hardness must be 2H to 3H. The paint must pass a 300-hour ASTM D1654 Corrosive Environments Salt Spray Test without creepage, blistering, or deterioration of film. The paint must pass the 500-hour ASTM D870 Water Immersion Test. The paint must also pass the ASTM D2794 Reverse Impact Cracking Test with 50-inch pound applied. Alternatives to the specified product must provide published performance ratings that meet or exceed the performance of the T3SQ ceiling diffuser. All test data shall be obtained in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70–2006 and AHRI Standard 880. A copy of the certified test results shall be provided upon request. The VAV diffuser shall be AHRI certified.
SPECIFICATIONS L15
VAV Diffusers
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
L
L16
MODEL NUMBER SPECIFICATION
Neck Size 6 8 10 12
Model T3SQ
X 0 2 4
X
Border Type 2 3 4 5 NT X
Non-VAV supply/return Digital Thermal (heating & cooling)
Configuration
X 26 White Finish
underfloor air distribution
S www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Table of Contents
S
UnderFloor Air Distribution
underfloor air distribution products UnderFloor Air Distribution Products.............................................................................................................................................S4
overview Application Guide...........................................................................................................................................................................S8 Introduction to UFAD Systems................................................................................................................................................S8 Design Basics..........................................................................................................................................................................S9 UFAD and LEEDTM..................................................................................................................................................................S15
underfloor round products UnderFloor Round Products.........................................................................................................................................................S18 TAF-R, TAF-R-FR...................................................................................................................................................................S18 Options..................................................................................................................................................................................S20 Performance Data.................................................................................................................................................................S20 TAF-G....................................................................................................................................................................................S21 Suggested Specifications......................................................................................................................................................S22 Model Number Specification................................................................................................................................................S22
underfloor taf-l perimeter system UnderFloor TAF-L Perimeter System.............................................................................................................................................S23 TAF-L-V..................................................................................................................................................................................S23 TAF-L-W................................................................................................................................................................................S24 TAF-L-E..................................................................................................................................................................................S25 TAF-L-R..................................................................................................................................................................................S26 CT-TAF-L................................................................................................................................................................................S27 Performance Data.................................................................................................................................................................S28 Suggested Specifications......................................................................................................................................................S30 Model Number Specification................................................................................................................................................S31
UNDERFLOOR AIR DISTRIBUTION
underfloor linear products
S2
UnderFloor Linear Products..........................................................................................................................................................S32 TAF-D....................................................................................................................................................................................S32 TAF-V.....................................................................................................................................................................................S33 TAF-V Multi-4 Piece Core Option..........................................................................................................................................S34 TAF-HC..................................................................................................................................................................................S35 Performance Data.................................................................................................................................................................S36 CT-TAF-(480, 481, PP0, PP3).................................................................................................................................................S38 Suggested Specifications......................................................................................................................................................S39 Model Number Specification................................................................................................................................................S39
underfloor fan powered terminal UnderFloor Fan Powered Terminals..............................................................................................................................................S40 LHK.......................................................................................................................................................................................S40 Hot Water Coil Section..........................................................................................................................................................S41 Electric Water Coil Section...................................................................................................................................................S41 Additional Accessories (Optional).........................................................................................................................................S41 Performance Data.................................................................................................................................................................S42 ALHK, DLHK - Sound Application Data - NC Values.............................................................................................................S43 ALHK, DLHK - Radiated Sound Power Data..........................................................................................................................S43 ALHK, DLHK - Discharge Sound Power Data........................................................................................................................S44 Suggested Specifications......................................................................................................................................................S45 Model Number Specification................................................................................................................................................S46
Table of Contents (continued)
UnderFloor Air Distribution
UnderFloor Fan Booster Terminals................................................................................................................................................S47 DFC........................................................................................................................................................................................S47 Hot Water Coil Section..........................................................................................................................................................S48 Electric Water Coil Section...................................................................................................................................................S48 Additional Accessories (Optional).........................................................................................................................................S48 Performance Data.................................................................................................................................................................S49 DFC - Sound Application Data - NC Values...........................................................................................................................S51 DFC - Radiated Sound Power Data.......................................................................................................................................S51 DFC - Discharge Sound Power Data.....................................................................................................................................S52 Suggested Specifications......................................................................................................................................................S53 Model Number Specification................................................................................................................................................S53
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
underfloor fan booster terminal
S
UNDERFLOOR AIR DISTRIBUTION S3
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
UnderFloor Air Distribution Products
UNDERFLOOR AIR DISTRIBUTION
S
S4
UnderFloor Air Distribution UNDERFLOOR ROUND PRODUCTS
pages: S18-S22
TAF-G
TAF-R / TAF-R-FR
GROMMET
PRESSURISED UNDERFLOOR APPLICATIONS
• Allows through-the-floor access for power, data and phone cables. • Constructed of a high impact polymeric material designed to resist damage from traffic. • Can be installed after flooring and carpet installation is complete.
• • • • • • •
Available in fire-rated polymer construction. Architecturally appealing face design is available in standard gray or black. Custom colors available. Relocation to another area is simply by relocating the floor panel. 24 VAC integral flow regulator actuator. RJ-12 connections for easy plug play installation. Does not require sheet metal plenum with damper for simpler installation.
UnderFloor Air Distribution Products (continued)
TAF-L-R
TAF-L-V
TAF-L-W
UNDERFLOOR PERIMETER HEATING APPLICATIONS
UNDERFLOOR PERIMETER RETURN APPLICATIONS
UNDERFLOOR PERIMETER SUPPLY APPLICATIONS
UNDERFLOOR PERIMETER HEATING APPLICATIONS
• Designed to be integrated with the CT-TAF-L linear bar grille. • Contains SCR electric fin tube assembly within the plenum. • ETL listed at 120V, 208V, 240V, and 277V.
• Designed to be integrated with the CT-TAF-L linear bar grille. • 20” x 8” inlet can be used for ducted or non-ducted applications. • Constructed of galvanized steel.
• Designed to be integrated with the CT-TAF-L linear bar grille. • Provides a uniform throw pattern regardless of damper position. • Installs into the CT-TAF-L from the top surface. Removal of the flooring is not required.
• Designed to be integrated with the CT-TAF-L linear bar grille. • Contains a copper fin tube heater assembly within the plenum. • Installs into the CT-TAF-L from the top surface. Removal of the flooring is not required.
UNDERFLOOR PERIMETER RETURN APPLICATIONS • Designed to be integrated with all the underfloor plenums. • All deflection bars are fixed and parallel to the long dmension. • Standard finish is #26 white. • CT frame drops into perimeter slot and sits on top of carpeting.
S
UNDERFLOOR AIR DISTRIBUTION
CT-TAF-L
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
UNDERFLOOR TAF-L PERIMETER SYSTEM
pages: S23-S31
TAF-L-E
UnderFloor Air Distribution
S5
UnderFloor Air Distribution
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
UnderFloor Air Distribution Products (continued)
S
UNDERFLOOR LINEAR PRODUCTS
pages: S32-S39
TAF-D
TAF-HC
TAF-V
CT-TAF
UNDERFLOOR APPLICATIONS
UNDERFLOOR APPLICATIONS
UNDERFLOOR APPLICATIONS
UNDERFLOOR APPLICATIONS
• Heavy gauge steel plenum. • Installs into access flooring from top surface. • Utilized for ducted applications.
• Utilized as a ducted supply or return. • Heavy gauge steel plenum. • Installs into access flooring from top surface. • Integral heating & cooling. • Available in multi-core option (2-piece & 4-piece).
• Designed for areas with frequent changes in heating loads. • Heavy gauge steel plenum. • Installs into access flooring from top surface. • Available in multi-core option (2-piece & 4-piece).
• Designed to be integrated with all the underfloor linear plenums. • All deflection bars are fixed and parallel to the long dmension. • Standard finish is #26 white. • CT frame drops into perimeter slot and sits on top of carpeting.
UNDERFLOOR FAN POWERED TERMINALS
UNDERFLOOR AIR DISTRIBUTION
pages: S40-S46
S6
LHK UNDERFLOOR APPLICATIONS • • • •
Optional ultra-high efficiency ECM motor available. Top access panels can be removed for service of damper, blower or filter sections. Leak resistant construction. Available with hot water or electric re-heat.
UnderFloor Air Distribution
UnderFloor Air Distribution Products (continued)
PFC UNDERFLOOR APPLICATIONS • • • •
Optional ultra-high efficiency ECM motor available. Top access to unit high and low voltage controls for easy access from room above. Single point electrical connections. Available with hot water or electric re-heat.
S UNDERFLOOR CONTROLS
pages: S54-S57
CONTROLS RJ-12 plug & play installation. Can handle up to 5 zones & 30 different products. Zones can be configured to match or mix & match outputs. Native BACnet, fully programmable direct digital controller. Provide precise monitoring & control of connected points. Remote building automation systems may further command occupancy modes & controls. Leak resistant construction.
UNDERFLOOR AIR DISTRIBUTION
TAF-UBC • • • • • • •
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
UNDERFLOOR FAN BOOSTER TERMINALS
pages: S47-S53
S7
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
APPLICATION GUIDE
S
General This document provides application and design highlights for underfloor air distribution (UFAD) systems. Additional information may be found at the Titus website. www.titus-hvac.com
Introduction The interest in underfloor air distribution (UFAD) has increased significantly in the U.S. market over the last fifteen years. There is currently several million square feet of access floor air distribution systems being designed across the country. In 1997 Titus introduced the TAF-R diffuser and the TAF-G grommet, which were installed in the Owens Corning World Headquarters. Since then, Titus, ASHRAE, and the engineering community have continued to learn about UFAD systems. In the time that Titus has participated in UFAD designs in the US, we have continued to introduce new products to meet the needs of this unique application.
APPLICATION GUIDE
Overview
S8
ASHRAE Applications Handbook (2011) describes Underfloor Air Distribution Systems (UFAD) as Partially Mixed Air Distribution. Where traditional ceiling or high sidewall supply outlets condition the space by creating a thermal mixing zone from the floor (ankle level) to near the ceiling, Underfloor systems create a mixed zone from the floor to the top of the occupied zone (6’ above the floor), and let the upper zone be fully stratified. The height of the mixed zone is controlled by the height of the air jet to a velocity of 50 fpm. The ideal throw height of the jet is to 4’ – 5’ above the floor. Contaminates above the mixed zone will rise through the stratified zone and be carried out of the room through the return. Where a fully mixed system uses the area within one foot of the interior walls as a mixing zone, a floor outlet uses the area around the outlet where mixed air velocities are greater than 50 fpm. Floor outlets used in the interior area (more than 12’-15’ from a perimeter wall) are typically round producing a swirl air pattern. The mixing zone, typically known as the “clear” zone is defined by the manufacturer. It is recommended that occupants not be permanently stationed in the clear zone. UFAD systems utilize the space under an access
UnderFloor Air Distribution floor as an air plenum. Properly designed UFAD systems take advantage of thermal stratification. ASHRAE recommends that, for comfort, the temperature in the occupied zone be between 73B and 77BF, relative humidity be between less than 60%, and the maximum velocity in occupied zone be 50 fpm in cooling or 30 fpm in heating. The key to successful access floor systems is the ability of the access floor diffuser to rapidly mix room air into the supply air at low velocities. Because supply air is introduced directly into the occupied zone, it is important that the supply air reach the ASHRAE recommended temperature and velocity, mixing of the supply air into the space should happen rapidly. The typical application for a UFAD system is the open plan office. Floor space is at a premium in a cubicle so a smaller clear area around the diffuser will allow more usable space in the cubicle. The UFAD diffuser manufacturer defines the required clear area that their diffuser needs to achieve the ASHRAE recommended temperature and velocity. Originally UFAD systems were for computer rooms. The design intent was to cool computer equipment and not to provide comfort. The computer room design concept typically provides too cold of a space for comfort. There has been a growth of UFAD systems used in offices and headquarters in U.S. It is estimated that 10% of U.S. construction will utilize access floors within few years. While the early interest in UFAD systems was primarily due to companies’ need to easily rearrange office layouts, information and communications based offices, the economics of ownership, and green building programs such as LEED have largely influenced the growth of UFAD in recent years.
APPLICATION GUIDE
UnderFloor Air Distribution www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DESIGN BASICS PLENUM DESIGN The raised floor office can be supplied with conditioned air from below the floor in two ways – pressurized plenum or neutral plenum.
PRESSURIZED PLENUMS The pressurized plenum (the area between the slab and the raised floor) is essentially a large duct maintained at a constant pressure differential to the room above; typically between 0.05 and 0.10 in. pressure (w.g.). This pressure is maintained through the supply of conditioned air from a number of supply duct terminations. The spacing and location of these ducts are dependent on the air supply requirement and the plenum depth, with shallow plenums and / or high air quantities requiring more air supply duct outlets under the floor. UFAD diffusers are specially designed grilles with a user adjustable damper to regulate flow.
NEUTRAL PLENUMS With the neutral plenum design, the same layout as the pressurized plenum may be used, but the pressure difference between the plenum and the room is kept as close as possible to zero. Floor diffusers either contain integral fans, are ducted from a central source, or both. In many cases, these closely resemble conventional ceiling supply systems.
This design is rarely used, but may be effective in tenant buildings where the utilities will be paid by the tenant.
S
PLENUM DETAILS Plenum heights typically range from 14” to 18”, occasionally going as low as 12” or as high as 24”. The plenum height is usually determined by the height requirements of other equipment that will be located under the floor. The number of inlets required to supply the plenum with sufficient air to run the diffusers is dependent upon the plenum size and the number of diffusers, which in turn is determined by the load of the space. As a general rule, the longest distance from the supply air outlet in the plenum and the farthest diffuser should not exceed 35 feet. Distances longer then this are subject to thermal losses created by thermal conductivity of the return air from the floor below through the slab making the discharge temperature of the diffuser be too high. Duct runs in the plenum space known as air highways can be used to transport conditioned air from the main duct to the zone. If zone control is desired from the underfloor plenum, the plenum can be partitioned into separate zones. The zones in the underfloor plenum should correspond to building zones having similar load requirements. However, it is not necessary to partition the underfloor plenum into zones and doing so can make future office layout changes more difficult. If an office layout must be changed, the partitioned
APPLICATION GUIDE
The advantages of pressurized plenums include low first cost and easily changed layouts. This is the most commonly used plenum design.
Advantages include the possibility of multiple small zones (as with multiple tenants) and insensitivity to construction details. Disadvantages include higher first costs due to ducting and/or fan connections under the floor, lower flexibility as the grilles are individually ducted, and potentially higher noise levels.
S9
UnderFloor Air Distribution
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
APPLICATION GUIDE
S
plenum will need to be changed to match the new layout. Because of the special heating and cooling requirements of the perimeter of the building, it may be necessary to create a perimeter zone in the underfloor plenum to run a separate perimeter system. Typically only the perimeter is zoned from the core. The perimeter will be discussed in more detail next.
PLENUM LEAKAGE Sealing the underfloor plenum is critical to optimizing the operation of a UFAD system. Air leaking through the floor tiles into the occupied zone is of minimal concern because it is leaking into the occupied space. Air leaking into the space between the walls, however, is wasted energy. All knockouts and holes in the drywall below the raised floor must be sealed during construction.
TAF-R(-FR) Diffuser and LHK Layout
TAF-R Diffusers used as return with 12”x12”x11” plenum box mounted to floor panel
Induced Air Inlet
Discharge Duct Extension
Supply Inlet
TAF-R Diffusers used as return with 12”x12”x11” plenum box mounted to floor panel
All connections are flexible duct
TAF-D Diffuser and PFC Layout TAF-D Supply Diffusers
APPLICATION GUIDE
More important is eliminating the leakage that occurs from the plenum through apertures into the vertical walls. Care should be taken to inspect and seal all openings into the walls where electrical, plumbing, or other items may pass from the plenum into the wall. Air leakage through these passages will result in loss of conditioned air that will never pass through the occupied zone. Inspecting these areas during the construction process when they are accessible can eliminate costly repairs during commissioning.
INTERIOR (CORE) SPACES
Note: Number of TAF-R(-FR) diffusers required depends on the airflow of the LHK
Open plan interior spaces are typically conditioned by placing a round swirl outlet at or near the entrance open to the cubicle or individuals work area. This will allow the cool jet to condition the adjacent space. Individually adjustable outlet dampers allow the occupant to control the comfort in their work zone. Larger common areas can be controlled with a single thermostat operating motorized dampers on multiple outlets.
PERIMETER SYSTEMS
Discharge Ductwork
All connections are flexible duct
Supply Inlets
Note: Number of TAF-D diffusers required depends on the airflow of the PFC
S10
While leakage through the floor tile seams into the occupied space is less critical it should not be ignored. Floor leakage can be minimized by applying a gasket between the floor tile and the support stringer. Securing the tile to the structure with bolts will help create a tight seal. Additional floor sealing can be achieved by lapping the floor carpet tile over the tile seams.
The perimeter is typically the most difficult area of an underfloor system to design. The perimeter is often handling much larger loads and requires the most equipment. In the past, the best way to handle the perimeter was to use fan powered terminals with reheat ducted to linear bar grilles. There are a couple challenges with this design concept. The throw of a linear bar grille ducted to the discharge of a fan powered terminal is very long, possibly as long as 15-20 feet. Designing long throws at the perimeter contradicts the
UnderFloor Air Distribution
APPLICATION GUIDE
The TAF-L perimeter system provides this ideal air pattern. The TAF-L system consists of a modular cooling plenum, the TAF-L-V, and heating plenum, the TAF-L-W, designed to be integrated with the CT-TAF-L multi-deflection linear bar diffuser.
Additional challenges on the perimeter may be caused by the radiation effect of the sun shining through the glass and warming the first four to six feet of the plenum and slab beneath the floor. Thermal conduction through the outer wall into the plenum may affect the conditioned plenum air in the perimeter area as well. Applying a spray on thermal coating or other insulation material to the wall and floor of the plenum perimeter can prevent infiltration and minimize these thermal losses. Materials that harbor mold or bacteria growth should be avoided. Although the concept of UFAD systems is to be modular, the function of handling perimeter loads is not modular. Those loads come with the building envelope, which is always a line of some sort. The TAF-L Perimeter System was designed to address all of these considerations.
PERIMETER COOLING The perimeter cooling system should combine induction, buoyancy and displacement ventilation models, handles high thermal loads such as 225 CFM per 4’ length at 0.07� wg, engage the occupied zone, but not the stratified ceiling layer. This avoids occupant complaints from air rolling back, dumping into interior space and saves energy by not mixing the warm ceiling air into the occupied zone. Field Installation
758
(TILE SPACING FROM WALL)
1 2
1 62
DIFFUSER CORE DIFFUSER FRAME
6
(FRAME WIDTH)
COVE MOLDING
FLOOR TILE
OUTER WALL
ANGLE ACTUATOR PEDESTAL
S
PERIMETER HEATING Perimeter heating cannot be accomplished with the same system as the interior load cooling system. Ideally, since ASHRAE 90.1 states that you should not simultaneously cool and heat, the perimeter heating system should be completely independent of the cooling system. Separate ducting of hot or reheated air, hydronic systems, or perimeter fan powered systems are often used to condition the skin load on the building. The TAF-L-W, self contained fin tube perimeter heating plenum utilizes room air to heat the perimeter instead of supply air. The TAF-L-W heating plenum also uses the CT-TAF-L to create a continuous linear look from the occupied space. The TAF-L-W works by allowing the denser cold air, which create convection currents, to flow down a window or exterior wall into the TAF-L-W plenum while also inducing warmer room air into the plenum. A finned tube heater in the plenum reheats this mixed air and room air, returning the heated air to the window or exterior wall through natural convection.
APPLICATION GUIDE
CARPET
(SLOT OPENING)
The TAF-L system provides a continuous look around the perimeter. The TAF-L-V cooling plenum used with the CTTAF-L has an engineered throw pattern that never breaks through the stratification layer created by the UFAD diffusers in the core. The dual aperture plate design allows the TAF-L-V / CT-TAF-L assembly to maintain this engineered throw pattern while modulating the airflow volume.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
concept of stratification in a UFAD system. Not only does the long throw from the grille mix the air above the stratified layer into the occupied zone, wasting energy, but it also may roll up the glass and across the ceiling, where it drop into the occupied zone causing discomfort for the occupants.
S11
UnderFloor Air Distribution
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
APPLICATION GUIDE
S The TAF-L-E uses the same concept shown above to heat the perimeter with a fin tube electric powered SCR heater. The TAF-L-E is an ETL listed self-contained 4 ft. long sheet metal plenum which attaches to the CT-TAF-L.
APPLICATION GUIDE
The TAF-L perimeter system is modular and allows the designer to use the right number of cooling or heating units required to match the space load requirements. Typically the TAF-L-V, cooling plenums, and TAF-L-(W)(E), heating plenums are alternated as needed throughout the perimeter.
S12
The TAF-L system allows you to remove the fan powered terminals, and their associated energy and maintenance costs, from the UFAD system. However, in the event where the system cannot achieve consistent plenum pressure, a fan powered terminal may be necessary. The PFC was designed to be used as a booster unit for perimeter applications. The PFC fan powered terminal unit is designed to be installed between the pedestals in an underfloor system and installed in a floor 12” to 18” in height. The PFC is usually ducted to linear bar diffusers, such as the CT, or diffuser and plenum units, such as the TAF-D. The airflow of the diffusers is directed at the glass like a typical ceiling system.
When fan powered terminals are used with an under floor system, they are typically equipped with ultra-high efficiency ECM motors. ECM motors consume less energy and can be controlled by the unit DDC controller to adjust the fan speed to the required space load conditions. Modulating the fan speed to vary the amount of air supplied to the zone is the most common control sequence used for the PFC. The PFC controller will determine the speed of the fan based on zone temperature. For example, the fan would run 100% when the zone is 75BF and modulated down to 30% as the zone approaches 70BF.
CONFERENCE ROOMS & OTHER AREAS OF VARYING LOAD Much like the perimeter, conference rooms must be handled separately to adjust for the varying load conditions. The LHK fan powered terminal was designed for this application. Like the PFC, the LHK fits within the modular pedestal systems of the raised floor and is available in various heights to fit under 12” through 18” raised floors. With the exception of its unique dimensions, the LHK is like any other series fan powered terminal. The LHK has a supply inlet with a damper modulated by a controller and actuator. The LHK has an induced air inlet which pulls air from the underfloor plenum or from
APPLICATION GUIDE
UnderFloor Air Distribution www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
the room depending on how the LHK is applied. The LHK supply inlet would be open to the plenum with the induced air inlet ducted to the room as the return. The discharge would then be flex ducted to TAF-R’s in the room. Again to eliminate the fan powered terminal, the TAF-L system can be used to provide comfort conditioning to varying load areas. The CT-TAF-L can be installed in the floor along the wall to provide a clean look. TAFL-V units can be attached to the CT-TAF-L as required to handle the maximum space load. The space thermostat will operate the unit dampers in response to space load conditions. Unused sections of the CTTAF-L should be blanked off beneath the floor. Large space common areas such as break-rooms can be controlled using multiple TAF-R units with electric actuators operated by a common room thermostat.
temperature at the diffuser and you gain the cost benefits of the warmer supply air temperature.
HUMIDITY ISSUES A potential problem with the higher supply temperatures used in underfloor supply systems is the higher potential moisture content of the warmer supply air used in these systems.
S
The supply system must reduce relative humidity to less than 60% to meet IAQ concerns, and this requires dew points less than 65BF. This implies either reheat or blending of air to achieve a 65BF supply, 55BF dew point condition. System designs utilizing condenser water reheat; runaround coils, face & bypass, and other strategies can be employed to solve these potential design problems. Other possible solutions include the use of a separate system to dry outside air or the use of desiccant dehumidification.
RETURN AIR
If the system must use 55BF supply air for humidity reasons, some of the return air can be re-circulated from the ceiling to the underfloor plenum to raise the temperature of the air to 63BF to 68BF. Another option is to take the return air back to the air handling unit where it can be filtered and dehumidified before re-entering the underfloor plenum. With this option, you can more accurately control the air
Climate and building operation are important considerations when designing a UFAD system. In humid climates, it may be necessary to operate the HVAC system 24 hours a day to maintain acceptable humidity levels in the building.
VENTILATION EFFECTIVENESS ASHRAE Standard 62.1 defines the volume of ventilation air required for a given building space. Table 6-2 shows the adjustment factors to be applied relative to the type of system being employed. For UFAD cooling the factor is 1.0 which is the same as fully mixed overhead cooling and lower than the 1.2 factor applied to Displacement Ventilation applications. ASHRAE research project RP-1373 was funded to compare ventilation effectiveness between UFAD and Displacement Ventilation outlets for several common space applications. The results of the research
APPLICATION GUIDE
Due to the upward air flow, returns should be located at the ceiling or on a high side wall at least 8’ above the floor. This allows the heat from ceiling lights to be returned before it is able to mix with the conditioned air in the occupied zone. There will also be a small amount of “free cooling” due to the natural buoyancy of hot air.
S13
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
APPLICATION GUIDE
S
indicated that when the vertical jet from an UFAD outlet reached a terminal velocity of 50 fpm lower than 5 ft. above the floor, the ventilation effectiveness is equal to DV. When the jet projects to a height higher than 5 ft., the ventilation effectiveness is equal to fully mixed cooling. The results of this data will be published in a future Addenda to Standard 62.1. this change may impact the volume of ventilation air required to satisfy LEED requirements when using UFAD.
SIZING JOBS The optimum design point for the TAF-R is 80 100 CFM when a 10BF room / supply differential is used. At this point, the noise is negligible and the pressure required is less than 0.10”. Throw will be less than 5 ft., preserving the desired ceiling stratification layer. Our testing shows that there is 100% mixing in the occupied zone under these conditions. 1.0 W/sq.ft. (computers and printers) +1.2 W/sq.ft. (occupants) =2.2 W/sq.ft. (room load) The stratification in this installation results in a supply - exhaust DT similar to the typical 18BF to 20BF DT common in most conventional systems. For example, with 64BF supply air in a 74BF room, the room exhaust, at the ceiling, will probably be about 82BF, for an 18BF DT. This means that one diffuser can handle:
APPLICATION GUIDE
18BF DT x 100 CFM x 1.08 = 1944 BTUH or 1944 BTUH ÷ 3.41 = 570 watts of internal load. Lights are typically 0.75 W/sq.ft, but with ceiling stratification are probably not a part of the room load (but are seen by the air handler). If computers and printers supply about 1W/sq.ft. load and occupants add about 1.2 W/sq.ft, this translates to: This corresponds to one TAF-R every: 570 Watts of internal heat ÷ 2.2 W/sq.ft. room load = 260 sq.ft. floor space sensed interior zone load.
S14
As a general rule, one TAF-R should be provided for each occupant.
UnderFloor Air Distribution SYSTEM ECONOMICS The main economic considerations for a UFAD system are reduced first costs & installation costs, higher HVAC equipment efficiency, lower horsepower fans, better heat and pollutant removal, quick to install and easy to rearrange office layouts, and lower life-cycle building costs.
FIRST COSTS & INSTALLATION COSTS UFAD systems can be designed with plenum returns using the same floor to floor height as conventional systems by shifting the occupied zone up into where the ceiling plenum would normally be. The cost of the raised floor, typically $5-7 per sq.ft., is offset by the fact that less ductwork is required. The installation costs are usually lower because the HVAC and data / power work is done at floor level. In a conventional system, ductwork must go to every diffuser. UFAD systems use a pressurized plenum to supply each diffuser, so less ductwork is required. In a UFAD system, the only ducting in the underfloor plenum is the ductwork required to supply the diffusers that are more than 50-65 feet away from the dampers or the separation for the perimeter. A 1996 study in Building Design & Construction magazine showed a $2.13/sq.ft. first cost savings using UFAD systems.
HIGHER HVAC EQUIPMENT EFFICIENCY In an UFAD system, supply air enters directly into the occupied zone at the floor level. In a conventional system, the supply air temperature is usually 55BF because it must mix with the warm air at the ceiling before it enters the occupied zone. UFAD systems typically use 63-68BF supply air temperatures. This warmer supply air can reduce energy consumption of the HVAC equipment. Some DX equipment cannot supply air at this high temperature, so this must be considered when selecting the HVAC equipment.
LOWER HORSEPOWER FANS UFAD systems move a larger volume of air with overall lower pressure drops. The diffusers used in UFAD systems operate with less than 0.1” wg, so lower horsepower fan can be used, reducing energy costs.
UnderFloor Air Distribution
APPLICATION GUIDE
Plan View Main Duct Loop Branch Ducts Air handler
Core
To maximize flexibility of furniture location during initial installation and re-location during churn, it is recommended that the TAFR diffuser be located at an off center location in the floor tile. This will allow the tile to be installed in the floor stringer with four choices of diffuser location but merely turning the tile. Typical churn in an office is 33%, meaning that everyone moves every three years. Diffusers are rearranged by moving entire floor panel to a new location. This reduces the time and labor costs of relocation and renovation in an office.
VAV box
Diffusers
LOWER LIFE CYCLE COSTS Several factors of the UFAD system contribute to potential life cycle savings. The building should have an energy savings from the use of lower horsepower fans. The owner should see reduced costs for office layout changes.
Figure 1. Conventional System Ductwork UFAD System Plenum
Fan powered terminals handle the perimeter Air is supplied to the center of the floor
In addition to these, the concrete structural slab can be used to lower peak cooling demand. The use of the underfloor plenum as a supply duct allows the use of the thermal mass of the structure as an energy “flywheel”.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
location until office furniture layout is finalized.
Conventional System
S
By ventilating the underfloor plenum with cool air at night, the structure can be cooled to the point where the load during the early part of the day is significantly lowered. A number of strategies can be employed to take advantage of the potential for stored “cool”, resulting in lowered energy use and off-peak energy use. However, there is a potential for overcooling the occupied space during the night requiring addition morning warm up, costing energy.
Figure 2. UFAD System Plenum CRITERIA CLASSIFICATION
POINTS
ENERGY & ATMOSPHERE
Heat from overhead ceiling lights is removed before it enters the occupied zone and lateral mixing in the occupied zone is reduced. A Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory field study found that pollutant removal efficiency for carbon dioxide was 13% higher than expected in a space with well-mixed air, suggesting a 13% reduction in exposures to occupant generated pollutants.
EASY INSTALLATION AND RELOCATION UFAD diffusers are installed through the floor panel after flooring and carpet installation is complete. Little attention needs to be placed on diffuser
Credit 1 - Optimize Energy Performance
Up to 10
MATERIALS & RESOURCES Credit 1 - Building Reuse
1-3
INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY Credit 6 - Controllability of Systems, Thermal Comfort
1
Credit 7 - Thermal Comfort
1
APPLICATION GUIDE
BETTER HEAT AND POLLUTANT REMOVAL
S15
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
APPLICATION GUIDE
S
There are also costs savings associated with increased thermal comfort for occupants. Because the diffusers are occupant adjustable, the facility staff should see fewer complaints about thermal comfort. Increased employee satisfaction potentially results in increased productivity. Labor costs are typically 10 times the cost of property. A 1% productivity improvement is the equivalent of 22 hours, or almost three days, of gained productivity. For a company with 115 employees earning $35,000 a year, 30 employees earning $60,000 a year, and 5 employees earning $80,000 a year, a 1% improvement would worth be almost $70,000. This is a substantial payback for a building owner.
APPLICATION GUIDE
One way to achieve energy optimization credit is with an underfloor system. An underfloor system may have higher HVAC equipment efficiency as access floor air systems use warmer supply air (63B to 68BF) than conventional systems that use 55BF supply air. Raising the discharge temperature of many system types reduces energy consumption. Underfloor systems can move a larger volume of air with overall lower pressure drops. The underfloor plenum needs less than 0.1” wg of water pressure or less for proper diffuser performance. This results in less fan horsepower needed for underfloor systems resulting in lower energy usage.
UFAD AND LEED
The energy savings of an underfloor system should be considered as part of the system to receive an Optimize Energy Performance credit.
The United States Green Building Council (USGBC) developed the Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design (LEED™) Green Building Rating System™. The LEED council is a voluntary, consensus-based national standard board for developing high-performance, sustainable buildings. USGBC members represent all segments of the building industry and update the program continuously.
ECM motors are another option that should be considered for the Optimize Energy Performance credit. The ECM motor has efficiencies of up to 70% across its entire operating range (300-1200 rpm) and 80% over 400 rpm. The ECM motor is available in the Titus LHK and PFC UFAD fan-powered terminals. See the ECM Application Guide, AG-ECM, for more information.
The growing interest in green buildings and LEED certification has increased the interest in UFAD systems. The table below shows the LEED credits that could be achieved with UFAD systems.
BUILDING REUSE
OPTIMIZE ENERGY
S16
UnderFloor Air Distribution
Credit 1 is Optimize Energy Performance. The intent of this credit is to achieve increasing levels of energy performance above the prerequisite standard to reduce environmental impacts associated with excessive energy use. Credits are based on percentage of reduction and range from 10.5% reduction (1 Point) to 42% reduction (10 Points) for new buildings. The requirement for optimizing energy performance credit is to reduce the design energy cost compared to the energy cost budget for systems regulated by ASHRAE™/IESNA Standard 90.12010. Per LEED, regulated energy systems include HVAC, service hot water and interior lighting. All LEED projects registering after June 26, 2007 are required to achieve at least two (2) Optimize Energy Performance points
If the project is a renovation, Credit 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3, Building Reuse, may be applicable. Credit 1.1 is for maintaining at least 75%, based on surface area, of existing building structure and envelope. Credit 1.2 is for maintaining an additional 20%. Credit 1.3 is for maintaining 50% of existing interior non-structural elements such as interior walls, doors, floor coverings and ceiling systems. Each credit qualifies for one point, meeting the criteria for all three credits nets a maximum of three points for the Material & Resources section. Utilizing access floors systems can update a building for meet current technology needs without demolishing the current building structure. In situations where the architect wants to leave an ornamental ceiling open, access floor air distribution may be the perfect solution.
CONTROLLABILITY OF SYSTEMS Credit 6, Controllability of Systems, has two parts: 6.1 Lighting and 6.2 Thermal Comfort. The intent of Credit 6.2 is to provide individual comfort controls for
APPLICATION GUIDE
UnderFloor Air Distribution
The credit states that, “Individual adjustments may involve individual thermostat controls, local diffusers at floor,…” as potential strategies to achieve this credit. VAV diffusers, such as the Titus T3SQ would also qualify for this credit as well as access floor diffusers such as the TAF-R.
THERMAL COMFORT Credit 7.0, Thermal Comfort - Design requires that the building comply with ASHRAE Standard 55-2004, for thermal comfort standards. ASHRAE Standard 55-2010, Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy specifies the combinations of indoor space environment and personal factors that will produce thermal environmental conditions acceptable to 80% or more of the occupants within a space. The environmental factors addressed in the standard are temperature, thermal radiation, humidity, and air speed; the personal factors are those of activity and clothing.
Figure 3. Ankle Region Comfort Chart
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
50% of the building occupants to enable adjustments to suit individual task needs and preferences.
S
It has been shown that individual comfort is maintained when the following conditions are maintained in a space: • • • • • •
Air temperature maintained between 73-77BF. Relative humidity maintained between < 60%. Maximum air motion in the occupied zone. 50 fpm in cooling . 30 fpm in heating. Ankle to neck level, 5.4BF maximum temperature gradient. Figure 4. Neck Region Comfort Chart
Air Diffusion Performance Index (ADPI) is the best way of assuring that a space will meet the ASHRAE Standard 55 requirement for 5.4BF maximum temperature gradient. ADPI is a single-number means of relating temperatures and velocities in an occupied zone to occupants’ thermal comfort. To calculate the ADPI of a space, you need to measure the temperature and velocities at points throughout the occupied space. The occupied space is defined by ASHRAE as being the area from the floor to the six foot height, one foot from the walls (or in the case of UFAD diffusers, outside of the clear zone of the diffuser). The effective draft temperature is then calculated for each point.
The effective draft temperature (Θ) is equal to the room temperature (tx) minus the local temperature (tc) minus 0.07 times the local velocity (Vx) minus 30. Θ = (tx-tc) – 0.07(Vx-30) The ADPI value is the percentage of the points where Θ is between -3 and +2 F inclusive, with a room velocity of 70 fpm or less. ASHRAE guidelines state that the ADPI of greater than or equal to 80 is considered acceptable. There is currently no method to calculate the ADPI for a UFAD system outside of conducting field measurements per ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 113-2009, Appendix B, Method of Testing for Room Air Diffusion.
APPLICATION GUIDE
The ASHRAE comfort standard states that no minimum air movement is necessary to maintain thermal comfort, provided the temperature is acceptable. To maximize energy conservation, we should attempt to maintain proper temperatures at the lowest possible air speed. The ASHRAE comfort charts, Figures 3 and 4 show the relationship between local air velocity and temperature difference in the ankle and neck regions.
S17
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
APPLICATION GUIDE
APPLICATION GUIDE
S
S18
ABBREVIATIONS The following table lists abbreviations used within this document.
Abbreviation ADPI ASHRAE
Term Air Diffusion Performance Index American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers
UFAD
Underfloor Air Distribution
LEED
Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design
USGBC
U. S. Green Building Council
UnderFloor Air Distribution
UnderFloor Air Distribution
Available Models: TAF-R TAF-R-FR
• Fire-Rated Diffuser TAF-R
• Designed for applications in pressurized underfloor air distribution systems. • Constructed of a high impact, polymeric material, durable enough to resist foot traffic. Exceeds NFPA 90B requirements. • External Open/Close indicator coupled with the internal Open/Close stop allow visual determination of damper position. • Architecturally appealing face design is available in standard gray or black color. Optional colors may be specified to match any building interior’s color scheme.
• Relocation to another area is simply by relocating that floor panel. Removal of the diffuser from the access floor panel is not required. • Dirt/dust collection receptacle can be easily removed for cleaning. • Diffuser can be installed after flooring and carpet installation are complete.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
UnderFloor Round Products TAF-R
• Simply converts to a TAF-G without moving floor panels or trim and retainer ring.
• The trim ring’s extra wide flange is designed to prevent carpet from pulling away from the diffuser.
• TAF-R-FR is UL Listed and meets NFPA 90A.
• Removable flow regulator is manually operated without removing the core.
• The spring clip attached to the trim ring is designed for rapid & secure press fit without the use of tools.
S
TAF-R/TAF-R-FR Diffuser Components
TAF-R
Hole Opening for Diffuser is 85/8"
Floor Tile
All dimensions are in inches.
S19
UnderFloor Air Distribution
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
OPTIONS ACTUATED FLOW REGULATOR
• 24VAC electric flow regulator actuator is integral part of the assembly. • RJ12 cable connections for easy plug and play installation between units. • UL Rated. • 24VAC actuator is direct drive 0-10 VDC control signal. • Room sensor equipped with digital display for setpoint adjustment & PC data connection.
1.70
TAF-R ACTUATED DAISY CHAIN
S
System Overview:
OPTIONS
The actuated TAF-R & TAF-R-FR can have a maximum of six units daisy chained to each other utilizing the standard 12 ft. plenum cable. This allows for a maximum of 12 units per power supply with six units on each side of the power supply.
S20
UnderFloor Air Distribution
PERFORMANCE DATA
The HVAC system should be designed to operate at reduced capacity to avoid over cooling and excessive temperature swings. Significant ‘passive’ cooling may be experienced with underfloor air distribution systems.
Centerline Velocity Profile
10°F Delta-T SPREAD
Air Speed, fpm 150
4'
100 50 3'
THROW
2'
Distance Above Floor
S
24" left
12" left
6" left
Center
6" right
12" right
1'
24" right
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
The TAF-R(-FR) can supply 100 cfm at 0.10-inch wg. of plenum pressure and generates a low NC of 19. The following charts show a favorable terminal velocity and temperature gradient in the comfort zone (range = 4 to 4.5 feet).
Distance From Diffuser Centerline
TAF-R
10° F ∆T
NC
-
-
10
12
14
16
17
19
20
21
Airflow (cfm)
54
62
70
76
83
89
94
100
105
109
0.05
0.06
0.1
0.11
0.12
Plenum Pressure (wc)
0.03
0.04
Throw (ft)@ 150-100-50 fpm
1.2-1.8-3.2
1.4-2.1-3.4
Spread ft @ 50 fpm
2.5
2.8
1.6-2.3-3.7 1.7-2.5-3.8
3.2
0.08
0.09
2-2.9-4.1
2.1-3-4.2
3.8
4
4.3
2.2-3.1-4.4 2.3-3.2-4.5 2.4-3.2-4.6
4.5
4.8
5
• Spread and Projection data is determined in a room with a 9-foot ceiling, and 10° DT between the supply and average occupied zone temperatures. • Ventilation efficiency (Ez) is 1.2 for floor supply of cool air and ceiling return, provided low-velocity displacement ventilation achieves unidirectional flow and thermal stratification or underfloor air distribution systems where the vertical throw is less than or equal to 50 fpm (0.25 m/s) at a height of 4.5 (1.4m) above the floor per ASHRAE 62.1-2010 Addenda a.
PERFORMANCE DATA
• NC values are based on octave band 2-7 sound power levels minus a room absorption of 10dB. • Dash (-) in space denotes an NC value of less than 10. • Data obtained from test conducted in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70-2006. • Spread is the total width of the 50 fpm isovel. Projection is the maximum distance above the floor where the indicated terminal velocity was observed.
3.5
0.07 1.8-2.8-4
S21
UnderFloor Air Distribution
S
TAF-G Available Model: TAF-G
• Grommet
• Designed for use in underfloor systems.
TAF-G
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
UnderFloor Round Products (continued)
• It allows “through-the-floor” power/data/phone cable access. • All components are constructed of a high impact polymeric material designed to resist damage from traffic. • Architecturally appealing face complements Titus diffuser Model TAF-R and is available in standard light gray or black color. Optional colors may be specified to match any building interior’s scheme. • The TAF-G installs into the same trim ring and mounting ring as the TAF-R.
• The trim ring’s extra wide flange is designed to prevent carpet from pulling away from the grommet. • With the grommet installed in the floor panel, relocation to another zone is simply done through relocating the floor panel. • Grommet can be installed after flooring and carpet installation is complete. • The spring clip attached to the trim ring is designed for rapid & secure press fit without the use of tools.
TAF-G Diffuser Components Pivot Cover
9¾" 1" Flange 2½"
Grommet Cover
Floor Tile
Grommet Seal (Optional adhesive backed grommet seal used for small cabling to prevent air from escaping.) Trim Ring with Spacer Flanges Hole opening for grommet is 85/8"
TAF-G
Floor Tile
S22
All dimensions are in inches.
UnderFloor Air Distribution
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS
designed for rapid and secure press fit installation. The access floor diffuser shall be assembled such that the access floor panel is not removed from the floor system for installation of the diffuser.
• Fire-Rated Diffuser • Grommet
UnderFloor diffusers shall be Titus Model TAF-R(-FR) diffuser. The TAF-R(-FR) diffuser shall be constructed of a high impact polymeric material. The diffuser shall have a removable curved slot helical throw diffuser core. The diffuser core design shall produce a vertical, high induction helical air pattern. A high induction swirl air pattern is acceptable. The trim ring shall have a 1-inch flange for use with carpeting. The dust receptacle shall have an integral flow regulator and shall extend 5¾ inches below top of access floor panel.
The diffuser core and trim ring finish shall be either Titus gray or black. The dust receptacle and flow regulator finish shall be Titus black regardless of color specified.
The diffuser shall have an external open/close indicator and internal open/close stop to allow visual determination of damper position. The flow regulator shall be manually operated without removing the diffuser core. The diffuser shall have a spring clip attached to the trim ring and is
The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the access floor diffuser, tested in accordance with ANSI/ ASHRAE Standard 70-2006 at both isothermal and various DT conditions.
Optional complementary grommet, model TAF-G, shall be available for through the floor access to power, phone and data cables. The TAF-G grommet shall be constructed of the same material as model TAF-R. The TAF-G trim ring and mount ring shall be interchangeable with the TAF-R trim ring and mount ring.
MODEL NUMBER SPECIFICATION Model
Grille Throw Type Basket
TAF-R TAF-F-FR XXX-X-XX
Short Throw
8
S
X
Dimension 1
S
S X
Color
Damper Manual Flow Regulator Actuated Flow Regulator
XXXXX
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Available Models: TAF-R TAF-R-FR TAF-G
F A
Grey Black
73566 739
Model
TAF-G
8
XXXXX Color Grey Black
73566 739
SPECIFICATIONS
Dimension 1
S23
Available Model: TAF-L-V
UnderFloor Air Distribution
• Linear Diffuser Plenum TAF-L-V
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
S
UnderFloor TAF-L Perimeter System TAF-L-V
• Titus TAF-L-V is a variable linear bar diffuser plenum for underfloor perimeter supply applications. • Designed to be integrated with the CT-TAF-L linear bar grille (see CT-TAF-L for more information). • The TAF-L-V, when used with the CT-TAF-L is designed to provide a uniform throw pattern throughout its operating range, regardless of damper position. • Active four (4) foot sections of TAF-L-V can be placed anywhere within the continuous CT-TAF-L linear bar grille.
• 24 Volt electric damper actuator is supplied with the assembly. • Installs into the CT-TAF-L from the top surface. Removal of the flooring is not required.
758 681
13 4316
3 4
6.00 (OUTSIDE)
Field Installation
758
(TILE SPACING FROM WALL)
1 2
1 62
DIFFUSER CORE DIFFUSER FRAME CARPET
(SLOT OPENING)
6
(FRAME WIDTH)
COVE MOLDING
FLOOR TILE
OUTER WALL
ANGLE
TAF-L-V
ACTUATOR
S24
PEDESTAL
All dimensions are in inches.
UnderFloor Air Distribution
UnderFloor TAF-L Perimeter System (continued)
Available Model: TAF-L-W
• Linear Diffuser Return Plenum TAF-L-W
• Titus TAF-L-W is a fixed linear bar diffuser plenum for underfloor perimeter heating applications. • The TAF-L-W is designed to be integrated with the CT-TAF-L linear bar grille (see CT-TAF-L for more information).
• The TAF-L-W has a fin tube heater assembly in the plenum.
• Installs into the CT-TAF-L from the top surface. Removal of the flooring is not required.
• The TAF-L-W has 21/2” of copper tubing extending beyond both sides of the plenum for system connections
• The TAF-L-W return plenum drops into perimeter slot and sits on top of the raised floor tile (by others) and a perimeter angle.
• The TAF-L-W plenum is constructed of galvanized steel.
53
7 7/16
48
6 1/8
11" OR 13" PLENUM DEPTH
6 1/8
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
TAF-L-W
S
1 15/16
Field Installation 7 5/8 TILE SPACING FROM WALL 6 1/2 (SLOT OPENING) 6.00 (FRAME SIZE)
TAF-L-W
All dimensions are in inches.
S25
UnderFloor Air Distribution
S
TAF-L-E Available Model: TAF-L-E
• Linear Diffuser Heating Plenum with Fin- tube SCR Electric Heat
TAF-L-E
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
UnderFloor TAF-L Perimeter System (continued)
• Titus TAF-L-E is a fixed linear bar diffuser plenum for underfloor perimeter heating applications. • The TAF-L-E is designed to be integrated with the CT-TAF-L linear bar grille (see CTTAF-L submittal for more information).
• The TAF-L-E has an SCR electric heat fin tube assembly in the plenum.
• Installs into the CT-TAF-L from the top surface. Removal of the flooring is not required.
• The TAF-L-E plenum is constructed of galvanized steel.
• The TAF-L-E return plenum drops into perimeter slot and sits on top of the raised floor tile (by others) and a perimeter angle. TAF-L-W HEATING PLENUM
• ETL listed at 120V, 208V, 240V, 277V.
CONTROL ENCLOSURE (ACCESS ON TOP)
ELECTRIC HEAT FIN TUBE
7 7-16 1/4" INSULATION
11.0
8-21
PERIMETER WALL
6-81
6.00
48.00
Field Installation
CT-TAF-L CORE*
7 5/8 TILE SPACING FROM WALL 6 1/2 (SLOT OPENING)
CT-TAF-L FRAME* TAF-L-E HEATING PLENUM
DIFFUSER CORE DIFFUSER FRAME
6.00 (FRAME SIZE)
CARPET
FLOOR TILE
ACCESS FLOORING (BY OTHERS)
ANGLE OUTER WALL
TAF-L-E
PEDESTAL
S26
All dimensions are in inches.
UnderFloor Air Distribution
UnderFloor TAF-L Perimeter System (continued)
Available Model: TAF-L-R
• Linear Diffuser Return Plenum TAF-L-R
• Titus TAF-L-R is a fixed linear bar diffuser plenum for underfloor perimeter return applications. • The TAF-L-R is designed to be integrated with the CT-TAF-L linear bar grille (see CT-TAF-L for more information).
• 20 x 8 inches inlet can be used for ducted or nonducted applications.
• Installs into the CT-TAF-L from the top surface. Removal of the flooring is not required.
• The TAF-L-R plenum is constructed of galvanized steel.
• The TAF-L-R return plenum drops into perimeter slot and sits on top of the raised floor tile (by others) and a perimeter angle. 11 16
7 716 1 616 Inside
48
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
TAF-L-R
S
11 Outside
8
20 Perimeter Wall
Field Installation
CT-TAF-L Core* Diffuser Core
CT-TAF-L Frame*
Diffuser Frame
7 5/8 (Tile Spacing From Wall) 6 1/2 (Slot Opening) 6 (Frame Width) Cove Molding
Carpet
5 8
20" x 8" Rigid Duct (by others)
TAF-L-R Return Plenum
Floor Tile
Access Flooring (By Others)
Angle
Outer Wall
Return Plenum
TAF-L-R
*CT-TAF-L must be ordered separately in desired lengths for the perimeter.
All dimensions are in inches.
S27
UnderFloor Air Distribution
S
CT-TAF-L Available Model: CT-TAF-L
• Perimeter Linear Bar Diffuser CT-TAF-L
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
UnderFloor TAF-L Perimeter System (continued)
• Titus CT-TAF-L is a fixed linear bar diffuser for underfloor perimeter return applications. • The CT-TAF-L is designed to be integrated with the TAF-L-V, TAF-L-E, TAF-L-R, and TAF-L-W plenums (see TAF-L-V, TAF-L-E, and TAF-L-R, and TAF-L-W submittals for more information).
• Sections can be joined end-to-end for continuous appearance, using alignment clips.
• CT frame drops into perimeter slot and sits on top of carpeting.
• Standard lengths are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 feet, furnished as complete, welded assemblies.
• CT-TAF-L Core drops into frame.
• Lengths greater than 6 feet are furnished in multiple sections, the number and size determined by the factory.
• Installs into the TAF-L plenums from the top surface. Removal of the flooring is not required.
• All deflection bars are fixed and are parallel to the long dimension.
• ½-inch may be cut from the end of the frame and core to fit perimeter (NEVER cut off the last core support or frame support)
• Fixed Bars are extruded aluminum. • Standard finish is #26 white. 75 8
Room Side
Wall Side
CT-TAF-L is only available with Type 5 Heavy Duty CT Floor Frame. Diffuser core is a combination of CT-PP-0, CT-541, and CT-PP-3 Core (30B Deflection).
ALIGNMENT CLIP
3 116
3 8
3 8
6 (Duct Size, D)
O
Duct Duct Width D’ Length D
D
727979-00 ALIGNMENT BRACKET 1 PER JOINT
Outside D’
6”
ATTACH ALIGNMENT BRACKET TO CROSS BRACE
D
CT FRAME JOINT
O
18
DETAIL A A
For performance data, please refer to TAF-L-E, TAF-L-R, TAF-L-V, and TAF-L-W. All dimensions are in inches.
O 1813/16
*Note: 0B deflection wings must be on wall side of frame when installed.
Inside
Alignment clip model AC-500 is sold separately in quantities of 500.
S28
1 8
Support Bar
MITER CORNER - MC-TAF-L
#8 TEK SCREW 4 PLCS
CT-TAF-L
30° Wings
1
17 8
55 8
UnderFloor Air Distribution
PERFORMANCE DATA
10BDT Aperture 25% Open
UnderFloor Pressure, Inches WG Airflow, cfm NC (Noise Criteria) Projection, ft, 150, 100, 50 fpm
0.05 128 21 2-3-4
0.07 140 25 3-4-6
0.09 157 31 4-5-7
10BDT Aperture 50%
Airflow, cfm NC (Noise Criteria) Projection, ft, 150, 100, 50 fpm
157 25 3-3-5
192 30 3-4-6
220 33 4-5-7
10BDT Aperture 75%
Airflow, cfm NC (Noise Criteria) Projection, ft, 150, 100, 50 fpm
200 29 3-4-6
237 33 3-5-7
271 35 4-5-8
10BDT Aperture 100%
Airflow, cfm NC (Noise Criteria) Projection, ft, 150, 100, 50 fpm
218 30 3-4-6
264 34 3-5-7
300 36 4-6-8
TAF-L-W
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
TAF-L-V
S
11" DEEP TAFL-W FLOW RATE vs BTUH HEATING OUTPUT 4 FT LENGTH, .07 PLENUM PRESSURE 180ยบ DEG F SUPPLY WATER 3900 3800 3700 3600
BTUH
3500 3400 3300 3200 3100 3000 2900 2800 0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
GPM
PERFORMANCE DATA S29
UnderFloor Air Distribution
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PERFORMANCE DATA
PERFORMANCE DATA
S
S30
TAF-L-W
11” TAF-L-W 180 Degree Water Supply
11” TAF-L-W 160 Degree Water Supply
BTUH
Ps
GPM
BTUH
Ps
GPM
2827
0.03
2
2252
0.03
3499
0.05
2
2669
0.05
3629
0.07
2
3023
4083
0.09
2
3182
2875
0.03
4
3383
0.05
4
3693
0.07
4183 2557
11” TAF-L-W 120 Degree Water Supply BTUH
Ps
GPM
2
896
0.03
2
2
1088
0.05
2
0.07
2
1264
0.07
2
0.09
2
1497
0.09
2
1994
0.03
4
448
0.03
4
2451
0.05
4
720
0.05
4
4
2912
0.07
4
926
0.07
4
0.09
4
3165
0.09
4
1268
0.09
4
0.03
6
1645
0.03
6
30
0.03
6
3218
0.05
6
1963
0.05
6
259
0.05
6
3492
0.07
6
2623
0.07
6
532
0.07
6
4018
0.09
6
2843
0.09
6
765
0.09
6
TAF-L-R Nominal Duct Size (in.)
Nominal Duct Area (ft2)
Core Area (ft2)
20 x 8
1.32
0.863
Core Velocity Velocity Pressure Neg. Static Pressure Air Flow, cfm NC
300 0.006 0.017 259 -
400 0.010 0.030 345 12
500 0.016 0.047 432 17
600 0.022 0.067 518 22
700 0.031 0.091 604 26
800 0.040 0.119 690 29
900 0.050 0.151 777 32
1000 0.062 0.186 863 35
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS
TAF-L-V PERIMETER LINEAR DIFFUSER COOLING ASSEMBLY FOR UNDERFLOOR MODEL CT-TAF-L LINEAR BAR DIFFUSERS Perimeter diffuser assembly shall be Titus Model TAFL-V. Assemblies must be designed specifically for field attachment of Titus UnderFloor Model CT-TAF-L Linear Bar Diffusers. TAF-L-V, when used with the CT-TAF-L diffuser shall provide a uniform throw pattern throughout its operating range. Assemblies shall include a linear 24VAC actuated aperture plate assembly that shall provide consistent air distribution across the full length of the TAFL-V. Standard nominal length shall be 4 feet.
TAF-L-V plenum and CT-TAF-L diffuser shall install from above the access floor surface. Removal of the flooring shall not be required for installation. Assemblies shall be provided by the manufacturer of the linear slot diffusers. Assembly material shall be galvanized steel. The manufacturer shall provide performance data with the CT-TAF-L linear bar diffusers. Diffusers and plenum shall be tested as one assembly. The linear slot diffuser and plenum assembly shall be tested in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70-2006.
TAF-L-W PERIMETER LINEAR DIFFUSER HEATING PLENUM FOR UNDERFLOOR MODEL CT-TAF-L LINEAR BAR DIFFUSERS
TAF-L-W plenum and CT-TAF-L diffuser shall install from above the access floor surface. Removal of the flooring shall not be required for installation. Plenums shall be provided by the manufacturer of the linear slot diffusers. Plenum material shall be galvanized steel. The manufacturer shall provide performance data with the CT-TAF-L linear bar diffusers. Diffusers and plenum shall be
TAF-L-E PERIMETER LINEAR DIFFUSER HEATING PLENUM FOR UNDERFLOOR MODEL CT-TAF-L LINEAR BAR DIFFUSERS Perimeter diffuser plenums shall be Titus Model TAF-L-E. Plenums must be designed specifically for field attachment of Titus UnderFloor Model CT-TAF-L Linear Bar Diffusers. TAF-L-E, when used with the CT-TAF-L diffuser shall provide a uniform throw pattern throughout its operating range. Plenums shall include 10” oval inlet for ducted applications. Standard nominal length shall be 4 feet.
TAF-L-E plenum and CT-TAF-L diffuser shall install from above the access floor surface. Removal of the flooring shall not be required for installation. Plenums shall be provided by the manufacturer of the linear slot diffusers. Plenum material shall be galvanized steel. The manufacturer shall provide performance data with the CT-TAF-L linear bar diffusers. Diffusers and plenum shall be tested as one assembly. The linear slot diffuser and plenum assembly shall be tested in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70-2006.
S
TAF-L-R PERIMETER LINEAR DIFFUSER RETURN PLENUM FOR UNDERFLOOR MODEL CT-TAF-L LINEAR BAR DIFFUSERS
Perimeter diffuser plenums shall be Titus Model TAF-L-R. Plenums must be designed specifically for field attachment of Titus UnderFloor Model CT-TAF-L Linear Bar Diffusers. Plenums shall include 20”x 8” inlet for ducted and nonducted applications. Standard nominal length shall be 4 feet. TAF-L-R plenum and CT-TAF-L diffuser shall install from above the access floor surface. Removal of the flooring shall not be required for installation. Plenums shall be provided by the manufacturer of the linear slot diffusers. Plenum material shall be galvanized steel. The manufacturer shall provide performance data with the CT-TAF-L linear bar diffusers. Diffusers and plenum shall be tested as one assembly. The linear slot diffuser and plenum assembly shall be tested in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70-2006.
CT-TAF-L PERIMETER LINEAR BAR DIFFUSER FOR USE WITH ACCESS FLOOR PLENUM MODELS TAF-L-E, TAFL-R, TAF-L-V, AND TAF-L-W - ALUMINUM FIXED BARS Linear bar diffusers shall be Titus model CT-TAF-L with a single deflection core.
Linear bar diffusers shall be available in standard onepiece lengths up to 6 feet, shall be 6” in width, and shall
SPECIFICATIONS
Perimeter diffuser plenums shall be Titus Model TAF-L-W. Plenums must be designed specifically for field attachment of Titus UnderFloor Model CT-TAF-L Linear Bar Diffusers. TAF-L-W, when used with the CT-TAF-L diffuser shall provide a uniform heating pattern throughout its operating range. Plenums shall include a fin tube heating element that shall provide consistent air distribution across the full length of the TAF-L-W. Heating system shall operate using natural convection currents. Heating of supply air from the underfloor plenum is not acceptable. Standard nominal length shall be 4 feet.
tested as one assembly. The linear slot diffuser and plenum assembly shall be tested in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70-2006.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Available Models: TAF-L-V TAF-L-W TAF-L-E TAF-L-R CT-TAF-L
UnderFloor Air Distribution
S31
UnderFloor Air Distribution
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS
S
have heavy duty mounting frame type 5 for use in access floor tile applications. Diffuser lengths greater than 6 feet shall be furnished in multiple sections and will be joined together end-to-end with alignment strips or pins to form a continuous appearance. All alignment components to be provided by the manufacturer.
The paint must pass a 100-hour ASTM B117 Corrosive Environments Salt Spray Test without creepage, blistering, or deterioration of film. The paint must pass a 250-hour ASTM D870 Water Immersion Test. The paint must also pass the ASTM D2794 Reverse Impact Cracking Test with a 50-inch pound force applied.
The diffuser core shall have extruded aluminum bars locked into a heavy extruded aluminum border. The deflection bars must be fixed and parallel to the long dimension. The core must have support bars located no more than 6 inches apart and shall be parallel to the short dimension.
Heavy gauge extruded aluminum end borders and mitered corners shall be available to close off the ends of the diffusers. Optional opposed blade damper shall be constructed of heavy gauge steel (aluminum also available).
The CT-TAF-L diffuser shall mount into the TAF-L-E, TAF-L-R, TAF-L-V, and TAF-L-W plenums from above the access floor surface. Removal of the flooring shall not be required for installation. CT-TAF-L, when used with the TAF-L-E, TAF-L-V, and TAF-L-W plenums shall provide a uniform throw pattern throughout its operating range.
MODEL NUMBER SPECIFICATION Actuator Type
TAF-L-V TAF-L-W TAF-L-E
None
TAF-L-R
Electronic
XXX-X-X
48
White
(TAF-L-V Only)
48” length x 6” width
Unit Size
SPECIFICATIONS
The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the linear bar diffuser. The diffuser shall be tested in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70-2006.
The finish shall be #26 white. The finish shall be an anodic acrylic paint, baked at 315° F for 30 minutes. The pencil hardness must be HB to H.
Model
S32
Optional blank-offs shall also be available.
0000 ET04 - Floating ET03-0-10 XXXX
Model CT-TAF-L
Dimensions 2
Clear Anodized
6”width
Aluminum
X
Order continuous length for perimeter.
Dimension 1
6
5
Frame/ Border
Finish 26 34 01 XX
UnderFloor Air Distribution
Available Model: TAF-D
• Diffuser Plenum with Inlet TAF-D
• Heavy gauge diffuser plenum designed for floor applications. • Heavy gauge steel plenum. • Installs into access flooring from top surface. 8"
16"
8"
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
UnderFloor Linear Products TAF-D
1"
11"
8"
S
12½" 7"
7"
Field Installation
Diffuser Core
Diffuser Frame
Diffuser Frame
1"
Floor Panel
Attach Diffuser Frame to TAF-D with #8 Self Drilling Screws. (Field Supplied)
12½"
Plenum Attachment Screws (Assembled Prior to Installation into Floor)
85/8"
Access Flooring (By Others)
TAF-D Assembly
16
All dimensions are in inches.
TAF-D
Note: CT-TAF diffuser and TAF-D are sold as separate units. The CT-TAF is available as a CT-TAF-480, CT-TAF-481, CT-TAF-PP0 and CT-TAF-PP3 in single or multiple core deflection patterns. See CT-TAF section for diffuser information.
S33
UnderFloor Air Distribution
TAF-V Available Model: TAF-V
• Variable Volume Diffuser Plenum
• Designed for areas with frequent changes in heating loads. Provides variable air volume cooling only control for non-ducted applications.
TAF-V
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
UnderFloor Linear Products (continued)
• Tight close-off damper with optional 24 VAC electric actuator.
• Available with single or multiple diffuser cores.
• Heavy gauge diffuser plenum designed for floor applications.
• Installs into access flooring from top surface.
16"
8"
1½"
S
6" 2¼"
12"
3½"
Field Installation
Diffuser Core
Diffuser Frame 1"
Diffuser Frame
Floor Panel
Attach Diffuser Frame to TAF-V with #8 Self Drilling Screws. (Field Supplied) VAV Plenum
6"
Attachment Screws (Assembled Prior to Installation into Floor) Access Flooring (By Others)
TAF-V
85/8"
S34
TAF-V Assembly
165/8"
Note: CT-TAF diffuser and TAF-V are sold as separate units. The CT-TAF is available as a CT-TAF-480, CT-TAF-481, CT-TAF-PP0, and CT-TAF-PP3 in single or multiple core deflection patterns. See CT-TAF section for diffuser information.
All dimensions are in inches.
UnderFloor Air Distribution
UnderFloor Linear Products (continued)
TAF-V Multi-4 Piece
Available Model: TAF-V Multi-4 Piece
• Variable Volume Diffuser Plenum
• Designed for areas with frequent changes in heating loads. Provides variable air volume cooling only control for non-ducted applications. • Tight close-off damper with optional 24 VAC electric actuator. • Heavy gauge diffuser plenum designed for floor applications. • Available with single or multiple diffuser cores.
• Installs into access flooring from top surface. • Diffuser cores are field adjustable. • Tight close off damper with optional 24VAC electric actuator.
Field Installation
S
12.00
12.00
11.00 4.75
TAF-V MULTI-4 PIECE
1.50
9.00
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
TAF-V Multi-4 Piece
2.25
Note: CT-TAF diffuser and TAF-D are sold as separate units. The CT-TAF is available as a CT-TAF-480, CT-TAF-481, CT-TAF-PP0 and CT-TAF-PP3 in single or multiple core deflection patterns. See CT-TAF section for diffuser information. All dimensions are in inches.
S35
UnderFloor Air Distribution
TAF-HC Available Model: TAF-HC
• Diffuser Heating/Cooling Plenum, Dual Inlet with Damper
TAF-HC
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
UnderFloor Linear Products (continued)
• The Titus model TAF-HC ducted plenum is designed for application in access floor air distribution systems for use as a ducted supply or return. • Diffuser core available in single or multi-piece configuration.
• The TAF-HC delivers constant volume heating & VAV cooling within the same unit. It can be ducted for heating & provides variable air volume cooling control (from pressurized floor plenum).
• Installs into access flooring from top surface. Removal of flooring is not required.
• The TAF-HC plenum is constructed of a heavy gauge steel housing.
• Optional 24 VAC actuator available. 8 8
S
16 1½
1
7
7
11
13½
Diffuser Core
Field Installation 1"
Diffuser Frame
Diffuser Core Floor Panel
Attach Diffuser Frame to TAF-HC with #8 Self Drilling Screws (Field Supplied)
Heating / Cooling Plenum
Attachment Screw (Assembled prior to installation into floor)
TAF-HC
TAF-HC Assembly
Access Flooring (By Others)
8"
16"
Note: CT-TAF diffuser and TAF-HC are sold as separate units. The CT-TAF is available as a CT-TAF-480, CT-TAF-481, CT-TAF-PP0 and CT-TAF-PP3 in single or multiple core deflection patterns. See CT-TAF section for diffuser information.
S36
All dimensions are in inches.
UnderFloor Air Distribution
PERFORMANCE DATA
TAF-V 8” x 16”
TAF-HC 8” x 16”
Total Pressure
0.01
0.02
0.03
0.05
0.07
0.1
0.13
0.17
0.21
cfm
97
123
151
188
214
259
296
338
373
NC (Noise Criteria)
-
-
14
20
24
29
33
37
40
Throw
9-11-16
10-12-18
11-14-19
13-15-22
13-16-23
15-18-25
16-19-27
17-20-29
18-22-30
Total Pressure
0.01
0.02
0.03
0.05
0.07
0.1
0.13
0.17
0.21
cfm
36
80
87
123
147
178
204
236
264
NC (Noise Criteria)
-
-
-
-
13
18
23
27
30
Throw
3-5-9
7-10-14
8-10-15
10-12-18
11-13-19
12-15-21
13-16-21
14-17-24
15-18-26
Total Pressure
0.01
0.02
0.03
0.05
0.07
0.1
0.13
0.17
0.21
cfm
97
123
151
188
214
259
296
338
373
NC (Noise Criteria)
-
-
14
20
24
29
33
37
40
Throw
9-11-16
10-12-18
11-14-19
13-15-22
13-16-23
15-18-25
16-19-27
17-20-29
18-22-30
Data is based on CT-480
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
TAF-D 8” x 16”
PERFORMANCE NOTES • The throw values are for vertical jet, blowing upwards from the floor for terminal velocities of 50, 100, & 150 FPM. • The throw values are for 10BF DT cooling between the suppy and average occupied room temperature. • All data is with the damper in the full open position.
• NC values are based on a room absorption of 10bB. • Data obtained per ASHRAE Standard 702006 and ANSI 51.51 procedures. • Dash (-) in space denotes NC level less than 10.
S
TAF-V: 4-WAY Core Direction Inward
Total Pressure
0.02
0.035
0.06
Velocity, fpm
214
321
427
Airflow CFM
100
150
200
Vertical Throw Up, ft.
2-4-6
4-5-8
5-6-9
Inlet size Core Direction One-way
Total Pressure
0.02
0.035
0.06
Velocity, fpm
214
321
427
Airflow CFM
100
150
200
Vertical Throw Up, ft.
2-4-6
4-5-7
5-6-8
Core Direction Outward
Total Pressure
0.02
0.035
0.06
Velocity, fpm
214
321
427
Airflow CFM
100
150
200
Vertical Throw Up, ft.
1-3-5
3-4-6
4-5-7
Data is based on CT-480-PP3
Inlet size
PERFORMANCE DATA
Inlet size
S37
UnderFloor Air Distribution
Available Models: CT-TAF-480 CT-TAF-481 CT-TAF-PP0 CT-TAF-PP3
• ¼” Spacing • 1/8” Bars • 0B Deflection • ¼” Spacing • 1/8” Bars • 15B Deflection • 7/16” Spacing • 7/32” Bars • 0B Deflection • 7/16” Spacing • 7/32” Bars • 30B Deflection
CT-TAF-PP3
CT-TAF CT-TAF-481
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
UnderFloor Linear Products (continued)
• Titus CT-TAF diffusers are fixed linear bar diffuser for underfloor applications.
S
• The CT-TAF is designed to be integrated with the TAF-HC, TAF-V and TAF-D plenums (see TAFHC, TAF-V and TAF-D for more information).
• All deflection bars are fixed and are parallel to the long dimension.
• CT-TAF frame drops into plenum opening and sits on top of carpeting.
• Standard finish is #26 white.
CT-TAF diffusers are designed to fit the dimensions of the TAF-HC, TAF-V and TAF-D plenums. See TAF-HC, TAF-V and TAF-D submittals for information on required hole size for access floor tile. Dim 1 Length
Dim 2 Length
15 ¾”
7 ¾”
• Fixed Bars are extruded aluminum.
• CT-TAF diffuser cores are available in single, dual & quad core configurations. O = D plus 1"
"
1"
1 3/16" 1"
11/32"
Type 5 heavy duty mounting frame is shown.
D minus "
Removable core is furnished with frame.
D = Duct Size
CORE SELECTIONS ¼” Spacing ⅛” Bars
/32” Bars
7
Model CT-TAF-480 - 0B Deflection
Model CT-TAF-PP0 - 0B Deflection
Duct Size minus ¾"
Duct Size minus ¾"
¼"
For Performance Data, please refer to TAF-D, TAF-V, TAF-HC.
/16” Spacing
7
7/32"
7/16"
"
1 5/32"
1 5/32"
Support Bar
Support Bar
CT-TAF
Model CT-TAF-481 - 15B Deflection
Model CT-TAF-PP3 - 30B Deflection
Duct Size minus ¾" "
Duct Size minus ¾"
¼"
7/32"
1 5/32" Support Bar
S38
7/16"
1 5/32" Support Bar
All dimensions are in inches.
UnderFloor Air Distribution
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS
The paint must pass a 250-hour ASTM D870 Water Immersion Test. The paint must also pass the ASTM D2794 Reverse Impact Cracking Test with a 50-inch pound force applied.
Linear bar diffusers shall be Titus model CT-TAF-(480, 481, PP0 or PP3). Linear bar diffusers shall be field mounted to Titus model TAF-D diffuser plenum with inlet. (TAF-V VAV diffuser plenum or TAF-HC dual inlet plenum). The diffuser core shall have extruded aluminum bars locked into a heavy extruded aluminum border. Diffuser shall have heavy duty mounting frames and removable cores for easy access. The deflection bars must be fixed and parallel to the long dimension. The core must have support bars located no more than 6 inches apart and shall be parallel to the short dimension. The finish shall be #26 white. The finish shall be an anodic acrylic paint, baked at 315째F for 30 minutes. The pencil hardness must be HB to H. The paint must pass a 100-hour
MODEL NUMBER SPECIFICATION Model TAF-D TAF-V TAF-HC XXX-XX
Heavy gauge extruded aluminum end borders and mitered corners shall be available to close off the ends of the diffusers. The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the linear bar diffuser. The diffuser shall be tested in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70-2006. The TAF-D (TAF-V or TAF-HC) plenum shall be constructed of minimum 22-gauge galvanized steel. (This Paragraph only applies to the TAF-V or TAF-HC) The TAF-V or TAF-HC shall have a damper controlled by a 24V actuator supplied by the manufacturer. Actuators supplier by others is acceptable. The TAF-D (TAF-V or TAF-HC) unit shall be installed without the removal of the access floor panel.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
ASTM D117 Corrosive Environments Salt Spray Test without creepage, blistering or deterioration of film.
Available Models: TAF-D TAF-V TAF-HC CT-TAF-480 CT-TAF-481 CT-TAF-PP0 CT-TAF-PP3
S
Inlet Size (TAF-D and TAF-HC Only)
8x16
Unit Size
8
XXXX
Actuator Type (TAF-V and TAF-HC Only)
ET03
SPECIFICATIONS S39
Available Models: ALHK DLHK
• Analog Control • Digital Control LHK
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
S
UnderFloor Air Distribution
UnderFloor Fan Powered Terminals LHK
• Designed to be installed in the underfloor plenum of an access floor grid system. • Heavy steel casing, with leak resistant construction.
• Pressure independent primary airflow control.
• Dual density insulation, coated to prevent erosion, meets requirements of NFPA 90A and UL 181.
• Single point electrical connections.
• Top access panels can be removed for service of damper, blower or filter sections.
• Rectangular discharge opening is designed for flanged duct connections.
• Energy efficient fan motor, permanent split capacitor type, mounted in vibration isolators.
• Optional ultra-high efficiency ECM motor available. • AeroCrossTM multi-point velocity sensor with center averaging.
• Ultra-high efficiency ECM motor available. • Adjustable SCR fan speed control, with minimum voltage stop.
C
B
E
Induced (Optional) Air Inlet
7
6 /8"
2½"
3
3 /8"
L 21
1¾"
H
6
Primary Air Inlet with AeroCross Multipoint Center Averaging Flow Sensor
7 W D
F
8
LHK
8
16
4
A
16 Optional Filter & Access Door
High-Voltage Control Enclosure
G
Low-Voltage Control Enclosure
Unit Size
Inlet Size
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
L
T
W
Filter Size
3
9” Diameter
5
14
8
8⅞
3½
5⅝
7
10½
48
10
21
18x10
7
14⅛
48
13½
21
18x14
4
S40
2½"
¼" Turn Fastener
9” Diameter 10” Diameter
5
14
12
8⅞ 9⅞
3
5⅝ 6⅝
All dimensions are in inches.
UnderFloor Air Distribution
DIMENSIONS STANDARD FEATURES
Hot Water Coil
Slip & Drive Connection
• ½-inch copper tubes. • Aluminum ripple fins. • Connections: Male solder. ⅝-inch for 1-row and 7/8”-2row Left or right hand connections. • Galvanized steel casing. • Slip & drive. • Coil is installed at discharge of unit.
COIL ROWS
1-Row 2-Row
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
HOT WATER COIL SECTION
9½
1¼ Typ.
18½
3¼
Unit Size 3 4
T 10 3½
1¼ 2¼ T
ELECTRIC COIL SECTION STANDARD FEATURES
• Auto reset thermal cutouts (one per element). • 80/20 Nickel chrome heating elements. • Airflow safety switch. • Line terminal block (277/1ø, 208/240/3ø, or 480/3ø 4 wire). • Flanged connection. • Control transformer for DDC or Analog electronic controls. • Fan relay for DDC fan terminals. • Magnetic contactor per step on terminals with DDC or analog electronic controls.
OPTIONS
• Mercury contactor. • Fuse block. • Disconnect switch, door interlock type. • Manual reset cutout. • Dust tight construction. • Optional Lynergy Comfort Controlled SSR Electric Heat.
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
See Electric Heating Coils in Section O for more information.
20
1½
S
6¼
12
1¾ 24
Slip & Drive Connection
10
ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES (OPTIONAL) • Induced air filter, 1-inch thick, disposable construction type. • Fan disconnect switch (not available on units with optional electric coils). • Fan unit fusing. • Foil face Liner. (1/2”) Electrical Data • Fibre-free Liner. (1/2”) Unit Motor • EcoShield. (1/2”) Size
Motor Amperage Ratings
hp
120/1/60 FLA
208/240/1/60 FLA
277/1/60 FLA
/4
5.8
2.5
1.8
/3
6.4
3.0
2.5
3
1
4
1
ECM Electrical Data Unit Size
Motor hp
120/1/60 FLA
277/1/60 FLA
/3
4.1
2.4
/3
3.9
2.3
3
1
4
1
All dimensions are in inches.
DIMENSIONS
• 208 V, 1 ph, 60 Hz. • 240 V, 1 ph, 60 Hz. • 277 V, 1 ph, 60 Hz. • 208 V, 3 ph, 60 Hz. • 480 V, 3 ph, 60 Hz (4 wire wye only).
Electric Coil
S41
UnderFloor Air Distribution
LHK FAN CURVES Unit Size 3
Unit Size 4 1300
900
1200
800
1100
700
1000 cfm
1000
cfm
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PERFORMANCE DATA
600
900
500
800
400
700
300
600 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 Static Pressure - Inches of Water
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 Static Pressure - Inches of Water
LHK ECM FAN CURVES Unit Size 4
Unit Size 3 1100
1100
1000
1000
900
900
800
800
700
cfm
cfm
S
No Coil or with Electric Coil 1-Row Water Coil 2-Row Water Coil
600
700 600
500
500
400
400
300
300
200 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 Static Pressure - Inches of Water
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 Static Pressure - Inches of Water
WATER COIL HEADING CAPACITY (MBH) Unit Size
PERFORMANCE DATA
3
S42
3
Unit Size
Rows
OneRow
TwoRow
Rows
4
OneRow
4
TwoRow
gpm
Head Loss
0.5 0.28 1.0 0.94 2.0 3.21 4.0 10.97 Airside ∆Ps 1.0 0.28 2.0 0.94 3.0 1.93 4.0 10.97 Airside ∆Ps
380 11.4 13.6 15.1 15.9 0.03 21.5 24.9 26.3 27.1 0.06
450 12.0 14.4 16.1 17.1 0.04 23.2 27.4 29.1 30.1 0.07
520 12.6 15.4 17.3 18.5 0.05 24.6 29.6 31.6 32.8 0.10
Head Loss
650
730
800
0.5 0.28 1.0 0.94 2.0 3.21 4.0 10.97 Airside ∆Ps 1.0 0.28 2.0 0.94 3.0 1.93 4.0 3.21 Airside ∆Ps
13.2 16.3 18.5 19.9 0.08 26.0 31.7 34.2 35.6 0.15
13.6 17.0 19.5 21.0 0.09 27.1 33.4 36.2 37.8 0.18
14.0 17.6 20.3 22.0 0.11 27.9 34.8 37.8 39.6 0.21
gpm
Airflow, cfm 660 13.6 17.1 19.5 21.0 0.08 27.0 33.2 35.9 37.5 0.15
730 14.1 17.8 20.4 22.1 0.09 27.9 34.8 37.8 39.6 0.18
800 14.4 18.4 21.3 23.2 0.11 28.8 36.2 39.6 41.5 0.21
870 14.8 19.0 22.1 24.2 0.13 29.5 37.6 41.2 43.3 0.24
• Hot Water capacities are in MBH.
870
950
1010
1100
14.3 18.2 21.0 22.8 0.13 28.6 36.0 39.3 41.2 0.24
14.7 18.8 21.8 23.8 0.15 29.4 37.3 40.9 42.9 0.29
14.9 19.2 22.4 24.4 0.17 29.9 38.1 42.0 44.2 0.32
15.2 19.7 23.1 25.4 0.19 30.6 39.4 43.5 45.9 0.37
• Connection: All coils are ½-inch O.D. male solder.
Airflow, cfm
• Data based on 180°F entering water and 65°F entering air. • Head loss is in feet of water. • Air temperature rise = 927 x MBH / cfm. • Water temperature drop = 2.04 x MBH / gpm.
UnderFloor Air Distribution
PERFORMANCE DATA
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
ALHK, DLHK / SOUND APPLICATION DATA / NC VALUES Noise Criteria (NC) Unit Size
Inlet Size
3
9
4
10
cfm 500 700 800 900 700 900 1000 1100 1200
Radiated
Min. ∆Ps
Discharge
∆Ps
Fan Only
0.5”
1.0”
0.09 0.18 0.23 0.29 0.09 0.14 0.18 0.22 0.26
20 22 24
21 22 22 26 27 28 30
21 23 25 26 30 31 32 34
2 2 29 31
3 1 33 34
Octave Bands 4 5 0 0 33 35 33 35
6 0 35 35
7 0 36 36
2 2 2 9 6 5 24
3 1 6 5 10 6 28
Octave 4 0 12 2 18 7 39
6 0 29 0 21 9 59
7 0 18 0 12 10 40
Radiated Sound Environmental Effect Ceiling/Space Effect Total dB reduction Discharge Sound Environmental Effect Duct Lining End Reflection Flex Duct Space Effect Total dB reduction
Bands 5 0 25 0 20 8 53
∆Ps
3.0”
Fan Only
0.5”
1.0”
3.0”
21 25 27 29 33 37 38 39 40
24 27 30 27 30 33 35
24 29 32 25 31 34 36 38
24 29 32 27 32 35 37 39
26 29 32 29 35 37 40 42
Per AHRI 885-98 Assumed effect for Double Gypsum Board roughly equal to access floor tile
Per AHRI 885-98 Flex Duct - Vinyl Core Flex End Reflection - 8-inch Termination to Diffuser Fiberglass Flex Duct - 5-foot length, 1-inch duct work Room Size - 2400 Cubic foot Room, 5 feet from sound source
S
The following dB adjustments are used, per AHRI 885-98 for the calculation of NC above 300 cfm. Octave Bands 2 3 4 5 6 7 300-700 cfm 2 1 1 -2 -5 -1 Over 700 cfm 4 3 2 -2 -7 -1
ALHK, DLHK / RADIATED SOUND POWER DATA Octave Band Sound Power, Lw Discharge Min CFM Ps ∆Ps
0.25
0.25
0.09 0.13 0.18 0.23 0.26 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.13 0.15
2 68 69 70 70 71 65 66 67 68 69
3 51 54 57 59 60 57 58 60 61 62
4 50 53 55 56 57 56 58 59 60 61
5 47 49 52 53 54 52 54 56 57 59
6 38 41 43 46 47 46 48 50 51 53
0.5" 7 26 30 33 36 37 38 41 42 44 46
NC 15 17 18 18 19 17 19 20 21 22
2 68 69 70 72 73 73 74 75 75 76
3 54 57 60 62 63 66 67 68 69 69
4 50 53 55 56 57 61 62 63 64 65
∆Ps
5 47 49 52 53 54 56 57 59 60 61
• Radiated sound is the noise transmitted through the unit casing and emitted from the induction port. • Min ∆Ps is the difference between atmospheric pressure and the inlet static pressure with the primary damper full open and the unit fan set to match the primary flow. • Sound power levels are in dB, ref 10-12 watts. • All performance based on tests conducted in accordance with ASHRAE 130-2008 and AHRI 880-2008.
6 41 43 43 46 47 50 52 53 54 55
1.0" 7 31 34 36 36 37 43 45 46 47 48
NC 15 17 18 20 22 22 23 24 25 26
2 70 71 73 74 75 75 76 77 78 79
3 58 60 63 65 66 69 70 71 72 73
4 54 56 58 60 61 65 66 67 67 68
∆Ps
5 50 52 54 56 56 59 60 61 62 63
6 43 45 47 49 50 54 55 55 56 57
1.5” 7 38 40 40 41 42 48 49 50 50 51
NC 18 19 22 23 24 26 27 28 28 29
2 70 72 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 80
3 61 64 66 68 69 72 73 74 74 75
4 55 57 60 61 62 67 68 69 70 71
∆Ps
5 51 53 55 57 57 62 63 63 64 64
6 46 47 49 51 52 56 58 58 59 59
7 42 43 44 45 46 51 52 52 54 54
• All NC levels determined using the ceiling space effect of a double layer of 5/8 in gypsum (Ceiling Type 10 from Table D14, AHRI Standard 8852008) to approximate the access floor panels. • Dash (-) in space denotes NC value less than NC10. • Only highlighted data points are AHRI certified. See page S53 for AHRI Certified Performance Listings.
NC 18 20 23 24 25 28 29 30 31 32
PERFORMANCE DATA
500 600 700 800 850 800 875 950 1025 1100
Fan Only
S43
UnderFloor Air Distribution
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PERFORMANCE DATA
PERFORMANCE DATA
S
S44
ALHK, DLHK / DISCHARGE SOUND POWER DATA Octave Band Sound Power, Lw Size
309
410
Discharge Min CFM Ps ∆Ps 500 600 700 800 850 800 875 950 1025 1100
0.25
0.25
0.09 0.13 0.18 0.23 0.26 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.13 0.15
Fan Only 2 64 66 68 70 70 73 73 74 74 74
3 56 59 62 64 65 70 71 72 73 74
4 58 61 63 65 66 70 71 72 73 74
5 55 59 62 64 65 71 72 73 74 75
6 56 59 62 65 66 70 71 72 73 74
0.5" 7 52 56 60 63 65 68 69 71 72 73
NC 16 20 24 26 28 31 32 34 35 36
2 64 66 68 72 70 76 76 77 77 77
3 58 59 64 64 65 72 73 74 76 77
4 60 63 63 65 66 70 71 74 75 76
∆Ps
5 58 62 65 67 68 71 72 73 74 75
• Discharge sound is the noise emitted from the unit discharge into the downstream ductwork. • Min ∆Ps is the difference between atmospheric pressure and the inlet static pressure with the primary damper full open and the unit fan set to match the primary flow. • Sound power levels are in dB, ref 10-12 watts. • All performance based on tests conducted in accordance with ASHRAE 130-2008 and AHRI 880-2008.
6 58 59 62 65 66 70 71 72 73 74
1.0" 7 52 56 60 63 67 68 69 71 72 73
NC 15 18 22 24 25 30 31 33 35 36
2 64 68 70 72 72 76 76 77 77 77
3 58 59 64 64 65 73 74 75 76 77
4 60 63 63 65 66 72 73 75 76 77
∆Ps
5 58 62 65 67 68 71 72 73 74 75
6 58 59 62 65 66 70 71 72 73 76
1.5” 7 52 56 60 63 67 68 69 71 72 73
NC 15 20 23 24 25 31 33 34 35 36
2 66 68 70 72 72 76 76 77 77 77
3 58 59 64 64 65 73 74 76 77 78
4 60 63 63 65 66 72 74 75 76 77
∆Ps
5 58 62 65 67 68 71 72 73 74 75
6 58 59 62 65 66 70 71 72 75 76
7 52 56 60 63 67 68 69 71 72 75
NC 18 20 23 24 25 31 33 35 36 37
• All NC levels determined using AHRI 885-2008 Appendix E. See Terminal Unit Engineering Guidelines. • Dash (-) in space denotes NC value less than NC10. • Only highlighted data points are AHRI Certified. See page S53 for AHRI Certified Performance Listings.
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS
Inlet Size 9, 10
Damper Leakage, cfm 1.5” ∆Ps 3.0” DPs 6.0” DPs 4
5
7
ECM MOTOR
(Substitute paragraph 5 below for paragraph 5 in the LHK Basic Unit Specification). 5. Fan motor assembly shall be forward curved centrifugal fan with a direct drive motor. Motors shall be General Electric ECM variable-speed dc brushless motors specifically designed for use with single phase, 277 volt, 60 hertz electrical input. Motor shall be complete with and operated by a single phase integrated controller/ inverter that operates the would strator and senses rotor position to electronically commutate the strator. All motors shall be designed for synchronous rotation. Motor rotor shall be permanent magnet type with near zero rotor losses. Motor shall have built-in soft start and soft speed change ramps. Motor shall be able to be mounted with shaft in horizontal or vertical orientation. Motor shall be permanently lubricated with ball bearings. Motor shall be direct coupled to the blower. Motor shall maintain a minimum of 70 percent efficiency over its entire operating range. Provide isolation between fan motor assembly and unit casing to eliminate any vibration from the fan to the terminal unit casing.
S
FIBRE-FREE LINER
(Substitute paragraph 3 below for paragraph 3 in the LHK Basic Unit Specification). 3. The terminal casing shall be minimum 20-gauge galvanized steel, internally lined with engineered polymer foam insulation which complies to UL181 and NFPA 90A. Insulation shall be 1½ pound density, closed cell foam. Exposed fiberglass is not acceptable. The insulation shall be mechanically fastened to the unit casing. The casing shall be designed for hanging by sheet metal brackets.
ECOSHIELD LINER
(Substitute paragraph 4 below for paragraph 4 in the TFS Basic Unit Specification) 4. The terminal casing shall be minimum 22 gauge galvanized steel (20 gauge for fan powered terminals), internally lined with ½ in. or 1” matte or foil faced natural fiber insulation which complies with ASTM C 739 and NFPA 90A. The liner shall comply with ASTM G21 and G22 for fungi and bacterial resistance. All exposed edges shall be coated with NFPA approved sealant to prevent entrainment of fibers in the airstream.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Furnish and install Titus Model (A)(D)LHK constant volume series fan powered terminals of the sizes and capacities shown on the plans. Unit size limitations shall be as follows to ensure that all terminals will fit the available space. The terminal, including all control enclosures, shall be designed to fit in the plenum space below a raised floor. The height shall not exceed 10½ or 14 inches and the width shall not exceed 21 inches. The unit shall fit within a 24 x 24-inch pedestal grid system without modifications to the grid. Units wider than 21 inches are acceptable when bridge supports are supplied by the floor manufacturer. Cost of the bridge supports to be borne by the terminal manufacturer. 2. The terminal shall be designed, built and tested as a single unit including motor and fan assembly, primary air damper assembly, water or electric heating coils and accessories as shipped. Unit shall ship as a complete assembly requiring no field assembly (including accessories). All electrical components shall be UL listed and installed in accordance with UL Standard 1995. Electrical connection shall be single point. All electrical components, including low voltage controls, shall be mounted in sheet metal control enclosures. The entire terminal shall be ETL listed as a complete assembly. 3. The terminal casing shall be minimum 20-gauge galvanized steel, internally lined with dual density insulation which complies with UL 181 and NFPA 90A. Any exposed insulation edges shall be coated with NFPA 90A approved sealant to prevent entrainment of fibers in the airstream. The terminal shall have a round duct collar for the primary air connections. 4. The terminal casing shall have top access panels with cam latches that allow removal of fan and servicing of terminal without disturbing duct connections. 5. The fan shall be constructed of steel and have a forward curved, dynamically balanced wheel with direct drive motor. The motor shall be suitable for 120, 208, 240 or 277 volt, 60 cycle, single phase power. The motor shall be of an energy efficient design, permanent split capacitor type, with integral thermal overload protection and permanently lubricated bearings and be specifically designed for use with an SCR for fan speed adjustment. Fan assembly shall include torsion-flex tuned spring steel suspension, and isolation between motor and fan housing. 6. The terminals shall utilize a manual or a remote signal SCR, which allows continuously adjustable fan speed from maximum to minimum, as a means of setting fan airflow. Setting fan airflow with any device that raises the pressure across the fan to reduce airflow is not acceptable. The speed control shall incorporate a minimum voltage stop to ensure that the motor cannot operate in a stall mode. 7. The primary air damper assembly shall be heavy gauge steel with shaft rotating in Delrin self-lubricating bearings. Nylon bearings are not acceptable. Shaft shall be permanently marked on the end to indicate damper position. Stickers or other removable markings are not acceptable. The damper shall incorporate a mechanical stop to prevent overstroking, and a synthetic seal to limit close-off leakage to the maximum values shown in the Damper Leakage table.
Damper Leakage
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
CONSTANT VOLUME - SERIES FAN POWERED TERMINALS LHK BASIC UNIT UNDERFLOOR MODEL
UnderFloor Air Distribution
S45
UnderFloor Air Distribution
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS MODEL NUMBER SPECIFICATION Lining Type Model UnderFloor Profile
X
A D
LHK
Analog Electric Digital Electric
3 AeroCrossTM Multipoint Sensor
0 3 9 J
Standard Foil Face Fibre-Free Ecoshield
X
2
Unit and Inlet Size (specify)
XXX
20 gauge Casing Configuration
Example: DLHK 3 9 2 309 Digitally controlled underfloor profile constant volume fan terminal, with multi-point sensor, Fibre Free lining, 20 gauge casing; size 3 fan with 9â&#x20AC;? inlet.
SPECIFICATIONS
S
S46
UnderFloor Air Distribution
Available Model: DPFC
• Digital Control PFC
• Designed to be installed in the underfloor plenum of an access floor grid system. • Heavy steel casing with leak resistant construction. • Energy efficient fan motor, permanent split capacitor type, mounted on vibration isolators.
• Top access to unit high and low voltage controls for easy access from room above.
• Adjustable SCR fan speed control with minimum voltage stop.
• Single point electrical connections.
• Ultra-high efficiency ECM motor available.
• Rectangular discharge opening is designed for flanged duct connections.
• Steel inlet screen covers the inlet side of the unit to protect the fan from debris.
• Optional fan inlet sensor for cfm monitoring.
Inlet View Size 10
Inlet View Sizes 14,16
A
A
S
Discharge View
Top View
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
UnderFloor Fan Booster Terminals PFC
E
B
Inlet Screen
C
W
B B
8 8 16 L
A
A
1
A
B
C
E
H
L
W
Filter Size
10 14 16
8½ 12 14
16⅜ 10½ 9⅞
15¼ 17¾ 17¾
7¾ 11¾ 13¾
10½ 14 16
18 18 19
34⅞ 34⅞ 34⅞
10x18 16x14 14x16
All dimensions are in inches.
3
Filter Per Unit 1 2
PFC
Unit Size
6 H
S47
UnderFloor Air Distribution
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DIMENSIONS HOT WATER COIL SECTION STANDARD FEATURES
Discharge View
Top View
• ½-inch copper tubes. • Aluminum ripple fins. • Connections: Male solder. ⅝-inch for both 1-row and 2-row Left or right hand connections. • Galvanized steel casing. • Flanged duct connection. • Coil is installed at discharge of unit.
¾
S
COIL ROWS
18
1-Row 2-Row
ELECTRIC COIL SECTION STANDARD FEATURES
S
Hot Water Coil
• Auto reset thermal cutouts (one per element). • 80/20 Nickel chrome heating elements. • Airflow safety switch. • Line terminal block (277/1ø, 208/240/3ø, or 480/3ø 4 wire). • Flanged connection. • Control transformer for DDC or Analog electronic controls. • Fan relay for DDC fan terminals. • Magnetic contactor per step.
Unit Size 10 14 16
½
S 10 11½ 13⅞
8
Electric Coil
Discharge View
Top View 16
S
T
OPTIONS
• Mercury contactor. • Fuse block. • Disconnect switch, door interlock type. • Manual reset cutout. • Dust tight construction. • Optional Lynergy Comfort Controlled SSR Electric Heat.
DIMENSIONS
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
S48
• 208 V, 1 ph, 60 Hz. • 240 V, 1 ph, 60 Hz. • 277 V, 1 ph, 60 Hz. • 208 V, 3 ph, 60 Hz. • 480 V, 3 ph, 60 Hz (4 wire wye only).
See Electric Heating Coils in Section O for more information.
18
Unit Size 10 14 16
S
T
9½ 12 13½
1 1¼ 1⅝
8½
Heater Rack Access Cover 16
8 9
Electrical Data
ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES (OPTIONAL) • Induced air filter, 1-inch thick, disposable construction type. • Fan disconnect switch (not available on units with optional electric coils). • Fan unit fusing.
All dimensions are in inches.
Unit Size 10 14 16
Motor Amperage Ratings Motor 120/1/60 208/240/1/60 277/1/60 hp FLA FLA FLA 1 /4 3.4 1.7 1.7 1 /3 7.0 3.1 3.2 3 /4 11.4 5.2 5.1
ECM Electrical Data Unit Size 10 14 16
Motor 120/1/60 277/1/60 hp FLA FLA 1 /3 5.0 2.3 1 /2 4.9 2.3 1 11.1 6.0
UnderFloor Air Distribution
PERFORMANCE DATA
Unit Size 10
Unit Size 14
800
1600
700
1400
2800 2600 2400
500
cfm
1200
600
1000 800
400
2200 2000 1800
600
300
1600
400
1400
200
200
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 Static Pressure - Inches of Water
Unit Size 16
3000
1800
cfm
cfm
900
1200
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 Static Pressure - Inches of Water
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 Static Pressure - Inches of Water
DPFC ECM FAN CURVES Unit Size 14
Unit Size 10 1200
1400
1000
1200
600 400
2400 2200 2000
800 600
1400 1200
200
0
1000 800
0 0
0.1
0.2
0.3 0.4
0.5
0.6
Static Pressure - Inches of Water
1800 1600
400
200
S
2600
cfm
cfm
cfm
800
Unit Size 16
2800
1000
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DPFC FAN CURVES
0
0.1
0.2
0.3 0.4
0.5
0.6
Static Pressure - Inches of Water
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
Static Pressure - Inches of Water
No Coil or with Electric Coil 1-Row Water Coil 2-Row Water Coil
PERFORMANCE DATA S49
UnderFloor Air Distribution
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PERFORMANCE DATA
PERFORMANCE DATA
S
S50
WATER COIL HEADING CAPACITY (MBH) Unit Size
10
10
Unit Size
Rows
One Row
Two Row
Rows
14
One Row
14
Two Row
Unit Size
Rows
16
One Row
16
Two Row
gpm
Head Loss
0.5 0.27 1.0 0.93 2.0 3.17 4.0 10.83 Airside ∆Ps 0.5 0.08 1.0 0.27 2.0 0.93 4.0 3.17 Airside ∆Ps
gpm
Head Loss
0.5 0.04 1.0 0.14 2.0 0.49 4.0 1.67 Airside ∆Ps 0.5 0.09 1.0 0.31 2.0 1.06 4.0 3.60 Airside ∆Ps
gpm
Head Loss
0.5 0.05 1.0 0.18 2.0 0.61 4.0 2.10 Airside ∆Ps 0.5 0.11 1.0 0.38 2.0 1.31 4.0 4.46 Airside ∆Ps
400 11.0 13.1 14.4 15.2 0.03 16.4 21.2 24.7 26.8 0.07
450 11.5 13.8 15.3 16.2 0.04 17.0 22.3 26.2 28.7 0.08
500 11.9 14.4 16.1 17.2 0.05 17.5 23.3 27.7 30.5 0.10
Airflow, cfm 550 600 650 12.3 12.7 13.0 15.0 15.6 16.1 16.9 17.6 18.3 18.0 18.8 19.6 0.06 0.07 0.08 18.0 18.3 18.7 24.2 25.0 25.7 29.0 30.2 31.4 32.2 33.7 35.2 0.11 0.13 0.15
1130 14.1 18.9 23.0 25.8 0.17 21.6 32.0 41.4 48.4 0.33
1280 14.5 19.7 24.0 27.2 0.22 22.0 33.0 43.3 51.1 0.41
1450 14.9 20.4 25.1 28.6 0.27 22.3 34.0 45.2 53.8 0.51
2300 17.7 23.4 32.5 38.0 0.43 24.8 40.2 56.8 70.7 0.82
2450 17.9 25.8 33.1 38.9 0.48 24.9 40.6 57.7 72.2 0.91
2600 18.0 26.1 33.7 39.7 0.53 25.0 41.0 58.6 73.7 1.01
320 10.2 12.3 13.8 14.7 0.02 15.9 19.9 22.6 24.2 0.04
480 11.3 14.0 15.9 17.2 0.04 18.1 24.0 28.4 31.1 0.07
600 12.1 15.3 17.7 19.3 0.06 19.1 26.2 31.7 35.3 0.11
Airflow, cfm 750 900 1000 12.8 13.4 13.8 16.6 17.6 18.2 19.5 21.0 21.9 21.5 23.4 24.5 0.08 0.12 0.14 20.1 20.8 21.2 28.3 30.0 30.9 35.1 37.9 39.6 39.8 43.6 45.8 0.16 0.22 0.27
1400 16.3 22.3 27.6 31.4 0.18 23.6 36.5 48.8 58.2 0.34
1550 16.6 23.0 28.6 32.7 0.21 23.9 37.3 50.5 60.8 0.41
1700 16.9 23.6 29.5 33.9 0.25 24.1 38.0 52.0 63.1 0.48
Airflow, cfm 1850 2000 2150 17.1 17.3 17.5 24.1 24.6 25.0 30.4 31.1 31.9 35.1 36.1 37.1 0.29 0.33 0.38 24.3 24.5 24.7 38.7 39.3 39.8 53.4 54.6 55.8 65.2 67.2 69.0 0.55 0.64 0.72
700 13.3 16.6 18.9 10.3 0.09 19.0 26.4 32.4 36.6 0.17
750 13.6 17.0 19.5 21.0 0.10 19.3 27.0 33.4 37.9 0.20
800 13.8 17.4 20.0 21.7 0.12 19.5 25.6 34.3 39.1 0.22
• Hot water capacities are in MBH. • Data based on 180°F entering water and 65°F entering air. • Head loss is in feet of water. • Air temperature rise = 927 x MBH / cfm. • Water temperature drop = 2.04 x MBH / gpm. • Connection: All coils are ½-inch O.D. male solder.
UnderFloor Air Distribution
PERFORMANCE DATA
Unit Size
10
14
16
cfm 350 400 500 600 750 800 900 1000 1100 1300 1500 1500 1700 2000 2100 2300 2500
Radiated Sound
NC Levels 0.25” Discharge ∆Ps Radiated Discharge 17 22 18 22 21 24 23 28 29 30 21 21 24 24 26 26 28 28 31 31 34 34 31 25 34 28 37 31 38 33 40 35 42 38
2 2 29 31
Octave 3 4 1 0 33 33 34 33
Bands 5 6 0 0 35 35 35 35
7 0 36 36
Environmental Effect Duct Lining
2 2 2
3 1 6
Octave 4 0 12
Bands 5 6 0 0 25 29
7 0 18
End Reflection
9
5
2
0
0
0
Flex Duct
6
10
18
20
21
12
Flex Duct - Vinyl Core Flex End Reflection - 8-inch Termination to Diffuser Fiberglass Flex Duct - 5-foot length, 1-inch duct work
Space Effect Total dB reduction
5 24
6 28
7 39
8 53
9 59
10 40
Room Size - 2400 Cubic foot Room, 5 feet from sound source
Environmental Effect Ceiling/Space Effect Total dB reduction Discharge Sound
Per AHRI Standard 885-98 Assumed effect for Double Gypsum Board roughly equal to access floor tile
Per AHRI 885-98
The following dB adjustments are used, per AHRI 885-98 for the calculation of NC above 300 cfm. Octave Bands 2 3 4 5 6 7 300-700 cfm 2 1 1 -2 -5 -1 Over 700 cfm 4 3 2 -2 -7 -1
DPFC / SOUND PERFORMANCE DATA Size
10
14
16
CFM 400 500 600 675 750 800 1000 1200 1350 1500 1400 1700 2000 2300 2600
Discharge Ps
0.25
0.25
0.25
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DPFC / SOUND APPLICATION DATA / NC VALUES
S
Octave Band Sound Power, Lw Radiated 2 64 66 68 70 70 73 73 74 74 74 69 73 76 78 80
3 56 59 62 64 65 70 71 72 73 74 66 70 73 76 79
4 58 61 63 65 66 70 71 72 73 74 64 68 70 73 75
5 55 59 62 64 65 71 72 73 74 75 64 68 71 74 77
6 56 59 62 65 66 70 71 72 73 74 63 67 71 74 77
Discharge 7 52 56 60 63 65 68 69 71 72 73 60 64 68 72 75
NC 16 20 24 26 28 31 32 34 35 36 27 31 35 38 41
2 64 66 68 72 70 76 76 77 77 77 102 106 109 112 115
4 60 63 63 65 66 70 71 74 75 76 47 51 55 58 60
5 58 62 65 67 68 71 72 73 74 75 29 34 38 42 45
6 58 59 62 65 66 70 71 72 73 74 68 72 76 80 82
7 52 56 60 63 67 68 69 71 72 73 57 62 66 69 72
NC 15 18 22 24 25 30 31 33 35 36 61 66 70 74 78
• Sound power levels are in decibel, re 10-12 watts. • Ratings in accordance with AHRI Standard 880-98 and certified to AHRI.
PERFORMANCE DATA
• N/A in a space denotes a minimum inlet static pressure greater than 0.5-inch at rated airflow. • Outlet DPs, the difference in static pressure from the terminal discharge to the room, is 0.25-inch. • Radiated sound power is the noise transmitted through the casing walls.
3 58 59 64 64 65 72 73 74 76 77 22 27 31 35 38
S51
UnderFloor Air Distribution
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS
S
FAN POWERED TERMINALS PFC BASIC UNIT UNDERFLOOR MODEL
1. Furnish and install Titus Model DPFC fan powered terminals of the sizes and capacities shown on the plans. Unit size limitations shall be as follows to ensure that all terminals will fit the available space. The terminal, including all control enclosures, shall be designed to fit in the plenum space below a raised floor. The unit shall fit within a 24 x 24-inch pedestal grid system without modifications to the grid. 2. Terminals should be certified under the AHRI Standard 880 Certification Program and carry the AHRI Seal. Non-certified terminals may be submitted after testing at an independent testing laboratory under conditions selected by the engineer in full compliance with AHRI Standard 880. These tests must be witnessed by the engineering consultant with all costs to be borne by the terminal manufacturer. Testing does not ensure acceptance. 3. The terminal shall be designed, built, and tested as a single unit including motor and fan assembly, water or electric heating coils, and accessories as shipped. Unit shall ship as a complete assembly requiring no field assembly (including accessories). All electrical components shall be UL listed and installed in accordance with UL Standard 1995. Electrical connection shall be single point. All electrical components, including low voltage controls, shall be mounted in sheet metal control enclosures. The entire terminal shall be ETL listed as a complete assembly. 4. The terminal casing shall be minimum 20-gauge galvanized steel. The terminal shall have top access to high and low voltage controls and components and allow removal of fan and servicing of terminal without disturbing duct connections. 5. The fan shall be constructed of steel and have a forward curved, dynamically balanced wheel with direct drive motor. The motor shall be suitable for 120, 208, 240 or 277 volt, 60 cycle, single phase power. The motor shall be of an energy efficient design, permanent split capacitor type, with integral thermal overload
protection and permanently lubricated bearings, and be specifically designed for use with an SCR for fan speed adjustment. Fan assembly shall include torsion-flex tuned spring steel suspension and isolation between motor and fan housing. 6. The terminals shall utilize a manual SCR or a remote signal, which allows continuously adjustable fan speed from maximum to minimum, as a means of setting fan airflow. Setting fan airflow with any device that raises the pressure across the fan to reduce airflow is not acceptable. The speed control shall incorporate a minimum voltage stop to ensure that the motor cannot operate in a stall mode.
ECM MOTOR
(Substitute paragraph 5 below for paragraph 5 in the PFC Basic Unit Specification.) 5. Fan motor assembly shall be forward curved centrifugal fan with a direct drive motor. Motors shall be General Electric ECM variable-speed dc brushless motors especifically designed for use with single phase, 277 volt, 60 hertz electrical input. Motor shall be complete with and operated by a single phase integrated controller/inverter that operates the would strator and senses rotor position to electronically commutate the strator. All motors shall be designed for synchronous rotation. Motor rotor shall be permanent magnet type with near zero rotor losses. Motor shall have built-in soft start and soft speed change ramps. Motor shall be able to be mounted with shaft in horizontal or vertical orientation. Motor shall be permanently lubricated with ball bearings. Motor shall be direct coupled to the blower. Motor shall maintain a minimum of 70 percent efficiency over its entire operating range. Provide isolation between fan motor assembly and unit casing to eliminate any vibration from the fan to the terminal unit casing.
MODEL NUMBER SPECIFICATION
SPECIFICATIONS
Model UnderFloor Profile D
PFC
Digital Electronic
Casing Configuration 20 Gauge 6
No Liner Lining Type
2
XX
Unit and Inlet Size Specify
Example: DPFC 6 2 14 Digitally controlled underfloor profile fan terminal, 20-gauge casing; size 14.
S52
UnderFloor Air Distribution
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS
Titus is a charter member company and current participant in the AHRI Directory of Certified Performance. This voluntary certification program was developed by participating manufacturers in conjunction with the former Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI) in the 1990’s. It is currently administrated by the Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI). The purpose of this program is to provide for the independent verification of manufacturers’ published performance data. Only participating products are authorized to bear the AHRI VAV Certification Mark. Certified data may be viewed and downloaded at www.ahrinet.org. In order to participate in this program, member companies pay annual dues based on sales volume, submit published performance data for all applicable model types, and agree to provide a number of randomly selected product samples for annual rounds of independent testing at the manufacturers’ expense. All verification testing is conducted in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 130 ‘Methods of Testing Air Terminal Units’. These tests are conducted to verify that a manufacturer’s published certified ratings are within the test tolerances outlined in AHRI Standard 880 ‘Performance Rating of Air Terminals’. Any failure to demonstrate the certified performance is punished by additional testing requirements, mandatory performance rerating, monetary penalties and possible expulsion from the Certified Directory.
Min
Unit Size
Rated CFM
Fan Watts
∆Ps
309 410
850 1100
510 510
0.26 0.15
Fan Only Radiated Sound 2 3 4 5 71 60 57 54 69 62 61 59
Product samples provided for certification testing are standard production units with standard ½ in dual density fiberglass lining (unless otherwise specified) and no optional appurtenances such as add-on attenuators or heating/cooling coils. The certified ratings are measured at the standard operating points under the following test conditions: • Rated airflow (cfm) – Based on lesser of an inlet velocity of 2000 fpm or the maximum fan flow with 0.25 in wg of downstream pressure. • Rated fan power (watts) – Based on fan operating at the rated airflow with 0.25 in wg of downstream pressure. • Rated Min ∆Ps (in wg) – Min ∆Ps is the difference between atmospheric pressure and the inlet static pressure at rated airflow with the primary damper full open and the unit fan set to match the primary flow. • Rated ∆Ps (in wg) – A static pressure of 1.5 in wg applied to the inlet duct. • Rated sound power by octave band (dB, re 10-12 watts) – Radiated and discharge sound performance conducted in a reverberation room that meets both the broadband and pure tone qualifications of AHRI Standard 220.
Fan Plus 100% Primary Power 6 7 47 37 53 46
Radiated Sound 2 3 4 5 76 69 62 57 80 75 71 64
Power 6 7 52 46 59 54
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
AHRI Directory Of Certified Performance
S
Fan Only Discharge Sound 2 3 4 5 70 65 66 65 74 74 74 75
Power 6 7 66 65 74 73
SPECIFICATIONS S53
Notes
UnderFloor Air Distribution
displacement ventilation
T www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Table of Contents
T
Displacement Ventilation
displacement ventilation products Displacement Ventilation Products................................................................................................................................................ T4
overview Overview......................................................................................................................................................................................... T7 Application Guide........................................................................................................................................................................... T8 Introduction to Displacement Ventilation............................................................................................................................... T8 Air Change Effectiveness........................................................................................................................................................ T8 Typical Applications................................................................................................................................................................ T9 Contaminant Removal............................................................................................................................................................. T9 Benefits & Limitations............................................................................................................................................................ T9 Energy Considerations............................................................................................................................................................ T9 Outlet Characteristics........................................................................................................................................................... T10 The Adjacent Zone ............................................................................................................................................................... T10 Outlet Choices....................................................................................................................................................................... T10 Heat Sources & Convective Flows........................................................................................................................................ T11 Space Temperature Gradients & Airflow Rates..................................................................................................................... T11 Air Pattern Projection............................................................................................................................................................ T11 Methods of Evaluation.......................................................................................................................................................... T12 Supply Air Connections......................................................................................................................................................... T12 Acoustical Performance........................................................................................................................................................ T12 Displacement Ventilation Theory & Governing Equations.................................................................................................... T12 Design Procedure for Displacement Ventilation................................................................................................................... T14 Design Examples................................................................................................................................................................... T15 References............................................................................................................................................................................ T21
DISPLACEMENT VENTILATION
rectangular displacement
T2
DVBC............................................................................................................................................................................................. T22 Accessories........................................................................................................................................................................... T23 Performance Data................................................................................................................................................................. T24 Suggested Specifications...................................................................................................................................................... T25 Model Number Specifications.............................................................................................................................................. T25 DVIR.............................................................................................................................................................................................. T26 Accessories........................................................................................................................................................................... T28 Performance Data................................................................................................................................................................. T29 Suggested Specifications...................................................................................................................................................... T31 Model Number Specifications.............................................................................................................................................. T31 DVRI.............................................................................................................................................................................................. T32 Accessories........................................................................................................................................................................... T34 Performance Data................................................................................................................................................................. T35 Suggested Specifications...................................................................................................................................................... T37 Model Number Specifications.............................................................................................................................................. T37 DVR3............................................................................................................................................................................................. T38 Accessories........................................................................................................................................................................... T40 Performance Data................................................................................................................................................................. T41 Suggested Specifications...................................................................................................................................................... T43 Model Number Specifications.............................................................................................................................................. T43
semi-circular displacement DV180........................................................................................................................................................................................... T44 Accessories........................................................................................................................................................................... T45 Performance Data................................................................................................................................................................. T46 Suggested Specifications...................................................................................................................................................... T48 Model Number Specifications.............................................................................................................................................. T48 DVHC............................................................................................................................................................................................ T49 Accessories........................................................................................................................................................................... T51 Performance Data................................................................................................................................................................. T52 Suggested Specifications...................................................................................................................................................... T54 Model Number Specifications.............................................................................................................................................. T54
Table of Contents (continued)
Displacement Ventilation
DVC1............................................................................................................................................................................................. T55 Accessories........................................................................................................................................................................... T57 Performance Data................................................................................................................................................................. T58 Suggested Specifications...................................................................................................................................................... T60 Model Number Specifications.............................................................................................................................................. T60 DVVC............................................................................................................................................................................................. T61 Accessories........................................................................................................................................................................... T63 Performance Data................................................................................................................................................................. T64 Suggested Specifications...................................................................................................................................................... T66 Model Number Specifications.............................................................................................................................................. T66
circular displacement DVCP............................................................................................................................................................................................. T67 Accessories........................................................................................................................................................................... T68 Performance Data................................................................................................................................................................. T69 Suggested Specifications...................................................................................................................................................... T70 Model Number Specifications.............................................................................................................................................. T70
heating & cooling displacement options DVRI-HC Plexicon......................................................................................................................................................................... T71 DVRI-HC 14 Accessories....................................................................................................................................................... T72 DVRI-HC 32 Accessories....................................................................................................................................................... T73 Performance Data - Cooling.................................................................................................................................................. T74 Performance Data - Heating................................................................................................................................................. T75 Suggested Specifications...................................................................................................................................................... T76 Model Number Specifications.............................................................................................................................................. T76
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
corner mount displacement
T
displacement ventilation adjustment Diffuser Adjustment..................................................................................................................................................................... T77
DISPLACEMENT VENTILATION T3
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Displacement Ventilation Products
DISPLACEMENT VENTILATION
T
T4
Displacement Ventilation RECTANGULAR DISPLACEMENT
pages: T8-T26
DVBC
DVIR
DVRI
DVR1
WALL MOUNT APPLICATIONS
FLUSH MOUNT APPLICATIONS
FLUSH OR SURFACE MOUNT APPLICATIONS
STAIR RISER APPLICATIONS
• 3-way air discharge pattern. • Supplies a large amount of air at low velocity into the occupied zone. • Enhanced pattern controllers for easy adjustment. • Standard finish is #26 white powdercoat.
• 1-way discharge air pattern. • Supplies small to medium amounts of air at low velocity into the occupied zone. • Enhanced pattern controllers for easy adjustment.
• 1-way air discharge pattern. • Supplies a large amount of air at low velocity into the occupied zone. • Enhanced pattern controllers for easy adjustment. • Standard finish is #26 white powdercoat.
• 1-way air discharge pattern. • Supplies small to medium amounts of air at low velocity into the occupied zone. • Enhanced pattern controllers for easy adjustment. • Standard finish is #26 white powdercoat.
DVR3 WALL MOUNT APPLICATIONS • 3-way air discharge pattern • Supplies a large amount of air at low velocity into the occupied zone. • Enhanced pattern controllers for easy adjustment. • Standard finish is #26 white powdercoat.
Displacement Ventilation
Displacement Ventilation products (continued)
DV180
DVHC
WALL OR SURFACE MOUNT APPLICATIONS
WALL OR SURFACE MOUNT APPLICATIONS
• • • •
• • • •
180B air discharge pattern. Supplies a large amount of air at low velocity into the occupied zone. Enhanced pattern controllers for easy adjustment. Standard finish is #26 white powdercoat.
180B air discharge pattern. Supplies a large amount of air at low velocity into the occupied zone. Enhanced pattern controllers for easy adjustment. Standard finish is #26 white powdercoat.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
SEMI-CIRCULAR DISPLACEMENT
pages: T27-T34
T
CORNER MOUNT DISPLACEMENT
pages: T35-T42
DVVC
CORNER MOUNT APPLICATIONS
CORNER MOUNT APPLICATIONS
• • • •
• • • •
90B air discharge pattern. Supplies a large amount of air at low velocity into the occupied zone. Enhanced pattern controllers for easy adjustment. Standard finish is #26 white powdercoat.
90B air discharge pattern. Supplies a large amount of air at low velocity into the occupied zone. Enhanced pattern controllers for easy adjustment. Standard finish is #26 white powdercoat.
DISPLACEMENT VENTILATION
DVC1
T5
Displacement Ventilation
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Displacement Ventilation products (continued)
CIRCULAR DISPLACEMENT
pages: T43-T46
DVCP FLOOR APPLICATIONS • • • •
T
360B air discharge pattern. Supplies a large amount of air at low velocity into the occupied zone. Enhanced pattern controllers for easy adjustment. Standard finish is #26 white powdercoat.
HEATING & COOLING OPTIONS
DISPLACEMENT VENTILATION
pages: T47-T52
T6
DVRI-HC 14
DVRI-HC 32
WALL OR SURFACE MOUNT APPLICATIONS
WALL OR SURFACE MOUNT APPLICATIONS
• • • •
• • • •
Dual function diffuser for cooling and heating. Top section - Displacement cooling. Bottom section - Heating Standard finish is #26 white powdercoat.
Dual function diffuser for cooling and heating. Top section - Displacement cooling. Bottom section - Heating Standard finish is #26 white powdercoat.
Overview
The Displacement Ventilation system is similar to an UnderFloor Air Distribution (UFAD) system in that is uses warmer supply air and lower pressures then a conventional overhead system. As a result, displacement ventilation systems have many of the same benefits of UFAD systems, such as longer economizer periods, potential energy savings from the warmer supply air and lower horsepower fans, and quiet operation. Although many parts of North America need to cool the supply air below 65BF for humidity reasons, all areas should benefit from the increased economizer time. An additional benefit to Displacement Ventilation systems is that ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2007 Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality gives Displacement Ventilation systems a Ventilation Effectiveness Factor of 1.2. Ventilation Effectiveness is a measure of how effectively the zone air distribution uses its supply air to maintain acceptable air quality in the breathing zone. A Ventilation Effectiveness of 1.2 means that a lower volume of fresh air can be used to meet ASHRAE 62.1 requirements. This makes displacement ventilation systems an effective way to achieve the LEED Increased Ventilation credit.
One of the challenges to displacement ventilation is that the diffusers are placed in the occupied zone, typically along the wall. Because displacement diffusers supply air directly into the room, placement of occupants is critical to achieving a comfortable space. The ASHRAE Guideline recommends that the air velocity in the occupied space not exceed 50 fpm. For a displacement diffuser, the zone where the velocity exceeds 50 fpm is called the adjacent zone or near zone. Occupants need to be placed outside of the adjacent zone for comfort. A typical displacement diffuser can maintain comfort in a space that is 5-6 times the length of the adjacent zone. Titus has a full line of displacement ventilation diffusers to accommodate any application. One unique and specifiable feature of Titus displacement diffusers is the variable air pattern controllers located behind the perforated face. The pattern controllers can be adjusted to change the size and direction of the supply air isovel and adjacent zone area. Engineers may not always know the final room layout or furniture location during the design phase. Titus displacement diffusers provide the perfect solution by offering adjustability without the need to move or change the location of the diffuser. This ability to shape and customize the airflow pattern and adjacent zone to match requirements in the occupied space ensures the highest level of thermal comfort for building occupants.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Displacement Ventilation systems use low velocity cold air to displace warm room air. They are defined by ASHRAE as fully stratified systems. Supply air is introduced low in the occupied space and travels along the floor until it reaches a heat source, such as a person or computer. Natural convection flows cause the supply air to rise around the heat source.
Displacement Ventilation
T
DISPLACEMENT VENTILATION T7
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
APPLICATION GUIDE
T
Displacement Ventilation
Displacement Ventilation Design & Application Guide Buildings come in all shapes and sizes and are designed for any number of purposes. In order to create healthy and productive environments, air distribution systems must be selected that best meet the goals of designers. There are a wide range of choices available, but often one system can be identified as the best solution in terms of cost, comfort and energy. The purpose of this guide is to explain how displacement ventilation works, describe recommended applications and provide engineering guidance to the system designer.
INTRODUCTION TO DISPLACEMENT VENTILATION
In order to understand the advantages and limitations of displacement ventilation, it’s important to understand the differences between conventional mixed air distribution and fully-stratified air distribution. In mixed air distribution, hot or cold supply air is delivered at relatively high velocity from ceiling-mounted diffusers. When ceiling diffusers are properly selected and positioned, this high velocity air doesn’t result in occupant discomfort because it is delivered outside the occupied zone. The purpose of the high velocity supply is to create low velocity room air motion through entrainment. Ideally, this air motion will thoroughly mix the supply air with the room air resulting in uniform temperature and contaminant levels throughout the occupied zone. Internal heat loads and contaminants are eventually picked up and carried away by the return air.
Figure 2. Fully-Stratified System The main differences between these systems are: Mixed air distribution • Suitable for both heating and cooling with a supply temperature range of 38 to 90°F. • Air is supplied to the unoccupied zone at relatively high velocity. • Minimizes temperature variations throughout the space. • Creates uniform contaminant concentration throughout the zone. Fully-stratified air distribution • Suitable for cooling only with a supply temperature range of 62 to 70°F. • Air is supplied directly to the occupied zone at low velocity. • Takes advantage of natural air buoyancy to divide the zone into two regions. • Heat and pollutants rise into the upper unoccupied zone. • Contaminant concentration is greatly reduced in the lower occupied zone.
APPLICATION GUIDE
AIR CHANGE EFFECTIVENESS
T8
ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2010 ‘Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality’ assigns a zone air distribution effectiveness value (Ez ) of 1.0 for conventional mixed air systems and 1.2 for fully-stratified systems (Table 6-2). This means that fully-stratified systems are 20% more effective than the best mixed air systems and can provide the same level of ventilation with a 16.7% reduction in air volume. This reduces the amount of outdoor air necessary to meet ventilation requirements. Figure 1. Mixed Air System In fully-stratified air distribution, cool supply air is typically delivered at reduced velocity from low sidewall diffusers. The supply air is always cooler than the room air, so it quickly drops to the floor and moves slowly across the room. When this slow moving air mass encounters a heat load, it rises and carries the heat and pollutants towards the ceiling. A layer of warm air forms above the occupied zone due to natural buoyancy. Internal heat loads and contaminants are carried away by the return air.
APPLICATION GUIDE
Displacement Ventilation
CONTAMINANT REMOVAL
Displacement ventilation can be a very effective strategy for removing contaminants from room air, because fullystratified systems take advantage of the fact that airborne pollutants are generally lighter than air. The natural buoyancy of tobacco smoke and human respiration allow these pollutants to rise above the breathing zone in plumes to the upper zone that forms below the ceiling. This upward migration of pollutants effectively increases concentrations in the unoccupied upper zone while reducing concentrations in the breathing zone.
Figure 4. Contaminant Distribution in a Fully-Stratified System
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
Ideal applications for displacement ventilation often involve large open spaces with tall ceilings. These include but are not limited to: • Theaters and performance halls • Meeting rooms and lecture halls • Restaurants and cafeterias • Hotel lobbies and atriums • Shopping malls • Gymnasiums • Casinos • Museums and exhibit halls • Classrooms • Airport terminals and train stations
BENEFITS AND LIMITATIONS
Typical benefits of displacement ventilation include: • Improved removal of airborne contaminants. • Greatly reduced energy requirements to cool occupied spaces in mild climates. • Reduced ventilation air requirement due to increased air distribution effectiveness. • Very low diffuser noise levels. • Reduced comfort complaints due to drafts.
T
Although displacement ventilation is well-suited for a wide variety of applications, the following spaces may be better served by mixed air systems: • Spaces with ceiling heights lower than 9 ft. • Spaces with occupied zone heat loads in excess of 30 Btu/hr-ft2. • Spaces furnished with cubicles or other partitions. • Spaces with ceiling heights lower than 10 ft that may be subject to significant room air disturbances. • Applications involving contaminants that are heavier and/or colder than room air in the occupied zone.
ENERGY CONSIDERATIONS
A couple of important considerations: • Displacement ventilation is not recommended for spaces where hazardous chemical spills could occur. In the event of a spill, a displacement ventilation system is likely to cause noxious fumes to be drawn from the floor and brought up to the breathing level, thereby increasing the possible hazard to occupants. • In rare situations where contaminants are heavier than air, accommodations should be made to allow some portion of the room air to be extracted at a lower level.
APPLICATION GUIDE
Figure 3. Contaminant Distribution in a Mixed Air System
Displacement ventilation can reduce energy use in several ways: • Increased economizer hours due to increased supply temperatures in comparison to conventional mixed air systems. • Chiller efficiency increases due to lesser dehumidification at higher water supply temperatures.
T9
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
APPLICATION GUIDE
Displacement Ventilation
OUTLET CHARACTERISTICS
Displacement ventilation requires outlets that supply air at extremely low velocities, (typically 50-70 fpm). These outlets are typically located low on a sidewall or at the base of a column. The low average face velocity generally results in rather large diffuser panels. Since the outlets are located adjacent to the occupied zone and within easy reach of room occupants, they have the following special requirements: • Should be elevated above the floor to prevent damage from cleaning equipment. • Construction and finishes must be rugged enough to prevent damage through accidental or intentional occupant contact. • Should provide a concealed and tamperproof means of air pattern adjustment. • Face panel must be removable for cleaning and adjustment of air pattern controllers.
Figure 6. Standard Air Patterns
THE ADJACENT ZONE
T
The area immediately adjacent to a displacement ventilation outlet is known as ‘the adjacent zone’. This is any area in the occupied zone where local air velocities exceed 50 fpm at a height 1 in above the floor. Although this clear zone can often be in an aisle or corridor without creating potential comfort problems, stationary occupants should never be located within the adjacent zone. Cool air that drops from a sidewall diffuser and travels across the floor can easily be sensed by stationary occupants at the ankle level.
Figure 7. Adjusted Air Patterns
APPLICATION GUIDE
professionals for successful project integration. Generally speaking, displacement diffusers can be ducted from above or below or plenum-supplied.
Figure 5. The Adjacent Zone It is important to note that all Titus displacement ventilation diffusers are supplied with adjustable air pattern controllers as standard equipment. The ability to adjust the shape of the air pattern and the adjacent zone can be of great benefit when dealing with furniture, occupants and obstructions especially in smaller spaces.
OUTLET CHOICES
T10
Displacement ventilation diffusers are available in a wide range of styles and sizes. Unlike conventional ceiling diffusers, the size and placement of displacement ventilation diffusers require early coordination with architectural
All Titus displacement diffusers include: • Adjustable air pattern controllers. • Air balancing tap. • Removable face plate. • All metal construction (galvanized steel and aluminum). • Standard #26 white powdercoat finish. • Optional telescoping duct cover (not applicable to DVR1). • Optional 2-3/4 or 4 inch mounting base (not applicable to DVR1).
Displacement Ventilation Convection plume
Return
Upper zone
Stratification
Lower zone Supply 0 Temperature ,°F
Heat/contaminant source
Figure 8. Heat Plume
HEAT SOURCES AND CONVECTIVE FLOWS
The flow of convective heat is essential in establishing a fully-stratified system. As heat moves from warmer surfaces to the cooler surrounding air, the buoyancy of the air increases and the heat rises to create stratification in the occupied zone. This upward air motion driven by convection also results in room air entrainment that results in a larger heat plume. Although radiant heat sources do not directly affect these convective heat plumes, they may increase plume formation by increasing surface temperatures of heat sources.
AIR PATTERN PROJECTION
Although displacement ventilation is typically supplied from a low sidewall, the resulting room pattern is very different from a conventional sidewall grille. Because the supply air is cooler than the room air and is discharging at low velocity, it immediately drops to the floor. The air moves across the floor in a thin layer typically no more than 6-8 inches high. The diagrams above show why displacement ventilation is only recommended for cooling applications.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Stratification level
Setpoint
APPLICATION GUIDE
T
The characteristics of individual convective heat plumes may be influenced by each of the following: • Size and shape of heat source • Amount of heat available • Air motion surrounding heat source • Temperature gradient in the space Convective heat plumes will continue to rise until they reach a room level of equal temperature.
SPACE TEMPERATURE GRADIENTS AND AIRFLOW RATES
The distance from the floor to the upper mixed zone is known as the shift height. Since the design goal of a displacement ventilation system is to create temperature stratification throughout the occupied zone, it is critical that the shift height is greater than height of the occupied zone. Lower shift heights may be acceptable in situations where all occupants are seated.
Figure 9. Discharge Air Patterns This air pattern tends to stretch out and cover the entire room, even if the room shape is irregular. Obstructions such as partitions or furniture resting directly on the floor can result in coverage gaps, but the air pattern will rejoin itself much like fluid passing around an object. Displacement diffusers can typically provide coverage into a room that is up to six times the length of the adjacent zone. Internal heat load concentrations actually help to extend the projection of a displacement system by drawing the air across the room. Large rooms can be supplied from the side walls so long as the distance from the diffuser face to the furthest projection is no more than 30 ft. When room dimensions exceed 30 ft in length or width, it is best to place displacement diffusers on more than one wall. By placing diffusers on opposing walls, rooms up to 60 ft can be supplied from side walls. Another solution for large rooms is to place 360-degree diffusers throughout the interior space.
APPLICATION GUIDE
Displacement ventilation diffusers supply conditioned air at higher cooling temperatures (typically 62 to 70°F) and lower discharge velocities (less than 70 fpm) than ceiling diffusers. Since the supply air is always cooler than the room air, it can be said to cascade from the diffuser face to the floor. The negative buoyancy of the cooler air causes it to move at the floor level until it reaches a source of convective heat. As the supply air warms, its buoyancy increases to create a heat plume that rises to the upper mixed zone below the ceiling.
T11
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
APPLICATION GUIDE METHODS OF EVALUATION
A successful displacement ventilation design should provide a supply airflow rate to meet the thermal gradient profile of an occupied space in accordance with ASHRAE comfort guidelines. ASHRAE Standard 55-2010 ‘Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy’ recommends that vertical temperature differential between a seated occupant’s ankle and head regions (roughly 4 to 43 in) should be no more than 5.4°F to deliver acceptable comfort to 95% or more of the occupants. For a stationary standing person same guideline would apply over an elevation range of 4 to 67 in.
Displacement Ventilation low velocity and therefore do not generate audible noise. The catalog sound performance rating of a displacement diffuser is usually expressed in terms of a noise criteria (NC) level based upon a typical space with room absorption of 10 dB in each octave band per ASHRAE Standard 70-2006 (Appendix D). While this typical space effect has been used for many years to estimate the sound level of a diffuser serving a small office, this certainly isn’t the typical environment in which displacement ventilation is employed. Since we are often dealing with much larger spaces and taller ceilings, a different method must be employed to better estimate sound levels. A space effect for each octave band can be calculated based upon the size of the room and the distance between the source and observer using the following equation per AHRI Standard 885-2008: Space Effect = 25 – 10 log (ft) – 5 log (ft3) – 3 log (Hz) Where:
T
ft = Distance between the source and observer ft3 = Room volume Hz = Octave band center frequency
Figure 10. Maximum Temperature Differentials for Acceptable Thermal Comfort
APPLICATION GUIDE
SUPPLY AIR CONNECTIONS
T12
Displacement ventilation diffusers are usually supplied by ductwork and they can be supplied from either above or below. • Optional telescoping duct covers are available to hide otherwise visible supply ductwork for a clean finished appearance. • Optional mounting bases (2-3/4 or 4 inch) are recommended to prevent possible damage due to traffic and floor cleaning equipment. These mounting bases are also recommended to simplify installation when air will be supplied from below. It is also possible to supply displacement ventilation diffusers from a pressurized plenum. • Care must be taken to insure that the supply plenum is tightly sealed. • In a properly designed supply plenum, pressures should be equal throughout and balancing dampers should not be required.
ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE
Like any building space, those supplied by displacement ventilation create an acoustical environment with contributions from air handlers, terminal units, diffusers and structure-borne sound. Properly sized and selected displacement ventilation diffusers are rarely the cause of noise complaints because they operate at low pressure and
When considering sound contributions from multiple diffusers, we can logarithmically add or multiply, but this is typically unnecessary. In large spaces, diffusers are rarely close enough together to contribute to the overall room sound level. As a general rule for smaller spaces, it is advisable to select diffusers for an NC level that is 10 points lower than the desired room sound level. This has the effect of masking the sound contribution of the diffusers in the background sound level. For larger spaces, the NC level of the diffuser is less critical because the room effect is so much greater.
DISPLACEMENT VENTILATION THEORY AND GOVERNING EQUATIONS
The following material is based on ASHRAE research project RP-949 that resulted in the ASHRAE publication ‘System Performance Evaluation and Design Guidelines for Displacement Ventilation’ (2003). This summary is intended to briefly explain the theory behind displacement ventilation. For a more detailed explanation including the derivation of each equation, the original publication is highly recommended. The design air volume supplied by a displacement ventilation system must be capable of meeting both the cooling and minimum ventilation requirements for a given space. In order to determine the cooling design air volume, the type, location and magnitude of all heat loads must be identified. These loads can be classified as: • Heat generated by occupants, desk lamps and office equipment, Qoe (Btu/h) • Heat generated by overhead lighting, Ql (Btu/h) • Heat from the exterior wall and window surfaces including transmitted solar radiation, Qex (Btu/h)
APPLICATION GUIDE
Displacement Ventilation
The heat transfer to the region of interest can therefore be calculated by the following equation: ∆Thf ρCpV = аoeQoe + аlQl + аexQex
Vh = (0.295Qoe + 0.132Ql + 0.185Qex)/(∆Thf ρCp) With the following assumptions: • ∆Thf = 3.6 °F (for a seated occupant) • ρ = 0.075 lb/ft2 • Cp = 0.24 Btu/lb-°F This equation can be simplified to: Vh = 0.076Qoe + 0.034Ql + 0.048Qex This equation is very useful for typical applications involving seated occupants.
Where: • ∆Thf = temperature differential between the head and foot level of occupant (°F) • ρ = air density under standard conditions (lb/ft3) • Cp = specific heat of air at constant pressure (Btu/lb-°F) • V = supply flow rate (ft3/h)
The required ventilation rate can be determined by consulting ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2010. This standard provides recommended ventilation rates for various room occupancies and applications (Table 6-1). These recommendations involve the minimum ventilation rates in the breathing zone based upon both occupant density and floor area.
Since:
The breathing zone outdoor airflow (cfm), Vbz, can be calculated using the following equation:
V = nHA Where: • n = the required air change rate (ach) • H = space height (ft) • A = floor area (ft2) The heat transfer equation can be simplified to: ∆Thf = (аoeQoe + аlQl + аexQex ) / (ρCpnHA)
The same equation can be used to calculate the required ventilation rate: n = (аoeQoe + аlQl + аexQex ) / (∆Thf ρCpHA) The cooling air volume (cfm), Vh, for a typical office environment can then be calculated using the following equation: Vh = nAH/60
T
Vbz = (Rp x Pz ) + (Ra x Az ) Where: • Rp = people outdoor air rate from Table 6-1 (cfm/person) • Pz = zone population (#) • Ra = area outdoor air rate from Table 6-1 (cfm/ft2) • Az = zone floor area (ft2) ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2010 also defines air change effectiveness (Ez) of various types of air distribution systems (Table 6-2). While the best mixed air system with ceiling diffusers can only achieve a rating of 1.0, displacement ventilation systems achieve a 1.2 rating. This means that a displacement ventilation system can meet ventilation requirements with 16.7% less air volume than a mixed air system. Be aware that local code requirements may be more stringent than the minimum standards recommended by ASHRAE and may not differentiate between system types and air change effectiveness. The zone outdoor airflow requirement (cfm), Voz, can be calculated as: Voz = Vbz / Ez Where: • Ez = air change effectiveness from Table 6-2 The supply air volume (cfm), V, will be larger of either the cooling air volume (cfm), Vh, or the zone outdoor airflow requirement (cfm), Voz. Be aware that if a dedicated outdoor air system (DOAS) is employed, then supply air volume, V, would consist of 100% outdoor air. If return air is being
APPLICATION GUIDE
ASHRAE Standard 55-2010 recommends that for good thermal comfort the temperature difference between the head and foot level of a standing person should not exceed 5.4 °F. In a stratification zone, assume that the temperature gradient will be less than 1 °F/ft. Since the vertical temperature gradient between a seated person’s head (3.6 ft) and a standing person’s head (5.6 ft) is generally less than that between the ankle level (0.3 ft) and seated person’s head (3.6 ft), any design that meets the seated recommendations should also be suitable for a standing person.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Substituting the ventilation rate, n, into the equation yields: A weighting factor must be applied to each of these loads to properly approximate the effect of each type of load entering the region between the head and the feet of a seated occupant. Based on ASHRAE research, these weighting factors are: • Occupants, desk lamps and office equipment, аoe = 0.295 • Overhead lighting, аl = 0.132 • Exterior wall and window surfaces including transmitted solar radiation, аex = 0.185
T13
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
APPLICATION GUIDE
T
mixed with outdoor air, supply air volume, V, must contain enough outdoor air to meet the zone outdoor requirement, Voz.
internal heat loads greater than 30 Btu/ft2.
The supply air temperature, Ts, is always cooler than the room temperature, Tsp, and can be calculated by based on the air temperature at the floor level, Tf.
A=LxW
Tf = Tsp - ∆Thf And: Ts = Tf – θfQt / (60ρCpV) Where: • θf = dimensionless temperature calculated by Mundt’s formula (1992) • Qt = total cooling load in space (Btu/h) • V = supply air volume (cfm) θf = 1 / ((60VρCp / A)((1/αr ) + (1/αcf )) + 1) Where: • αr = radiant heat transfer from ceiling to floor (Btu/h-ft2-°F) • αcf = convective heat transfer from floor surface to the room air (Btu/h-ft2-°F)
Where: • A = floor area (ft2) • L = room length (ft) • W = room width (ft) Step 3 – Calculate the Cooling Air Volume The cooling air volume, Vh, can be determined from heat loads with weighting factors applied: Vh = 0.076Qoe + 0.034Ql + 0.048Qex Step 4 – Calculate the Zone Outdoor Airflow for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality The zone outdoor airflow requirement (cfm), Voz, and the breathing zone outdoor airflow (cfm), Vbz, can be determined from ASHRAE Standard 62.1 (Tables 6-1 and 6-2) and the following equations: Vbz = (Rp x Pz ) + (Ra x Az )
Ts = Tsp – 3.6 – ((AQt )/(2.59V2 + 1.08 AV)) The exhaust air temperature, Te, can be calculated as:
Voz = Vbz / Ez
Te = Ts + ((Qt )/(1.08V))
Where: • Ez = air change effectiveness from Table 6-2 = 1.2
DESIGN PROCEDURE FOR DISPLACEMENT VENTILATION
APPLICATION GUIDE
Qt / A ≤ 30 Btu/ft2
Where: • Rp = people outdoor air rate from Table 6-1 (cfm/person) • Pz = zone population (#) • Ra = area outdoor air rate from Table 6-1 (cfm/ft2) • Az = zone floor area (ft2)
Assuming that heat transfer coefficients αr and αcf are equal to 0.9 Btu/(h-ft2-°F) and that Thf should be less than 3.6BF for a seated occupant, this equation can then be simplified to:
T14
Displacement Ventilation
The following design procedure is patterned on that provided in an ASHRAE publication entitled ‘System Performance and Design Guidelines for Displacement Ventilation’ (2003). It was developed based upon the finding of ASHRAE Research Project RP-949. Step 1 – Calculate the Total Cooling Load The total cooling load, Qt, is the sum of the heat loads: Qt = Qoe + Ql + Qex Where: • Qoe = Heat generated by occupants, desk lamps and office equipment (Btu/h) • Ql = Heat generated by overhead lighting (Btu/h) • Qex = Heat from the exterior wall and window surfaces including transmitted solar radiation (Btu/h) Step 2 – Check for Excessive Heat Load Displacement ventilation is generally not recommended for
Step 5 – Determine the Supply Air Volume The supply air volume, V, will be larger of either the cooling air volume, Vh, or the zone outdoor airflow requirement, Voz. Step 6 – Calculate the Supply Air Temperature The supply air temperature, Ts, can be calculated as: Ts = Tsp – 3.6 – ((AQt )/(2.59V2 + 1.08 AV)) Where: • Tsp = room temperature (°F) Step 7 – Calculate the Exhaust Air Temperature The exhaust air temperature, Te, can be calculated as: Te = Ts + ((Qt )/(1.08V)) Step 8 – Select Supply Diffuser(s)
APPLICATION GUIDE This a small private office measuring 12 ft by 10 ft by 9 ft (L x W x H). The office is equipped with a computer, a monitor, a small printer and a desk lamp. The 12 ft long wall includes exterior glass. The room will be supplied by a dedicated outdoor air system (DOAS). Assume: • Occupancy = 1 • Load per person = 250 Btu/h • Overhead lighting load = 2 watts/ft2 = 6.826 Btu/h-ft2 • Computer load = 65 watts = 222 Btu/h • Monitor load = 30 watts = 102 Btu/h • Small printer load = 30 watts = 102 Btu/h • Desk lamp load = 40 watts = 137 Btu/h • Solar and glass load = 4.0 Btu/h-ft2 Step 1 – Calculate the Total Cooling Load Qt = Qoe + Ql + Qex Where: • Qoe = Heat generated by occupants, desk lamps and office equipment (Btu/h) • Ql = Heat generated by overhead lighting (Btu/h) • Qex = Heat from the exterior wall and window surfaces including transmitted solar radiation (Btu/h) Qoe = person + computer + monitor + small printer + desk lamp = 813 Btu/h Ql = overhead lighting load x floor area = 819 Btu/h Qex = solar and glass load x exterior wall area = 432 Btu/h Qt = 2064 Btu/h Step 2 – Check for Excessive Heat Load Displacement ventilation is generally not recommended for internal heat loads greater than 30 Btu/ft2. Qt / A ≤ 30 Btu/ft2 A=LxW
Qt / A = 17.2 Btu/ft2 Step 3 – Calculate the Cooling Air Volume The cooling air volume, Vh, can be determined from heat loads with weighting factors applied: Vh = 0.076Qoe + 0.034Ql + 0.048Qex Vh = 110 cfm Step 4 – Calculate the Zone Outdoor Airflow for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality The zone outdoor airflow requirement (cfm), Voz, and the
Vbz = (Rp x Pz ) + (Ra x Az ) Where: • Rp = people outdoor air rate from Table 6-1 = 5.0 cfm/person • Pz = zone population (#) = 1 • Ra = area outdoor air rate from Table 6-1 = 0.06 cfm/ft2 • Az = zone floor area (ft2) Vbz = 12.2 cfm Voz = Vbz / Ez Where: • Ez = air change effectiveness from Table 6-2 = 1.2 Voz = 10.2 cfm Step 5 – Determine the Supply Air Volume The supply air volume, V, will be larger of either the cooling air volume, Vh, or the zone outdoor airflow requirement, Voz.
T
V = 110 cfm Step 6 – Calculate the Supply Air Temperature The supply air temperature, Ts, can be calculated as: Ts = Tsp – 3.6 – ((AQt )/(2.59V2 + 1.08 AV)) Where: • Tsp = room temperature = 72 °F Ts = 63 °F Step 7 – Calculate the Exhaust Air Temperature The exhaust air temperature, Te, can be calculated as: Te = Ts + ((Qt )/(1.08V)) Te = 80 °F Step 8 – Select Supply Diffuser(s) The best diffuser for this application would be a single flushmounted wall unit handling 110 cfm. It should ideally be located away from the desk on an opposite wall discharging parallel to the window. Care should be taken in a space this size to ensure that the depth of the adjacent zone is less than 3-4 ft. Since the sound level in a private office is recommended not to exceed a sound level of NC35, the diffuser should be selected for NC25 or less. See Figure 11 for example of diffuser layout.
APPLICATION GUIDE
Where: • A = floor area (ft2) • L = room length (ft) • W = room width (ft)
breathing zone outdoor airflow (cfm), Vbz, can be determined from ASHRAE Standard 62.1 (Tables 6-1 and 6-2) and the following equations:
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DESIGN EXAMPLE - PRIVATE PERIMETER OFFICE
Displacement Ventilation
T15
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
APPLICATION GUIDE
APPLICATION GUIDE
T
Where: • A = floor area (ft2) • L = room length (ft) • W = room width (ft) Qt / A = 17.2 Btu/ft2 Step 3 – Calculate the Cooling Air Volume The cooling air volume, Vh, can be determined from heat loads with weighting factors applied:
Figure 11. Design Example - Private Perimeter Office
DESIGN EXAMPLE - OPEN PLAN INTERIOR OFFICE This is an open plan office for customer service representatives. The office is furnished with workstations to accommodate up to sixteen employees and measures 40 ft by 40 ft by 12 ft (L x W x H). Each workstation is equipped with a computer, a monitor and a desk lamp. There is also a single large printer that is shared. The room will be supplied by a conventional air handler that will mix return air with outdoor air. Assume: • Occupancy = 16 • Load per person = 250 Btu/h • Overhead lighting load = 2 watts/ft2 = 6.826 Btu/h-ft2 • Computer load = 65 watts = 222 Btu/h • Monitor load = 30 watts = 102 Btu/h • Large printer load = 110 watts = 375 Btu/h • Desk lamp load = 40 watts = 137 Btu/h
Vh = 0.076Qoe + 0.034Ql + 0.048Qex Vh = 1264 cfm Step 4 – Calculate the Zone Outdoor Airflow for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality The zone outdoor airflow requirement (cfm), Voz, and the breathing zone outdoor airflow (cfm), Vbz, can be determined from ASHRAE Standard 62.1 (Tables 6-1 and 6-2) and the following equations: Vbz = (Rp x Pz ) + (Ra x Az ) Where: • Rp = people outdoor air rate from Table 6-1 = 5.0 cfm/person • Pz = zone population (#) = 16 • Ra = area outdoor air rate from Table 6-1 = 0.06 cfm/ft2 • Az = zone floor area (ft2) Vbz = 176 cfm
Step 1 – Calculate the Total Cooling Load Qt = Qoe + Ql + Qex
Voz = Vbz / Ez
Where: • Qoe = Heat generated by occupants, desk lamps and office equipment (Btu/h) • Ql = Heat generated by overhead lighting (Btu/h) • Qex = Heat from the exterior wall and window surfaces including transmitted solar radiation (Btu/h)
Voz = 147 cfm
Qoe = (16) people + (16) computers + (16) monitors + (1) large printer + (16) desk lamps = 11751 Btu/h Ql = overhead lighting load x floor area = 10922 Btu/h Qex = 0 Btu/h Qt = 22673 Btu/h Step 2 – Check for Excessive Heat Load Displacement ventilation is generally not recommended for internal heat loads greater than 30 Btu/ft2. Qt / A ≤ 30 Btu/ft2 A=LxW
T16
Displacement Ventilation
Where: • Ez = air change effectiveness from Table 6-2 = 1.2
Step 5 – Determine the Supply Air Volume The supply air volume, V, will be larger of either the cooling air volume, Vh, or the zone outdoor airflow requirement, Voz. V = 1264 cfm Since the air handler will be mixing return air with outdoor air, we must calculate the required percentage of outdoor air to satisfy the zone outdoor air requirement, Voz. Voz / V = 12% Step 6 – Calculate the Supply Air Temperature The supply air temperature, Ts, can be calculated as: Ts = Tsp – 3.6 – ((AQt )/(2.59V2 + 1.08 AV))
APPLICATION GUIDE
Ts = 65 °F Step 7 – Calculate the Exhaust Air Temperature The exhaust air temperature, Te, can be calculated as: Te = Ts + ((Qt )/(1.08V)) Te = 81 °F Step 8 – Select Supply Diffuser(s) There are many different diffuser selections that could work well in this space. Flat front or bow-fronted diffusers either flush-mounted or surface-mounted would be best. The exact model choice comes down to appearance and architectural limitations. The best arrangement would be to place pairs of diffusers on opposite walls such that they discharge down the aisles between work stations. This would require four diffusers each handling 316 cfm, selected for an adjacent zone with a depth of less than 4-5 ft. This should be adequate to achieve coverage to the center of the room. Since the ideal sound level for an open plan office is NC40, the diffusers should be selected for NC30 or less. See Figure 12 for example of diffuser layout.
Where: • Qoe = Heat generated by occupants, desk lamps and office equipment (Btu/h) • Ql = Heat generated by overhead lighting (Btu/h) • Qex = Heat from the exterior wall and window surfaces including transmitted solar radiation (Btu/h) Qoe = (12) people + computer + projector = 3905 Btu/h Ql = overhead lighting load x floor area = 3072 Btu/h Qex = solar and glass load x exterior wall area = 1200 Btu/h Qt = 8177 Btu/h Step 2 – Check for Excessive Heat Load Displacement ventilation is generally not recommended for internal heat loads greater than 30 Btu/ft2.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Where: • Tsp = room temperature = 74 °F
Displacement Ventilation
Qt / A ≤ 30 Btu/ft2 A=LxW Where: • A = floor area (ft2) • L = room length (ft) • W = room width (ft)
T
Qt / A = 18.2 Btu/ft2 Step 3 – Calculate the Cooling Air Volume The cooling air volume, Vh, can be determined from heat loads with weighting factors applied: Vh = 0.076Qoe + 0.034Ql + 0.048Qex Vh = 459 cfm
Figure 12. Design Example - Open Plan Interior Office
DESIGN EXAMPLE - PERIMETER CONFERENCE ROOM
Step 1 – Calculate the Total Cooling Load Qt = Qoe + Ql + Qex
Vbz = (Rp x Pz ) + (Ra x Az ) Where: • Rp = people outdoor air rate from Table 6-1 = 5.0 cfm/person • Pz = zone population (#) = 1 • Ra = area outdoor air rate from Table 6-1 = 0.06 cfm/ft2 • Az = zone floor area (ft2) Vbz = 87 cfm
APPLICATION GUIDE
This is a conference room with an exterior window. The room is equipped with a computer and a projector and is intended for a maximum occupancy of twelve. It measures 30 ft by 15 ft by 10 ft (L x W x H). The window is located on the longest wall. The room will be supplied by a conventional air handler that will mix return air with outdoor air. Assume: • Occupancy = 12 • Load per person = 250 Btu/h • Overhead lighting load = 2 watts/ft2 = 6.826 Btu/h-ft2 • Computer load = 65 watts = 222 Btu/h • Projector load = 200 watts = 683 Btu/h • Solar and glass load = 4.0 Btu/h-ft2
Step 4 – Calculate the Zone Outdoor Airflow for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality The zone outdoor airflow requirement (cfm), Voz, and the breathing zone outdoor airflow (cfm), Vbz, can be determined from ASHRAE Standard 62.1 (Tables 6-1 and 6-2) and the following equations:
Voz = Vbz / Ez Where: • Ez = air change effectiveness from Table 6.2 = 1.2
T17
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
APPLICATION GUIDE
T
Voz = 72.5 cfm Step 5 – Determine the Supply Air Volume The supply air volume, V, will be larger of either the cooling air volume, Vh, or the zone outdoor airflow requirement, Voz. V = 459 cfm Since the air handler will be mixing return air with outdoor air, we must calculate the required percentage of outdoor air to satisfy the zone outdoor air requirement, Voz. Voz / V = 16% Step 6 – Calculate the Supply Air Temperature The supply air temperature, Ts, can be calculated as: Ts = Tsp – 3.6 – ((AQt )/(2.59V2 + 1.08 AV)) Where: • Tsp = room temperature = 72 °F Ts = 64 °F Step 7 – Calculate the Exhaust Air Temperature The exhaust air temperature, Te, can be calculated as: Te = Ts + ((Qt )/(1.08V)) Te = 80 °F Step 8 – Select Supply Diffuser(s) The best choice for this application would be a pair of 90-degree air pattern diffusers located on the interior corners of the room. Each diffuser will handle 230 cfm and should be selected for an adjacent zone no deeper than 4-5 ft. Since the typical sound level for a conference room should not exceed NC30, the diffusers should be selected for NC20 or less. See Figure 13 for example of diffuser layout.
Displacement Ventilation H). The room will be supplied by a conventional air handler that will mix return air with outdoor air. Assume: • Occupancy = 40 • Load per person = 250 Btu/h • Overhead lighting load = 2 watts/ft2 = 6.826 Btu/h-ft2 • Water cooler load = 350 watts = 1195 Btu/h • Coffee machine load = 1000 watts = 3413 Btu/h • Microwave oven load = 200 watts = 683 Btu/h • Ice maker load = 400 watts = 1365 Btu/h • Refrigerator load = 700 watts = 2389 Btu/h • Cold beverage machine load = 800 watts = 2730 Btu/h • Snack machine load = 250 watts = 853 Btu/h Step 1 – Calculate the Total Cooling Load Qt = Qoe + Ql + Qex Where: • Qoe = Heat generated by occupants, desk lamps and office equipment (Btu/h) • Ql = Heat generated by overhead lighting (Btu/h) • Qex = Heat from the exterior wall and window surfaces including transmitted solar radiation (Btu/h) Qoe = (40) people + water cooler + coffee machine + microwave oven + ice maker + refrigerator + cold beverage machine + snack machine = 22628 Btu/h Ql = overhead lighting load x floor area = 8737 Btu/h Qt = 31365 Btu/h Qex = 0 Btu/h Step 2 – Check for Excessive Heat Load Displacement ventilation is generally not recommended for internal heat loads greater than 30 Btu/ft2. Qt / A ≤ 30 Btu/ft2
APPLICATION GUIDE
A=LxW Where: • A = floor area (ft2) • L = room length (ft) • W = room width (ft) Qt / A = 24.5 Btu/ft2
Figure 13. Design Example - Perimeter Conference Room
Vh = 0.076Qoe + 0.034Ql + 0.048Qex
DESIGN EXAMPLE - INTERIOR BREAKROOM
T18
Step 3 – Calculate the Cooling Air Volume The cooling air volume, Vh, can be determined from heat loads with weighting factors applied:
This is a breakroom without windows. The room is equipped with a water cooler, a coffee machine, a microwave oven, an ice maker, a refrigerator, a cold beverage machine, and a snack machine. It measures 40 ft by 32 ft by 12 ft (L x W x
Vh = 2017 cfm
APPLICATION GUIDE
336 cfm would result in shorter throws and smaller adjacent zones. Sound levels in cafeterias and breakrooms are seldom critical, but selecting the diffusers for NC25 or less is advisable. See Figure 14 for example of diffuser layout
Vbz = (Rp x Pz ) + (Ra x Az ) Where: • Rp = people outdoor air rate from Table 6-1 = 5.0 cfm/person • Pz = zone population (#) = 1 • Ra = area outdoor air rate from Table 6-1 = 0.06 cfm/ft2 • Az = zone floor area (ft2) Vbz = 354 cfm
Figure 14. Design Example - Interior Breakroom
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Step 4 – Calculate the Zone Outdoor Airflow for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality The zone outdoor airflow requirement (cfm), Voz, and the breathing zone outdoor airflow (cfm), Vbz, can be determined from ASHRAE Standard 62.1 (Tables 6-1 and 6-2) and the following equations:
Displacement Ventilation
Voz = Vbz / Ez Where: • Ez = air change effectiveness from Table 6.2 = 1.2 Voz = 295 cfm Step 5 – Determine the Supply Air Volume The supply air volume, V, will be larger of either the cooling air volume, Vh, or the zone outdoor airflow requirement, Voz. V = 2017 cfm Since the air handler will be mixing return air with outdoor air, we must calculate the required percentage of outdoor air to satisfy the zone outdoor air requirement, Voz. Voz / V = 15% Step 6 – Calculate the Supply Air Temperature The supply air temperature, Ts, can be calculated as: Ts = Tsp – 3.6 – ((AQt )/(2.59V2 + 1.08 AV))
Ts = 65 °F Step 7 – Calculate the Exhaust Air Temperature The exhaust air temperature, Te, can be calculated as: Te = Ts + ((Qt )/(1.08V)) Te = 80 °F Step 8 – Select Supply Diffuser(s) There are many possible choices, but large open spaces can be easily served with 360-degree air pattern diffusers located away from the walls. Although four diffusers each handling 504 cfm might work, six diffusers each handling
This is a school classroom with an exterior window. The room is equipped with a computer and a projector and is intended for a maximum occupancy of one teacher and (25) students. The room is equipped with (5) computers, (5) monitors and a projector. It measures 30 ft by 30 ft by 10 ft (L x W x H). The room will be supplied by a conventional air handler that will mix return air with outdoor air. Assume: • Occupancy = 26 • Load per person = 250 Btu/h • Overhead lighting load = 2 watts/ft2 = 6.826 Btu/h-ft2 • Computer load = 65 watts = 222 Btu/h • Monitor load = 30 watts = 102 Btu/h • Projector load = 200 watts = 683 Btu/h • Solar and glass load = 10.5 Btu/h-ft2
T
Step 1 – Calculate the Total Cooling Load Qt = Qoe + Ql + Qex Where: • Qoe = Heat generated by occupants, desk lamps and office equipment (Btu/h) • Ql = Heat generated by overhead lighting (Btu/h) • Qex = Heat from the exterior wall and window surfaces including transmitted solar radiation (Btu/h) Qoe = (26) people + (5) computers + (5) monitors + projector = 8803 Btu/h Ql = overhead lighting load x floor area = 6143 Btu/h Qex = solar and glass load x exterior wall area = 3150 Btu/h Qt = 18096 Btu/h Step 2 – Check for Excessive Heat Load Displacement ventilation is generally not recommended for internal heat loads greater than 30 Btu/ft2.
APPLICATION GUIDE
Where: • Tsp = room temperature = 72 °F
DESIGN EXAMPLE - ELEMENTARY SCHOOL CLASSROOM
T19
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
APPLICATION GUIDE Qt / A ≤ 30 Btu/ft2 A=LxW Where: • A = floor area (ft2) • L = room length (ft) • W = room width (ft) Qt / A = 20.1 Btu/ft2 Step 3 – Calculate the Cooling Air Volume The cooling air volume, Vh, can be determined from heat loads with weighting factors applied: Vh = 0.076Qoe + 0.034Ql + 0.048Qex Vh = 1029 cfm
T
Step 4 – Calculate the Zone Outdoor Airflow for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality The zone outdoor airflow requirement (cfm), Voz, and the breathing zone outdoor airflow (cfm), Vbz, can be determined from ASHRAE Standard 62.1 (Tables 6-1 and 6-2) and the following equations: Vbz = (Rp x Pz ) + (Ra x Az )
Displacement Ventilation Ts = Tsp – 3.6 – ((AQt )/(2.59V2 + 1.08 AV)) Where: • Tsp = room temperature = 74 °F Ts = 66 °F Step 7 – Calculate the Exhaust Air Temperature The exhaust air temperature, Te, can be calculated as: Te = Ts + ((Qt )/(1.08V)) Te = 82 °F Step 8 – Select Supply Diffuser(s) Perimeter classrooms are typically arranged with the instructor’s desk at one end of the room, the student desks in rows facing the teacher and windows perpendicular desk rows. The most common diffuser arrangement for this room layout would require a diffuser on each side of the teacher’s desk discharging down the side aisles. Each diffuser would handle 515 cfm and the adjacent zone depth should be no more than 4-5 ft. Since sound levels in elementary school classrooms are critical to the learning environment and are recommended not to exceed NC25-30, the diffusers should be selected for NC15 or less so as not to be heard. See Figure 15 for example of diffuser layout.
Where: • Rp = people outdoor air rate from Table 6-1 = 5.0 cfm/person • Pz = zone population (#) = 1 • Ra = area outdoor air rate from Table 6-1 = 0.06 cfm/ft2 • Az = zone floor area (ft2) Vbz = 368 cfm Voz = Vbz / Ez
APPLICATION GUIDE
Where: • Ez = air change effectiveness from Table 6-2 = 1.2 Voz = 307 cfm Step 5 – Determine the Supply Air Volume The supply air volume, V, will be larger of either the cooling air volume, Vh, or the zone outdoor airflow requirement, Voz. V = 1029 cfm Since the air handler will be mixing return air with outdoor air, we must calculate the required percentage of outdoor air to satisfy the zone outdoor air requirement, Voz. Voz / V = 30%
T20
Step 6 – Calculate the Supply Air Temperature The supply air temperature, Ts, can be calculated as:
Figure 15. Design Example - Elementary School Classroom
APPLICATION GUIDE
ASHRAE. 2011. 2011 ASHRAE Handbook-Applications, Chapter 57. Atlanta: American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and AirConditioning Engineers, Inc. ASHRAE. 2010. ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2010, Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality. Atlanta: American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc. ASHRAE. 2010. ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 55-2010, Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy. Atlanta: American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc. ASHRAE. 2009. ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 113-2009, Method of Testing for Room Air Diffusion. Atlanta: American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc. ASHRAE. 2009. 2009 ASHRAE Handbook-Fundamentals, Chapter 20. Atlanta: American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and AirConditioning Engineers, Inc. AHRI. 2008. AHRI Standard 885-2008, Procedure for Estimating Occupied Space Sound Levels in the Application of Air Terminals and Air Outlets. Arlington, VA: Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute, Inc.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
References
Displacement Ventilation
T
Chen, Q., and L.R. Glicksman. 2003. System Performance Evaluation and Design Guidelines for Displacement Ventilation. Atlanta: American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc. REHVA. 2002. Displacement Ventilation in Non-Industrial Premises, ed. Skistad, H. et al.
APPLICATION GUIDE T21
• Material is galvanized steel and aluminum.
Available Model: DVBC • Rectangular displacement diffuser with curved face for wall mount applications.
• Standard finish is #26 white (powdercoat).
• Designed to supply a large volume of air at low velocity to the occupied zone.
• Mounting base and telescopic duct cover are available as accessories.
• Includes integral variable air pattern controllers for easy adjustment of the airflow spread pattern.
DVBC
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Displacement Ventilation
Rectangular Displacement DVBC
• Includes air volume measurement outlet to facilitate balancing. K-factor is marked on outlet.
E
T
G
F
C
Ø D G
C
A H
DVBC
B
Model Inlet Size
DVBC
T22
8 10 12 16 24 x 8 24 x 12
Nominal Unit Size 36 36 36 36 36 36
x x x x x x
37 37 60 39 39 39
A B 35 7/16 36 5/16 35 7/16 36 5/16 35 7/16 60 35 7/16 78 7/8 35 7/16 78 7/8 35 7/16 78 7/8
Unit Dimensions (inches) C D E F 13 3/8 7 7/8 N/A N/A 15 3/8 9 7/8 N/A N/A 18 11 7/8 N/A N/A 21 1/4 15 7/8 N/A N/A 13 3/8 N/A 23 7/8 7 7/8 18 N/A 23 7/8 11 7/8
All dimensions are in inches.
G 6 1/4 7 1/4 8 1/2 10 3/16 7 1/8 5 1/16
3 3 3 3
H 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4 2 2
Displacement Ventilation
ACCESSORIES
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Optional telescopic duct cover
T
View with face removed showing integral variable air pattern controllers
J
*Does not include mounting base height.
Unit Size
Diffuser height with duct cover kit* Min Max
Optional mounting base Height (J): 2-3/4â&#x20AC;? or 4â&#x20AC;?
OptionalonMounting Base the adjacent zone For detailed instructions how to change Height (J): 2-3/4" or 4" refer to page T77. using the variable air pattern controllers,
*Does not Include Mounting Base Height.
36 x 37 36 x 37
92 1/8
36 x 60
124
36 x 79
ACCESSORIES
36 x 79
109 7/8
36 x 79
*Height dimensions do not include mounting base.
All dimensions are in inches.
T23
Displacement Ventilation
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PERFORMANCE DATA
T
DVBC Unit Size (W x H)
Neck Velocity
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
Velocity Pressure
0.002
0.006
0.010
0.016
0.022
0.031
0.040
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
68 0.003 2-5 2-6 106 0.004 3-7 3-8 154 0.003 4-9 4-10 275 0.004 6-13 6-15 261 0.005 6-14 7-16 394 0.006 8-18 8-20
101 0.007 3-7 3-8 160 0.009 4-10 4-11 231 0.007 5-12 5-14 412 0.009 8-18 8-20 392 0.010 9-19 9-21 591 0.013 11-24 12-27
135 0.012 4-9 4-10 213 0.016 5-12 5-13 308 0.013 6-15 7-17 550 0.016 10-22 11-25 522 0.018 11-23 12-26 788 0.024 14-30 15-33
169 0.019 4-10 5-11 266 0.025 6-14 6-15 385 0.020 8-18 8-20 687 0.025 12-26 13-29 653 0.029 13-28 14-31 984 0.037 17-36 18-39
203 0.027 5-12 5-13 319 0.036 7-16 7-18 461 0.029 9-20 10-22 825 0.037 14-30 15-33 783 0.041 16-32 17-35 1181 0.054 12 20-41 21-45
237 0.036 6-13 6-14 372 0.049 8-18 8-20 538 0.039 10-23 11-25 962 0.050 10 16-34 17-37 914 0.056 12 18-35 19-39 1378 0.073 16 23-46 24-50
271 0.047 6-14 7-16 425 0.064 10 9-20 9-22 615 0.052 12-25 12-28 1100 0.065 14 18-37 19-41 1045 0.074 16 20-39 21-43 1575 0.096 20 26-50 27-56
Inlet Size
36” x 37”
8” Dia
36” x 37”
10” Dia
36” x 60”
12” Dia
36” x 79”
16” Dia
36” x 79”
24” x 8”
36” x 79”
24” x 12”
PERFORMANCE DATA
PERFORMANCE NOTES:
T24
• The adjacent zone (AZ) is the discharge isovel at 1” above the floor where the terminal velocity is 50 fpm. • Adjacent zone dimensions were obtained from tests conducted in accordance with Nordtest method of aerodynamic testing and rating of low velocity. • Sound and pressure data were obtained from tests conducted in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70-2006.
W
L
DVBC
• DT is the “under temperature” which is the difference between room air temperature at 3-1/2 ft above the floor and the supply air temperature. • Throw values shown are distances in feet for temperature differentials of 5BF DT and 10BF DT cooling at 50 fpm terminal velocity. The first listed throw value corresponds to the length and the second throw. value to the width (see diagram at bottom of page) • NC values based on octave band 2 to 7 sound power levels minus a room absorption of 10 dB. • Each NC value represents the noise criteria curve which will not be exceeded by the sound pressure in any of the octave bands, 2 through 7, with a room absorption of 10 dB, re 10-12 watts. • Dash (-) in space denotes an NC value of less than 10. • All pressures are given in inches of water.
Displacement Ventilation
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS
Rectangular displacement diffusers shall be Titus model DVBC of the sizes and mounting types shown on the plans and outlet schedule. DVBC diffusers shall have a curved front face plate and provide a 180 degree air discharge pattern from the face and sides of diffuser. Diffusers shall include integral variable air pattern controllers for adjustment of airflow spread pattern. Air pattern controllers shall be adjustable, reversible, and removable. Diffusers shall include an air volume measurement outlet to facilitate balancing. K-factor shall be marked on diffuser. Diffusers shall include an internal perforated baffle to equalize airflow across the face. Internal perforated baffle shall be round perforated galvanized metal with 51% free area. DVBC diffusers shall have a perforated face plate with round perforations. Diffuser face plate shall be removable for easy access to internal air pattern controllers.
Diffuser face plate, side plates, back panel, top panel, bottom panel, and air pattern controllers plate shall be constructed of galvannealed material. Internal perforated baffle shall be constructed of G-90 22 gauge galvanized metal material. The finish shall be #26 white powdercoat paint with a baked on finish. Paint thickness shall be 2.5 – 3.5 mils. Paint must pass the ASTM D 3363 pencil hardness test with a minimum pencil hardness of H – 2H. The paint must pass a 1000 hour ASTM B117-97 Corrosive Environments Salt Spray test without creepage, blistering, or deterioration of film. The paint must pass the adhesion cross hatch test ASTM D 3359. Optional accessories shall include telescopic duct cover and mounting base. The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for DVBC displacement diffusers. Diffusers shall be tested in accordance with European standard Nordtest method.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Available Model: DVBC
MODEL NUMBER SPECIFICATION
Model DVBC XXXX
36 32 16 12 10 8 XX Inlet Size
T
24” x 12” inlet 24” x 8” inlet
Unit Size
Finish
MB2 MB1 DC O
XXXXX
XX
XXX
36” x 37”
26 X
16” inlet 12” inlet 10” inlet 8” inlet
36” x 60”
White
Mounting Base 4” Mounting Base 2 3/4” Duct Cover None
Accessories
Special
36” x 79”
SPECIFICATIONS T25
Displacement Ventilation
T
DVIR pattern controllers for easy adjustment of the airflow spread pattern.
Available Model: DVIR • Rectangular displacement diffuser with 1-way discharge designed for flush mount applications.
• Includes air volume measurement outlet to facilitate balancing. K-factor is marked on outlet.
• Designed to supply small to medium volumes of air at low velocity to the occupied zone.
• Material is galvanized steel and aluminum.
• Includes integral variable air
• Optional duct cover (fixed length: 78-3/4”)
DVIR
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Rectangular Displacement (continued)
• Standard finish is #26 white (powdercoat).
E
F
1 2" 3 13 4 "
G
H
B
DVIR
C
A
T26
All dimensions are in inches.
Displacement Ventilation
Rectangular Displacement (continued)
Model
Inlet Size
DVIR
6x2 6x2 10 x 2 10 x 2 10 x 2 10 x 2 12 x 2 14 x 2 14 x 2 14 x 2 20 x 3 20 x 3 20 x 3 20 x 3 20 x 3 20 x 3 20 x 3 20 x 3 24 x 3
Nominal Unit Size 12 x 10 12 x 12 16 x 10 16 x 12 16 x 16 16 x 24 20 x 20 24 x 12 24 x 18 24 x 24 24 x 30 24 x 36 24 x 48 30 x 24 36 x 12 36 x 24 48 x 12 48 x 24 60 x 24
A 12 12 16 16 16 16 20 24 24 24 24 24 24 30 36 36 48 48 60
B 10 12 10 12 16 24 20 12 18 24 30 36 48 24 12 24 12 24 24
Unit Dimensions (inches) C E F 3 1/8 5 7/8 1 7/8 3 1/8 5 7/8 1 7/8 3 1/8 9 7/8 1 7/8 3 1/8 9 7/8 1 7/8 3 1/8 9 7/8 1 7/8 3 1/8 9 7/8 1 7/8 3 1/8 11 7/8 1 7/8 3 1/8 13 7/8 1 7/8 3 1/8 13 7/8 1 7/8 3 1/8 13 7/8 1 7/8 4 19 7/8 2 7/8 4 19 7/8 2 7/8 4 19 7/8 2 7/8 4 19 7/8 2 7/8 4 19 7/8 2 7/8 4 19 7/8 2 7/8 4 19 7/8 2 7/8 4 19 7/8 2 7/8 4 23 7/8 2 7/8
G 9 11/16 9 11/16 13 11/16 13 11/16 13 11/16 13 11/16 17 7/16 21 11/16 21 11/16 21 11/16 21 11/16 21 11/16 21 11/16 27 11/16 33 11/16 33 11/16 45 11/16 45 11/16 57 11/16
H 7 13/16 9 13/16 7 13/16 9 13/16 13 13/16 21 13/16 17 13/16 9 13/16 16 21 13/16 27 13/16 33 13/16 45 13/16 21 13/16 9 13/16 21 13/16 9 13/16 21 13/16 21 13/16
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DVIR UNIT DIMENSIONS
T
DVRI T27
Displacement Ventilation
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
ACCESSORIES
N
L
Optional telescopic duct cover
Ă&#x2DC; D
J
78 3/4"
T
ACCESSORIES
View with face removed showing integral variable air pattern controllers
T28
Model
Inlet Size
DVIR
8 12 14 16 23 27
D 3 7/8 3 7/8 4 7/8 5 7/8 7 7/8 9 7/8
Inlet Dimensions (inches) J L 2 7/8 6 1/16 2 7/8 10 1/16 7 3 /16 12 1/16 1 4 /8 14 1/16 15 4 /16 20 1/16 15 5 /16 24 1/16
For detailed instructions on how to change the adjacent zone using the variable air pattern controllers, refer to page T77.
All dimensions are in inches.
N 2 2 2 2 3 3
Displacement Ventilation
PERFORMANCE DATA
Unit Size (W x H)
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
0.002
0.006
0.010
0.016
0.022
0.031
0.040
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
26 0.008 2-3 2-4 26 0.005 2-3 2-4 32 0.005 2-3 3-4 37 0.004 2-3 3-4 80 0.007 3-7 4-8 80 0.005 3-7 4-8
39 0.019 2-5 3-6 39 0.011 2-5 3-6 47 0.012 2-5 3-6 55 0.009 3-5 4-6 121 0.017 4-11 5-12 121 0.012 4-11 5-12
53 0.034 2-7 3-7 53 0.019 2-7 3-7 63 0.021 3-7 4-7 74 0.017 3-7 4-8 161 0.030 5-14 6-16 161 0.022 5-14 6-16
66 0.053 10 3-8 3-9 66 0.030 3-8 3-9 79 0.033 3-8 4-9 92 0.026 4-8 5-9 201 0.047 12 5-18 7-20 201 0.034 11 5-18 7-20
79 0.076 16 3-10 4-11 79 0.043 14 3-10 4-11 95 0.048 15 3-10 4-11 111 0.038 14 4-10 5-11 241 0.068 17 6-21 7-23 241 0.049 16 6-21 7-23
92 0.103 21 3-11 4-13 92 0.059 19 3-11 4-13 111 0.066 20 4-12 5-13 129 0.051 19 4-12 5-13 282 0.093 22 6-25 8-27 282 0.067 21 6-25 8-27
105 0.135 25 3-13 4-14 105 0.076 23 3-13 4-14 126 0.085 24 4-13 5-14 148 0.067 23 5-13 6-15 322 0.121 26 7-28 8-31 322 0.087 25 7-28 8-31
20” x 3”
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
80 0.004 3-7 4-8
121 0.009 4-11 5-12
161 0.017 5-14 6-16
201 0.026 10 5-18 7-20
241 0.037 15 6-21 7-23
282 0.051 20 6-25 8-27
322 0.066 24 7-28 8-31
20” x 3”
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
80 0.007 4-6 5-7
121 0.017 5-9 6-10
161 0.030 5-12 6-13
201 0.047 12 6-15 7-17
241 0.068 17 6-18 8-20
282 0.093 22 7-21 8-23
322 0.121 26 7-23 9-26
20” x 3”
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
80 0.005 4-5 5-6
121 0.012 5-8 6-9
161 0.022 6-10 7-12
201 0.034 11 6-13 8-14
241 0.049 16 7-15 8-17
282 0.067 21 7-18 9-20
322 0.087 25 8-20 10-23
16” x 16”
10” x 2”
16” x 24”
10” x 2”
20” x 20”
12” x 2”
24” x 24”
14” x 2”
24” x 30”
20” x 3”
24” x 36”
20” x 3”
24” x 48
30” x 24”
36” x 24”
T
PERFORMANCE DATA
Neck Velocity Velocity Pressure
Inlet Size
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DVIR
T29
Displacement Ventilation
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PERFORMANCE DATA
T
DVIR (continued) Unit Size (W x H)
Neck Velocity
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
Velocity Pressure
0.002
0.006
0.010
0.016
0.022
0.031
0.040
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
80 0.004 4-4 6-5 97 0.004 5-4 7-5
121 0.010 5-6 7-7 145 0.009 6-6 8-7
161 0.018 6-8 8-9 193 0.016 7-8 9-9
201 0.028 10 7-10 9-11 242 0.025 10 8-10 10-12
241 0.040 16 7-12 9-14 290 0.036 15 9-12 11-14
282 0.055 20 8-14 10-16 338 0.049 20 10-14 12-16
322 0.071 25 9-16 11-18 387 0.064 24 10-16 13-18
Inlet Size
48” x 24”
20” x 3”
60” x 24”
24” x 3”
PERFORMANCE NOTES: • The adjacent zone (AZ) is the discharge isovel at 1” above the floor where the terminal velocity is 50 fpm. • Adjacent zone dimensions were obtained from tests conducted in accordance with Nordtest method of aerodynamic testing and rating of low velocity. • Sound and pressure data were obtained from tests conducted in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70-2006. • DT is the “under temperature” which is the difference between room air temperature at 3-1/2 ft above the floor and the supply air temperature.
PERFORMANCE DATA
W
T30
L
DVIR
• Throw values shown are distances in feet for temperature differentials of 5BF DT and 10BF DT cooling at 50 fpm terminal velocity. The first listed throw value corresponds to the length and the second throw. value to the width (see diagram at bottom of page) • NC values based on octave band 2 to 7 sound power levels minus a room absorption of 10 dB. • Each NC value represents the noise criteria curve which will not be exceeded by the sound pressure in any of the octave bands, 2 through 7, with a room absorption of 10 dB, re 10-12 watts. • Dash (-) in space denotes an NC value of less than 10. • All pressures are given in inches of water.
Displacement Ventilation
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS
Rectangular displacement diffusers shall be Titus model DVIR of the sizes and mounting types shown on the plans and outlet schedule. DVIR diffusers shall provide a 1-way air discharge pattern from the face of diffuser for flush mount applications. Diffusers shall include integral variable air pattern controllers for adjustment of airflow spread pattern. Air pattern controllers shall be adjustable, reversible, and removable. Diffusers shall include an air volume measurement outlet to facilitate balancing. K-factor shall be marked on diffuser. Diffusers shall include an internal perforated baffle to equalize airflow across the face. Internal perforated baffle shall be round perforated galvanized metal with 51% free area. DVIR diffusers shall have a perforated face plate with round perforations. Diffuser face plate shall be removable for easy access to internal air pattern controllers.
Diffuser face plate, side plates, back panel, top panel, bottom panel, and air pattern controllers plate shall be constructed of galvannealed material. Internal perforated baffle shall be constructed of G-90 22 gauge galvanized metal material. The finish shall be #26 white powdercoat paint with a baked on finish. Paint thickness shall be 2.5 – 3.5 mils. Paint must pass the ASTM D 3363 pencil hardness test with a minimum pencil hardness of H – 2H. The paint must pass a 1000 hour ASTM B117-97 Corrosive Environments Salt Spray test without creepage, blistering, or deterioration of film. The paint must pass the adhesion cross hatch test ASTM D 3359. Optional accessories shall include duct cover. The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for DVIR displacement diffusers. Diffusers shall be tested in accordance with European standard Nordtest method.
MODEL NUMBER SPECIFICATION
Model DVIR XXXX
27 23 16 14 12 8 XX Unit Size Dimension 1
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Available Model: DVIR
T
24” x 3” inlet 20” x 3” inlet 14” x 2” inlet 12” x 2” inlet
Unit Size
Finish
DC O
XXXXX
XX
XX
12” x 10”
26 X
10” x 2” inlet 6” x 2” inlet
12” x 12” x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
10” 12” 16” 24” 20” 12” 18” 24” 30” 36” 48” 24” 12” 24” 12” 24”
60” x 24”
None
Accessories
Special
SPECIFICATIONS
16” 16” 16” 16” 20” 24” 24” 24” 24” 24” 24” 30” 36” 36” 48” 48”
White
Duct Cover
T31
Displacement Ventilation
T
DVRI Available Model: DVRI
• Includes air volume measurement outlet to facilitate balancing. K-factor is marked on outlet.
• Rectangular displacement diffuser that can be positioned against the wall in a flush or surface mount orientation.
• Material is galvanized steel and aluminum. • Standard finish is #26 white (powdercoat).
• Supplys a large volume of air at low velocity to the occupied zone.
• Optional duct cover and mounting base available as accessories.
• Includes integral variable air pattern controllers for easy adjustment of the airflow spread pattern.
1 1/8"
E F
C
Ø D G
C
A < 48" SINGLE FRONT COVER
A
H
DVRI
B
A ≥ 48” DOUBLE FRONT COVER
T32
All dimensions are in inches.
DVRI
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Rectangular Displacement (continued)
Displacement Ventilation
Rectangular Displacement (continued)
Model Inlet Size
DVRI
8 8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 16 16 24 x 8 32 x 10
Nominal Unit Size 24 24 24 24 36 48 48 47 60 47 60 47 47
x x x x x x x x x x x x x
24 47 48 79 48 24 36 79 24 79 36 79 79
A 23 1/4 24 24 23 1/4 36 48 48 46 7/8 60 46 7/8 60 46 7/8 46 7/8
B 46 7/8 24 48 78 3/8 48 24 36 78 3/8 24 78 3/8 36 78 3/8 78 3/8
C 11 13/16 11 13/16 11 13/16 13 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4 16 5/16 16 5/16 19 11/16 19 11/16 11 13/16 13 3/4
Dimensions (inches) D E 7 7/8 N/A 7 7/8 N/A 7 7/8 N/A 9 7/8 N/A 9 7/8 N/A 9 7/8 N/A 9 7/8 N/A 11 7/8 N/A 11 7/8 N/A 15 7/8 N/A 15 7/8 N/A N/A 23 7/8 N/A 31 7/8
F N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 7 7/8 9 7/8
G 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 5 1/2 5 1/2 5 3/4 5 3/4 6 3/4 7 1/16 8 7/16 8 11/16 N/A N/A
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
H 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4 2 2
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DVRI UNIT DIMENSIONS
T
DVRI T33
Displacement Ventilation
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
ACCESSORIES
Optional telescopic duct cover
T View with face removed showing integral variable air pattern controllers
J
Optional mounting base Height (J): 2-3/4” or 4” Diffuser height with
Model
cover *DoesSize not Includeduct Mounting Basekit* Height. Unit Min
24 x 24
ACCESSORIES
24 x 47
T34
DVRI
Height (J): 2-3/4" or 4"
Max
92 70
1
/2
24 x 48
92
24 x 79
109 7/8
36 x 48
For detailed instructions on how to change the adjacent zone Optional Mountingrefer Base to page T77. using the variable air pattern controllers,
92
48 x 24
70
1
48 x 36
82
4
47 x 79
109 7/8
60 x 24
70
4
60 x 36
82
1
/2
124”
/8
/8 /2
*Height dimensions do not include mounting base. All dimensions are in inches.
Displacement Ventilation
PERFORMANCE DATA
Unit Size (W x H)
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
Velocity Pressure
0.002
0.006
0.010
0.016
0.022
0.031
0.040
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
68 0.008 4-4 4-4 68 0.004 4-4 4-4 106 0.003 5-6 5-6 106 0.004 5-4 6-5 154 0.003 7-5 8-5 261 0.004 9-8 10-8
101 0.017 5-6 5-6 101 0.008 5-6 5-6 160 0.008 6-9 6-9 160 0.008 6-6 7-7 231 0.007 8-7 9-8 392 0.009 10-12 12-12
135 0.030 5-8 6-8 135 0.014 5-8 6-8 213 0.014 6-12 7-12 213 0.014 7-8 8-9 308 0.013 9-9 10-10 522 0.015 12-15 13-16
169 0.047 6-9 7-9 169 0.023 6-9 7-9 266 0.022 7-14 8-15 266 0.022 8-10 9-10 385 0.020 10-12 12-12 653 0.024 13-19 14-19
203 0.068 6-11 7-11 203 0.033 6-11 7-11 319 0.032 8-17 9-17 319 0.032 9-12 10-12 461 0.029 11-14 12-14 783 0.034 14-22 16-23
237 0.093 11 7-12 8-13 237 0.044 7-12 8-13 372 0.043 8-19 9-20 372 0.044 9-14 10-14 538 0.039 12-16 13-16 914 0.047 15-25 17-26
271 0.122 16 7-14 8-15 271 0.058 7-14 8-15 425 0.056 9-22 10-22 425 0.057 10-16 11-16 615 0.051 13-18 14-18 1045 0.061 14 16-29 18-29
10” Dia.
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
106 0.006 6-4 7-4
160 0.013 7-5 8-5
213 0.023 8-7 9-7
266 0.036 9-8 10-8
319 0.052 10-10 11-10
372 0.071 11 10-11 11-11
425 0.092 15 11-12 12-13
10” Dia.
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
106 0.004 6-4 7-4
160 0.009 7-5 8-5
213 0.015 8-7 9-7
266 0.024 9-8 10-8
319 0.034 10-10 11-10
372 0.047 10-11 11-11
425 0.061 11-12 12-13
24” x 24”
8” Dia.
24” x 48”
8” Dia.
24” x 79”
10” Dia.
36” x 48”
10” Dia.
47” x 79”
12” Dia.
47” x 79”
24” x 8”
48” x 24”
48” x 36”
T
PERFORMANCE DATA
Neck Velocity
Inlet Size
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DVRI
T35
Displacement Ventilation
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PERFORMANCE DATA
T
DVRI (continued) Unit Size (W x H)
Inlet Size
60” x 24”
12” Dia.
60” x 36”
16” Dia.
PERFORMANCE DATA
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
Velocity Pressure
0.002
0.006
0.010
0.016
0.022
0.031
0.040
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
154 0.007 7-4 8-4 275 0.007 10-7 11-7
231 0.016 9-6 10-6 412 0.016 11-10 13-11
308 0.028 10-8 11-8 550 0.029 13-13 15-14
385 0.044 11-10 12-10 687 0.045 14-16 16-17
461 0.064 11 12-11 13-12 825 0.066 15 15-19 17-20
538 0.087 16 13-13 14-13 962 0.089 20 16-22 18-23
615 0.113 20 14-15 15-15 1100 0.117 24 17-25 20-26
PERFORMANCE NOTES: • The adjacent zone (AZ) is the discharge isovel at 1” above the floor where the terminal velocity is 50 fpm. • Adjacent zone dimensions were obtained from tests conducted in accordance with Nordtest method of aerodynamic testing and rating of low velocity. • Sound and pressure data were obtained from tests conducted in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70-2006. • DT is the “under temperature” which is the difference between room air temperature at 3-1/2 ft above the floor and the supply air temperature.
W
T36
Neck Velocity
L
DVRI
• Throw values shown are distances in feet for temperature differentials of 5BF DT and 10BF DT cooling at 50 fpm terminal velocity. The first listed throw value corresponds to the length and the second throw. value to the width (see diagram at bottom of page) • NC values based on octave band 2 to 7 sound power levels minus a room absorption of 10 dB. • Each NC value represents the noise criteria curve which will not be exceeded by the sound pressure in any of the octave bands, 2 through 7, with a room absorption of 10 dB, re 10-12 watts. • Dash (-) in space denotes an NC value of less than 10. • All pressures are given in inches of water.
Displacement Ventilation
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS
Rectangular displacement diffusers shall be Titus model DVRI of the sizes and mounting types shown on the plans and outlet schedule. DVRI diffusers shall provide a 1-way air discharge pattern from the face of diffuser for flush mount or surface mount applications. Diffusers shall include integral variable air pattern controllers for adjustment of airflow spread pattern. Air pattern controllers shall be adjustable, reversible, and removable. Diffusers shall include an air volume measurement outlet to facilitate balancing. K-factor shall be marked on diffuser. Diffusers shall include an internal perforated baffle to equalize airflow across the face. Internal perforated baffle shall be round perforated galvanized metal with 58% free area. DVRI diffusers shall have a perforated face plate with round perforations. Diffuser face plate shall be removable for easy access to internal air pattern controllers.
Diffuser face plate, side plates, back panel, top panel, bottom panel, and air pattern controllers plate shall be constructed of galvannealed material. Internal perforated baffle shall be constructed of G-90 22 gauge galvanized metal material. The finish shall be #26 white powdercoat paint with a baked on finish. Paint thickness shall be 2.5 – 3.5 mils. Paint must pass the ASTM D 3363 pencil hardness test with a minimum pencil hardness of H – 2H. The paint must pass a 1000 hour ASTM B117-97 Corrosive Environments Salt Spray test without creepage, blistering, or deterioration of film. The paint must pass the adhesion cross hatch test ASTM D 3359. Optional mounting base shall be offered as an accessory. The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for DVRI displacement diffusers. Diffusers shall be tested in accordance with European standard Nordtest method.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Available Model: DVRI
MODEL NUMBER SPECIFICATION
Model DVRI XXXX
42 32 16 12 10 8 XX Inlet Size
T
32” x 10” inlet 24” x 8” inlet 16” inlet
Unit Size
Finish
MB2 MB1 O
XXXXX
XX
XXX
24” x 24”
26 X
12” inlet 10” inlet 8” inlet
24” x 47” 24” 24” 36” 48” 48” 47” 60” 60”
x x x x x x x x
White
Mounting Base 4” Mounting Base 2 3/4” None
Accessories
Special
48” 79” 48” 24” 36” 79” 24” 36”
SPECIFICATIONS T37
Displacement Ventilation
DVR3 Available Model: DVR3
• Includes air volume measurement outlet to facilitate balancing. K-factor is marked on outlet.
• Rectangular displacement diffuser with 3-way air discharge pattern for wall or surface mount applications.
• Material is galvanized steel and aluminum.
• Supplys a large volume of air at low velocity to the occupied zone.
• Standard finish is #26 white (powdercoat).
• Includes integral variable air pattern controllers for easy adjustment of the airflow spread pattern.
• Optional duct cover and mounting base available as accessories.
E
T
G
F
C
Ø D G C A < 48" SINGLE FRONT COVER
A H
DVR3
B
A ≥ 48” DOUBLE FRONT COVER
T38
All dimensions are in inches.
DVR3
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Rectangular Displacement (continued)
Displacement Ventilation
Rectangular Displacement (continued)
Model Inlet Size
DVR3
8 10 10 12 12 10 12 10 12 16 x 6 16 x 8 18 x 8 16 x 8
Nominal Unit Size 24 24 24 36 36 48 48 60 60 24 24 24 24
x x x x x x x x x x x x x
24 48 60 48 60 24 36 24 24 24 24 24 24
A 24 24 24 36 36 48 48 60 60 24 24 24 48
B 24 48 60 48 60 24 36 24 36 24 48 60 24
C 12 13 3/4 13 3/4 16 1/4 16 1/4 13 3/4 16 1/4 13 3/4 16 1/4 12 13 3/4 13 3/4 13 3/4
Unit Dimensions (inches) D E 7 7/8 N/A 9 7/8 N/A 9 7/8 N/A 11 7/8 N/A 11 7/8 N/A 9 7/8 N/A 11 7/8 N/A 9 7/8 N/A 11 7/8 N/A N/A 15 7/8 N/A 15 7/8 N/A 17 7/8 N/A 15 7/8
F N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 5 7/8 7 7/8 7 7/8 7 7/8
4 5 5 6 6 5 6 5 6 4 5 4 5
G 1/2 3/8 3/8 5/8 5/8 3/8 5/8 3/8 5/8 3/8 3/8 7/8 3/8
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
H 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 2 2 2 2
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DVR3 UNIT DIMENSIONS
T
DVR3 T39
Displacement Ventilation
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
ACCESSORIES
Optional telescopic duct cover
T View with face removed showing integral variable air pattern controllers
J
ACCESSORIES
Optional mounting base Height (J): 2-3/4â&#x20AC;? or 4â&#x20AC;?
T40
Unit Size
Diffuser height with duct cover kit* Min
24 x 24
70 1/2
24 x 48
92
24 x 60
92
36 x 48
92
36 x 60
92
48 x 24
70 1/2
48 x 36
82 1/2
60 x 24
70 1/2
60 x 36
82 1/2
For detailed instructions on how to change the adjacent zone using the variable air pattern controllers, refer to page T77.
Max
124
All dimensions are in inches.
Displacement Ventilation
PERFORMANCE DATA
Unit Size (W x H)
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
Velocity Pressure
0.002
0.006
0.010
0.016
0.022
0.031
0.040
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
68 0.005 2-6 2-6 106 0.004 3-8 3-8 106 0.003 3-8 3-8 106 0.005 2-7 3-7 106 0.004 2-6 2-7 154 0.004 3-9 4-10
101 0.011 3-7 3-8 160 0.008 4-10 5-11 160 0.007 4-10 5-11 160 0.010 3-9 4-10 160 0.009 3-8 3-9 231 0.008 5-12 5-13
135 0.020 4-9 4-10 213 0.015 6-13 6-14 213 0.013 6-13 6-14 213 0.018 4-11 5-12 213 0.016 4-10 4-11 308 0.014 6-15 7-16
169 0.032 5-11 5-12 266 0.023 7-15 7-16 266 0.020 7-15 7-16 266 0.028 5-13 6-14 266 0.025 5-12 5-13 385 0.023 7-17 8-19
203 0.046 6-12 6-14 319 0.033 8-17 8-19 319 0.028 8-17 8-19 319 0.041 6-15 6-16 319 0.036 5-14 6-15 461 0.032 9-20 9-22
237 0.063 6-14 7-15 372 0.045 9-19 9-21 372 0.039 9-19 9-21 372 0.056 7-16 7-18 372 0.049 6-16 7-17 538 0.044 10-22 11-25
271 0.082 11 7-15 8-17 425 0.059 10-21 11-23 425 0.050 10-21 11-23 425 0.073 11 8-18 8-20 425 0.064 10 7-17 7-19 615 0.058 10 11-25 12-27
12” Dia.
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
154 0.003 3-9 4-10
231 0.007 5-12 5-13
308 0.012 6-15 7-16
385 0.019 7-17 8-19
461 0.028 9-20 9-22
538 0.038 10-22 11-25
615 0.049 11-25 12-27
12” Dia.
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
154 0.004 3-8 3-9
231 0.008 4-11 5-13
308 0.015 6-14 6-15
385 0.023 7-17 7-18
461 0.033 8-19 8-21
538 0.045 9-21 10-23
615 0.059 10 10-23 11-26
12” Dia.
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
154 0.006 3-8 3-9
231 0.013 4-11 4-12
308 0.024 5-13 5-15
385 0.037 6-16 7-17
461 0.053 7-18 8-20
538 0.073 12 8-20 9-22
615 0.095 16 9-22 10-24
24” x 24”
8” Dia.
24” x 48”
10” Dia.
24” x 60”
10” Dia.
48” x 24”
10” Dia.
60” x 24”
10” Dia.
36” x 48”
12” Dia.
36” x 60”
48” x 36”
60” x 36”
T
PERFORMANCE DATA
Neck Velocity
Inlet Size
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DVR3
T41
Displacement Ventilation
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PERFORMANCE DATA
T
DVR3 (continued) Unit Size (W x H)
Inlet Size
24” x 24”
16” x 6”
24” x 48”
16” x 8”
24” x 60”
18” x 8”
48” x 24”
16” x 8”
Neck Velocity
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
Velocity Pressure
0.002
0.006
0.010
0.016
0.022
0.031
0.040
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
130 0.013 4-9 4-10 174 0.006 5-11 5-12 196 0.005 5-12 5-13 174 0.008 4-9 4-10
194 0.029 5-12 6-13 260 0.014 7-15 7-16 293 0.012 7-16 8-18 260 0.019 5-13 5-14
259 0.051 7-15 7-16 347 0.025 8-18 9-20 391 0.021 9-20 10-22 347 0.034 6-16 7-17
324 0.080 8-18 9-19 434 0.038 10-21 11-23 489 0.033 11-23 12-26 434 0.052 8-18 8-20
389 0.115 13 10-20 10-22 521 0.055 12-24 13-27 587 0.048 13-26 14-29 521 0.076 11 9-21 10-23
453 0.156 18 11-23 12-25 608 0.075 13 13-27 14-30 684 0.065 12 15-30 16-33 608 0.103 16 10-24 11-26
518 0.204 22 12-25 13-27 695 0.098 17 15-30 16-33 782 0.085 16 17-33 18-36 695 0.135 20 12-26 12-29
PERFORMANCE NOTES:
PERFORMANCE DATA
• The adjacent zone (AZ) is the discharge isovel at 1” above the floor where the terminal velocity is 50 fpm. • Adjacent zone dimensions were obtained from tests conducted in accordance with Nordtest method of aerodynamic testing and rating of low velocity. • Sound and pressure data were obtained from tests conducted in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70-2006. • DT is the “under temperature” which is the difference between room air temperature at 3-1/2 ft above the floor and the supply air temperature.
W
L
DVR3
T42
• Throw values shown are distances in feet for temperature differentials of 5BF DT and 10BF DT cooling at 50 fpm terminal velocity. The first listed throw value corresponds to the length and the second throw. value to the width (see diagram at bottom of page) • NC values based on octave band 2 to 7 sound power levels minus a room absorption of 10 dB. • Each NC value represents the noise criteria curve which will not be exceeded by the sound pressure in any of the octave bands, 2 through 7, with a room absorption of 10 dB, re 10-12 watts. • Dash (-) in space denotes an NC value of less than 10. • All pressures are given in inches of water.
Displacement Ventilation
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS
Rectangular displacement diffusers shall be Titus model DVR3 of the sizes and mounting types shown on the plans and outlet schedule. DVR3 diffusers shall provide a 1-way air discharge pattern from the face of diffuser for flush mount or surface mount applications. Diffusers shall include integral variable air pattern controllers for adjustment of airflow spread pattern. Air pattern controllers shall be adjustable, reversible, and removable. Diffusers shall include an air volume measurement outlet to facilitate balancing. K-factor shall be marked on diffuser. Diffusers shall include an internal perforated baffle to equalize airflow across the face. Internal perforated baffle shall be round perforated galvanized metal with 58% free area. DVR3 diffusers shall have a perforated face plate with round perforations. Diffuser face plate shall be removable for easy access to internal air pattern controllers.
Diffuser face plate, side plates, back panel, top panel, bottom panel, and air pattern controllers plate shall be constructed of galvannealed material. Internal perforated baffle shall be constructed of G-90 22 gauge galvanized metal material. The finish shall be #26 white powdercoat paint with a baked on finish. Paint thickness shall be 2.5 – 3.5 mils. Paint must pass the ASTM D 3363 pencil hardness test with a minimum pencil hardness of H – 2H. The paint must pass a 1000 hour ASTM B117-97 Corrosive Environments Salt Spray test without creepage, blistering, or deterioration of film. The paint must pass the adhesion cross hatch test ASTM D 3359. Optional mounting base shall be offered as an accessory. The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for DVR3 displacement diffusers. Diffusers shall be tested in accordance with European standard Nordtest method.
MODEL NUMBER SPECIFICATION
Model DVR3 XXXX
26 24 22 12 10 8 XX Inlet Size
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Available Model: DVR3
T
18” x 8” inlet 16” x 8” inlet 16” x 6” inlet
Unit Size
Finish
MB2 MB1 O
XXXXX
XX
XXX
24” x 24”
26 X
12” inlet 10” inlet 8” inlet
24” x 48” 24” 36” 36” 48” 48” 60” 60”
x x x x x x x
White
Mounting Base 4” Mounting Base 2 3/4” None
Accessories
Special
60” 48” 60” 24” 36” 24” 36”
SPECIFICATIONS T43
• Includes air volume measurement outlet to facilitate balancing. K-factor is marked on outlet.
Available Model: DV180 • Semi-circular displacement diffuser with 180B air discharge pattern for wall or surface mount applications.
DV180
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Displacement Ventilation
Semi-Circular Displacement DV180
• Material is galvanized steel and aluminum.
• Designed to supply a large volume of air at low velocity to the occupied zone.
• Standard finish is #26 white (powdercoat).
• Includes integral variable air pattern controllers for easy adjustment of the airflow spread pattern.
• Mounting base and telescopic duct cover are available as accessories. A G
T
C
Ø D H
DV180
B
T44
Model
Inlet Size
DV180
6 8 8 10 10 10 12 12
Nominal Unit Size 18 24 24 24 30 30 30 30
x x x x x x x x
24 24 36 48 24 36 48 60
A 18 24 24 24 30 30 30 30
B 24 24 36 48 24 36 48 60
Dimensions C 10 1/8 13 1/8 13 1/8 13 1/8 16 1/8 16 1/8 16 1/8 16 1/8
All dimensions are in inches.
(inches) D 5 7/8 7 7/8 7 7/8 9 7/8 9 7/8 9 7/8 11 7/8 11 7/8
4 5 5 6 6 7 7 7
G 5 /8 7 /8 7 /8 1 /6 1 /6 1 /8 1 /8 5 /8
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
H 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4
Displacement Ventilation
ACCESSORIES
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Optional telescopic duct cover
Unit Size
Diffuser height with duct cover kit* Min
18x24
92
24x24
92
24x36
84
24x48
92
30x24
72
30x36
77 5/8
30x48
92
30x60
92
Max
124
118 7/16 124
View with face removed showing integral variable air pattern controllers
T
J
Optional mounting base Height (J): 2-3/4â&#x20AC;? or 4â&#x20AC;?
All dimensions are in inches.
ACCESSORIES
For detailed instructions on how to change the adjacent zone using the variable air pattern controllers, refer to page T77.
T45
Displacement Ventilation
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PERFORMANCE DATA
T
DV180 Unit Size (W x H)
300
400
500
600
700
800
Velocity Pressure
0.002
0.006
0.010
0.016
0.022
0.031
0.040
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
38 0.003 2-4 2-4 68 0.004 3-6 3-6 68 0.003 3-6 3-6 106 0.003 4-8 4-8 106 0.004 4-8 4-8 160 0.007 5-10 6-12
56 0.007 3-6 3-6 101 0.008 4-8 4-8 101 0.007 4-8 4-8 160 0.007 5-10 6-12 160 0.009 5-10 6-12 213 0.013 6-12 7-14
75 0.013 3-6 4-8 135 0.014 4-8 5-10 135 0.013 4-8 5-10 213 0.013 6-12 7-14 213 0.016 6-12 7-14 266 0.021 7-14 8-16
94 0.020 4-8 4-8 169 0.022 5-10 6-12 169 0.020 5-10 6-12 266 0.020 7-14 8-16 266 0.024 7-14 8-16 319 0.030 8-16 9-18
113 0.029 4-8 5-10 203 0.032 6-12 7-14 203 0.028 6-12 7-14 319 0.029 8-16 9-18 319 0.035 8-16 9-18 425 0.053 13 9-18 10-20
132 0.040 4-8 5-10 237 0.043 6-12 7-14 237 0.039 6-12 7-14 372 0.040 8-16 10-20 372 0.048 8-16 9-18 532 0.082 21 10-20 12-24
151 0.052 5-10 6-12 271 0.057 10 7-14 8-16 271 0.050 7-14 8-16 425 0.052 12 9-18 10-20 425 0.062 14 9-18 10-20 638 0.119 27 12-24 13-26
12” Dia.
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
154 0.003 5-10 5-10
231 0.008 6-12 7-14
308 0.013 7-14 8-16
385 0.021 8-16 10-20
461 0.030 10-20 11-22
538 0.041 11 10-20 12-24
615 0.053 15 11-22 13-26
12” Dia.
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
154 0.003 5-10 5-10
231 0.007 6-12 7-14
308 0.013 7-14 8-16
385 0.020 8-16 10-20
461 0.029 10-20 11-22
538 0.039 10 10-20 12-24
615 0.051 15 11-22 13-26
6” Dia.
24” x 24”
8” Dia.
24” x 36”
8” Dia.
24” x 48”
10” Dia.
30” x 24”
10” Dia.
30” x 36”
10” Dia.
30” x 60”
PERFORMANCE DATA
200
18” x 24”
30” x 48”
T46
Neck Velocity
Inlet Size
Displacement Ventilation
PERFORMANCE DATA
• The adjacent zone (AZ) is the discharge isovel at 1” above the floor where the terminal velocity is 50 fpm. • Adjacent zone dimensions were obtained from tests conducted in accordance with Nordtest method of aerodynamic testing and rating of low velocity. • Sound and pressure data were obtained from tests conducted in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70-2006. • DT is the “under temperature” which is the difference between room air temperature at 3-1/2 ft above the floor and the supply air temperature.
W
• Throw values shown are distances in feet for temperature differentials of 5BF DT and 10BF DT cooling at 50 fpm terminal velocity. The first listed throw value corresponds to the length and the second throw. value to the width (see diagram at bottom of page) • NC values based on octave band 2 to 7 sound power levels minus a room absorption of 10 dB. • Each NC value represents the noise criteria curve which will not be exceeded by the sound pressure in any of the octave bands, 2 through 7, with a room absorption of 10 dB, re 10-12 watts. • Dash (-) in space denotes an NC value of less than 10. • All pressures are given in inches of water.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PERFORMANCE NOTES:
T
L
DV180
PERFORMANCE DATA T47
Displacement Ventilation
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS Available Model: DV180 Semi-circular displacement diffusers shall be Titus model DV180 of the sizes and mounting types shown on the plans and outlet schedule. DV180 diffusers shall provide a 180 degree air discharge pattern from the face and sides of diffuser for wall or surface mount applications. Diffusers shall include integral variable air pattern controllers for adjustment of airflow spread pattern. Air pattern controllers shall be adjustable, reversible, and removable. Diffusers shall include an air volume measurement outlet to facilitate balancing. K-factor shall be marked on diffuser. Diffusers shall include an internal perforated baffle to equalize airflow across the face. Internal perforated baffle shall be round perforated galvanized metal with 51% free area. DV180 diffusers shall have a perforated face plate with round perforations. Diffuser face plate shall be removable for easy access to internal air pattern controllers.
bottom panel, and air pattern controllers plate shall be constructed of galvannealed material. Internal perforated baffle shall be constructed of G-90 22 gauge galvanized metal material. The finish shall be #26 white powdercoat paint with a baked on finish. Paint thickness shall be 2.5 – 3.5 mils. Paint must pass the ASTM D 3363 pencil hardness test with a minimum pencil hardness of H – 2H. The paint must pass a 1000 hour ASTM B117-97 Corrosive Environments Salt Spray test without creepage, blistering, or deterioration of film. The paint must pass the adhesion cross hatch test ASTM D 3359. Optional accessories shall include telescopic duct cover and mounting base. The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for DV180 displacement diffusers. Diffusers shall be tested in accordance with European standard Nordtest method.
Diffuser face plate, side plates, back panel, top panel,
T
MODEL NUMBER SPECIFICATION
Model DV180 XXXXX
12 10 8 6 XX Inlet Size Dimension 1
Unit Size
Finish
MB2 MB1 DC O
XXXXX
XX
XXX
18” x 24”
26 X
12” inlet 10” inlet 8” inlet 6” inlet
24” x 24”
SPECIFICATIONS
24” 24” 30” 30” 30” 30”
T48
x x x x x x
36” 48” 24” 36” 48” 60”
White Special
Accessories
Mounting Base 4” Mounting Base 2 3/4” Duct Cover None
Displacement Ventilation
Semi-Circular Displacement (continued)
• Semi-circular displacement diffuser with 180B air discharge pattern for wall or surface mount applications.
A
• Material is galvanized steel and aluminum.
• Designed to supply a large volume of air at low velocity to the occupied zone.
G
• Includes integral variable air pattern controllers for easy adjustment of the airflow spread pattern.
C
• Standard finish is #26 white (powdercoat). • Mounting base and telescopic duct cover are available as accessories.
DVHC
• Includes air volume measurement outlet to facilitate balancing. K-factor is marked on outlet.
Available Model: DVHC
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DVHC
A
Ø D
T
G C
/4" Ø D
3 1/4"
B B
DVHC
All dimensions are in inches.
T49
Displacement Ventilation
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Semi-Circular Displacement (continued)
DVHC
T
T50
DVHC UNIT DIMENSIONS Model
DVHC
Inlet Size
Nominal Unit Size
5 6 8 10 12 16 12 14 16 20
10 11 13 15 18 21 24 24 24 25
x x x x x x x x x x
25 25 37 37 60 79 24 36 48 79
A 9 5/8 11 12 9/16 14 1/2 17 20 3/8 24 24 24 24 3/8
24 14 16 20 32
30 36 36 36 37
x x x x x
79 24 36 48 79
29 1/2 36 36 36 36 1/4
Dimensions (inches) B C D 24 1/2 9 9/16 4 7/8 24 1/2 11 5 7/8 36 5/16 12 1/2 7 7/8 36 5/16 14 1/2 9 7/8 60 17 11 7/8 78 7/8 20 5/16 15 7/8 24 24 19 7/8 36 24 19 7/8 48 24 19 7/8 78 7/8 24 3/8 19 7/8
G 4 13/16 5 1/2 6 5/16 7 5/16 8 9/16 10 1/4 11 15/16 11 15/16 11 15/16 12 3/16
78 7/8 24 36 48 78 7/8
14 3/4 18 1/16 18 1/16 18 1/16 18 1/8
29 1/2 36 36 36 36 3/16
23 31 31 31 31
/8 /8 7 /8 7 /8 7 /8 7 7
Displacement Ventilation
ACCESSORIES
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Optional telescopic duct cover
DVHC Unit Size
Diffuser height with duct cover Min Max
10 x 26
92 1/8
11 x 26
92 1/8
13 x 37
84 3/8
15 x 37
84 3/8
18 x 60
92 1/8
21 x 79
109 7/8
24 x 24
72
24 x 36
84
24 x 48
92 5/16
25 x 79
109 7/8
30 x 79
109 7/8
36 x 24
72
36 x 36
84
36 x 48
92 5/16
37 x 79
109 7/8
124
T View with face removed showing integral variable air pattern controllers
J
Optional mounting base Height (J): 2-3/4â&#x20AC;? or 4â&#x20AC;?
All dimensions are in inches.
ACCESSORIES
For detailed instructions on how to change the adjacent zone using the variable air pattern controllers, refer to page T77.
T51
Displacement Ventilation
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PERFORMANCE DATA
T
DVHC Unit Size (W x H)
11” x 25”
6” Dia.
13” x 37”
8” Dia.
15” x 37”
10” Dia.
18” x 60”
12” Dia.
24” x 24”
12” Dia.
24” x 36”
14” Dia.
PERFORMANCE DATA
24” x 48”
T52
Inlet Size
16” Dia.
Neck Velocity
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
Velocity Pressure
0.002
0.006
0.010
0.016
0.022
0.031
0.040
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
38 0.004 3-8 4-9 68 0.004 4-11 5-13 106 0.004 5-14 7-17 154 0.004 7-18 8-21 154 0.004 8-18 10-21 210 0.004 9-22 11-25
56 0.008 3-10 4-11 101 0.008 5-14 6-16 160 0.009 6-18 8-21 231 0.008 8-23 10-27 231 0.009 9-23 12-27 315 0.009 11-28 13-33
75 0.015 4-12 5-13 135 0.015 5-17 7-19 213 0.015 7-22 9-26 308 0.015 9-27 11-32 308 0.016 10-27 13-32 420 0.015 12-33 15-39
94 0.023 4-13 5-15 169 0.023 6-19 7-22 266 0.024 8-25 9-29 385 0.023 10-31 12-37 385 0.025 11-31 14-37 525 0.024 13-38 16-44
113 0.033 5-15 6-17 203 0.033 6-21 8-25 319 0.035 8-28 10-33 461 0.033 10-35 13-41 461 0.036 10 12-35 15-41 630 0.035 11 14-42 17-50
132 0.045 5-16 6-19 237 0.045 10 7-23 8-27 372 0.047 13 9-31 11-36 538 0.045 13 11-38 14-45 538 0.049 15 13-39 16-45 735 0.047 16 15-47 18-54
151 0.059 11 5-18 6-21 271 0.059 14 7-25 9-29 425 0.062 17 9-33 11-39 615 0.058 17 11-42 14-49 615 0.064 19 14-42 17-49 840 0.062 20 16-50 19-59
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
275 0.004 10-26 13-30
412 0.009 12-33 15-38
550 0.015 13-39 16-46
687 0.024 14-45 18-52
825 0.035 12 15-50 19-58
962 0.047 17 16-55 21-64
1100 0.061 21 17-59 22-70
Displacement Ventilation
PERFORMANCE DATA
Unit Size (W x H)
Neck Velocity
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
Velocity Pressure
0.002
0.006
0.010
0.016
0.022
0.031
0.040
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
210 0.004 11-22 14-26 275 0.004 13-26 16-30
315 0.009 13-28 17-33 412 0.008 15-33 19-38
420 0.015 15-33 19-39 550 0.015 17-39 21-46
525 0.024 16-38 20-45 687 0.023 18-45 23-53
630 0.035 11 17-43 22-50 825 0.034 11 19-50 24-59
735 0.047 16 19-47 23-55 962 0.046 16 21-55 26-64
840 0.061 20 20-51 25-59 1100 0.060 20 22-60 27-70
Inlet Size
36” x 24”
14” Dia.
36” x 36”
16” Dia.
PERFORMANCE NOTES: • The adjacent zone (AZ) is the discharge isovel at 1” above the floor where the terminal velocity is 50 fpm. • Adjacent zone dimensions were obtained from tests conducted in accordance with Nordtest method of aerodynamic testing and rating of low velocity. • Sound and pressure data were obtained from tests conducted in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70-2006. • DT is the “under temperature” which is the difference between room air temperature at 3-1/2 ft above the floor and the supply air temperature.
• Throw values shown are distances in feet for temperature differentials of 5BF DT and 10BF DT cooling at 50 fpm terminal velocity. The first listed throw value corresponds to the length and the second throw. value to the width (see diagram at bottom of page) • NC values based on octave band 2 to 7 sound power levels minus a room absorption of 10 dB. • Each NC value represents the noise criteria curve which will not be exceeded by the sound pressure in any of the octave bands, 2 through 7, with a room absorption of 10 dB, re 10-12 watts. • Dash (-) in space denotes an NC value of less than 10. • All pressures are given in inches of water.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DVHC (continued)
T
W
DVHC
PERFORMANCE DATA
L
T53
Displacement Ventilation
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS Available Model: DVHC Semi-circular displacement diffusers shall be Titus model DVHC of the sizes and mounting types shown on the plans and outlet schedule. DVHC diffusers shall provide a 180 degree air discharge pattern from the face and sides of diffuser for wall or surface mount applications. Diffusers shall include integral variable air pattern controllers for adjustment of airflow spread pattern. Air pattern controllers shall be adjustable, reversible, and removable. Diffusers shall include an air volume measurement outlet to facilitate balancing. K-factor shall be marked on diffuser. Diffusers shall include an internal perforated baffle to equalize airflow across the face. Internal perforated baffle shall be round perforated galvanized metal with 51% free area. DVHC diffusers shall have a perforated face plate with round perforations. Diffuser face plate shall be removable for easy access to internal air pattern controllers.
bottom panel, and air pattern controllers plate shall be constructed of galvannealed material. Internal perforated baffle shall be constructed of G-90 22 gauge galvanized metal material. The finish shall be #26 white powdercoat paint with a baked on finish. Paint thickness shall be 2.5 – 3.5 mils. Paint must pass the ASTM D 3363 pencil hardness test with a minimum pencil hardness of H – 2H. The paint must pass a 1000 hour ASTM B117-97 Corrosive Environments Salt Spray test without creepage, blistering, or deterioration of film. The paint must pass the adhesion cross hatch test ASTM D 3359. Optional accessories shall include telescopic duct cover and mounting base. The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for DVHC displacement diffusers. Diffusers shall be tested in accordance with European standard Nordtest method.
Diffuser face plate, side plates, back panel, top panel,
T
MODEL NUMBER SPECIFICATION
Model DVHC XXXX
32 24 20 16 14 12 10 8 6 5 XX Inlet Size
32” inlet 24” inlet 20” inlet 16” inlet 14” inlet 12” inlet
Unit Size
Finish
MB2 MB1 DC O
XXXXX
XX
XXX
10” x 25”
26 X
10” inlet 8” inlet 6” inlet 5” inlet
SPECIFICATIONS
11” x 25”
T54
13” 15” 18” 21” 24” 24” 24” 25” 30” 36” 36” 36” 37”
x x x x x x x x x x x x x
37” 37” 60” 79” 24” 36” 48” 79” 79” 24” 36” 48” 79”
White Special
Accessories
Mounting Base 4” Mounting Base 2 3/4” Duct Cover None
Displacement Ventilation • Material is galvanized steel and aluminum.
Available Model: DVC1
• Designed to supply a large volume of air at low velocity to the occupied zone. • Includes integral variable air pattern controllers for easy adjustment of the airflow spread pattern.
• Standard finish is #26 white (powdercoat). • Mounting base and telescopic duct cover are available as accessories.
• Includes air volume measurement outlet to facilitate balancing. K-factor is marked on outlet.
DVC1
• Flat face displacement diffuser with 90B air discharge pattern for corner mount applications.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Corner Mount Displacement DVC1
C
T
G
C A
Ø D 3 1/4"
B
DVC1
All dimensions are in inches.
T55
Displacement Ventilation
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Corner Mount Displacement (continued)
DVC1
T
T56
DVC1 UNIT DIMENSIONS Model
DVC1
Inlet Size
Nominal Unit Size
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 10
24 24 24 24 24 30 30 30 30 30
x x x x x x x x x x
24 36 48 60 72 24 36 48 60 72
A 24 24 24 24 24 30 30 30 30 30
10 10 10 12 12
36 36 36 36 36
x x x x x
24 36 48 60 72
36 36 36 36 36
Unit Dimensions (inches) B C D 24 17 7 7/8 36 17 7 7/8 48 17 7 7/8 60 17 7 7/8 72 17 7 7/8 24 20 5/8 7 7/8 36 20 5/8 7 7/8 48 20 5/8 7 7/8 60 20 5/8 9 7/8 72 20 5/8 9 7/8
6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8
24 36 48 60 72
10 10 10 10 10
25 25 25 25 25
/2 /2 1 /2 1 /2 1 /2 1 1
9 7/8 9 7/8 9 7/8 11 7/8 11 7/8
G 1 /2 1 /2 1 /2 1 /2 1 /2 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4 /2 /2 1 /2 1 /2 1 /2 1 1
Displacement Ventilation
ACCESSORIES
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Optional telescopic duct cover
Unit Size
Diffuser height with duct cover kit* Min Max
24 x 24 24 x 36 24 x 48 24 x 60 24 x 72 30 x 24 30 x 36 30 x 48
92
124
30 x 60 30 x 72 36 x 24
T
36 x 36 36 x 48 36 x 60 36 x 72
*Height dimensions do not include mounting base.
View with face removed showing integral variable air pattern controllers
J Optional mounting base Height (J): 2-3/4â&#x20AC;? or 4â&#x20AC;?
For detailed instructions on how to change the adjacent zone using the variable air pattern controllers, refer to page T77.
ACCESSORIES
All dimensions are in inches.
T57
Displacement Ventilation
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PERFORMANCE DATA
T
DVC1 Unit Size (W x H)
300
400
500
600
700
800
0.006
0.010
0.016
0.022
0.031
0.040
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
68 0.004 3-4 3-4 68 0.004 3-4 3-4 68 0.003 3-4 3-4 68 0.003 3-4 3-4 68 0.003 3-4 3-4 68 0.004 3-3 3-4
101 0.010 4-5 5-6 101 0.008 4-5 5-6 101 0.007 4-5 5-6 101 0.007 4-5 5-6 101 0.007 4-5 5-6 101 0.009 4-5 4-5
135 0.018 6-7 6-7 135 0.014 6-7 6-7 135 0.013 6-7 6-7 135 0.013 6-7 6-7 135 0.012 6-7 6-7 135 0.016 5-6 5-6
169 0.027 7-8 7-9 169 0.022 7-8 7-9 169 0.020 7-8 7-9 169 0.020 7-8 7-9 169 0.019 7-8 7-9 169 0.025 6-7 6-8
203 0.040 8-10 8-10 203 0.032 8-10 8-10 203 0.029 8-10 8-10 203 0.028 8-10 8-10 203 0.028 8-10 8-10 203 0.036 7-9 7-9
237 0.054 12 9-11 9-12 237 0.043 9-11 9-12 237 0.040 9-11 9-12 237 0.039 9-11 9-12 237 0.038 9-11 9-12 237 0.049 10 8-10 8-10
271 0.070 16 10-12 11-13 271 0.056 12 10-12 11-13 271 0.052 10-12 11-13 271 0.050 10-12 11-13 271 0.049 10-12 11-13 271 0.063 15 9-11 9-11
8” Dia.
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
68 0.003 3-3 3-4
101 0.008 4-5 4-5
135 0.013 5-6 5-6
169 0.021 6-7 6-8
203 0.030 7-9 7-9
237 0.041 8-10 8-10
271 0.054 10 9-11 9-11
8” Dia.
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
68 0.003 3-3 3-4
101 0.007 4-5 4-5
135 0.013 5-6 5-6
169 0.020 6-7 6-8
203 0.029 7-9 7-9
237 0.039 8-10 8-10
271 0.051 9-11 9-11
10” Dia.
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
106 0.003 4-5 4-5
160 0.007 6-7 6-7
213 0.013 7-9 8-9
266 0.020 9-11 9-11
319 0.029 10-12 11-13
372 0.040 11-14 12-15
425 0.052 12 13-16 13-17
8” Dia.
24” x 36”
8” Dia.
24” x 48”
8” Dia.
24” x 60”
8” Dia.
24” x 72”
8” Dia.
30” x 24”
8” Dia.
30” x 48”
PERFORMANCE DATA
200 0.002
24” x 24”
30” x 36”
T58
Neck Velocity Velocity Pressure
Inlet Size
30” x 60”
Displacement Ventilation
PERFORMANCE DATA
Unit Size (W x H)
Neck Velocity
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
Velocity Pressure
0.002
0.006
0.010
0.016
0.022
0.031
0.040
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
106 0.003 4-5 4-5 106 0.004 4-4 4-5 106 0.003 4-4 4-5 106 0.003 4-4 4-5 154 0.003 5-6 5-6 154 0.003 5-6 5-6
160 0.007 6-7 6-7 160 0.010 5-6 5-6 160 0.008 5-6 5-6 160 0.007 5-6 5-6 231 0.007 7-8 7-9 231 0.007 7-8 7-9
213 0.013 7-9 8-9 213 0.017 6-8 7-8 213 0.014 6-8 7-8 213 0.013 6-8 7-8 308 0.013 9-11 9-11 308 0.013 9-11 9-11
266 0.020 9-11 9-11 266 0.027 8-10 8-10 266 0.022 8-10 8-10 266 0.020 8-10 8-10 385 0.021 11-13 11-14 385 0.020 11-13 11-14
319 0.029 10-12 11-13 319 0.039 9-11 9-12 319 0.032 9-11 9-12 319 0.029 9-11 9-12 461 0.030 12-15 13-16 461 0.029 12-15 13-16
372 0.039 11-14 12-15 372 0.053 14 10-13 11-13 372 0.043 10 10-13 11-13 372 0.040 10-13 11-13 538 0.041 10 14-17 15-18 538 0.039 14-17 15-18
425 0.051 10 13-16 13-17 425 0.070 19 11-14 12-15 425 0.056 14 11-14 12-15 425 0.052 11 11-14 12-15 615 0.053 14 16-19 16-20 615 0.051 13 16-19 16-20
Inlet Size
30” x 72”
10” Dia.
36” x 24”
10” Dia.
36” x 36”
10” Dia.
36” x 48”
10” Dia.
36” x 60”
12” Dia.
36” x 72”
12” Dia.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DVC1 (continued)
T
PERFORMANCE NOTES: • Throw values shown are distances in feet for temperature differentials of 5BF DT and 10BF DT cooling at 50 fpm terminal velocity. The first listed throw value corresponds to the length and the second throw. value to the width (see diagram at bottom of page) • NC values based on octave band 2 to 7 sound power levels minus a room absorption of 10 dB. • Each NC value represents the noise criteria curve which will not be exceeded by the sound pressure in any of the octave bands, 2 through 7, with a room absorption of 10 dB, re 10-12 watts. • Dash (-) in space denotes an NC value of less than 10. • All pressures are given in inches of water.
PERFORMANCE DATA
• The adjacent zone (AZ) is the discharge isovel at 1” above the floor where the terminal velocity is 50 fpm. • Adjacent zone dimensions were obtained from tests conducted in accordance with Nordtest method of aerodynamic testing and rating of low velocity. • Sound and pressure data were obtained from tests conducted in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70-2006. • DT is the “under temperature” which is the difference between room air temperature at 3-1/2 ft above the floor and the supply air temperature.
L W
DVC1
T59
Displacement Ventilation
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS
T
Available Model: DVC1 Corner mount displacement diffusers shall be Titus model DVC1 of the sizes and mounting types shown on the plans and outlet schedule. DVC1 diffusers shall provide a 90 degree air discharge pattern for corner mount applications. Diffusers shall include integral variable air pattern controllers for adjustment of airflow spread pattern. Air pattern controllers shall be adjustable, reversible, and removable. Diffusers shall include an air volume measurement outlet to facilitate balancing. K-factor shall be marked on diffuser. Diffusers shall include an internal perforated baffle to equalize airflow across the face. Internal perforated baffle shall be round perforated galvanized metal with 51% free area. DVC1 diffusers shall have a perforated face plate with round perforations. Diffuser face plate shall be removable for easy access to internal air pattern controllers.
DVC1 XXXX
12 10 8 XX Inlet Size
Optional accessories shall include telescopic duct cover and mounting base. The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for DVC1 displacement diffusers. Diffusers shall be tested in accordance with European standard Nordtest method.
Unit Size
Finish
MB2 MB1 DC O
XX
XX
XXXX
24” x 24”
26 X
12” inlet 10” inlet 8” inlet
24” x 36”
SPECIFICATIONS
The finish shall be #26 white powdercoat paint with a baked on finish. Paint thickness shall be 2.5 – 3.5 mils. Paint must pass the ASTM D 3363 pencil hardness test with a minimum pencil hardness of H – 2H. The paint must pass a 1000 hour ASTM B117-97 Corrosive Environments Salt Spray test without creepage, blistering, or deterioration of film. The paint must pass the adhesion cross hatch test ASTM D 3359.
MODEL NUMBER SPECIFICATION
Model
T60
Diffuser face plate, side plates, back panel, top panel, bottom panel, and air pattern controllers plate shall be constructed of galvannealed material. Internal perforated baffle shall be constructed of G-90 22 gauge galvanized metal material.
24” 24” 24” 30” 30” 30” 30” 30” 36” 36” 36” 36” 36”
x x x x x x x x x x x x x
48” 60” 72” 24” 36” 48” 60” 72” 24” 36” 48” 60” 72”
White Special
Accessories
Mounting Base 4” Mounting Base 2 3/4” Duct Cover None
Displacement Ventilation
Corner Mount Displacement (continued)
• Material is galvanized steel and aluminum.
Available Model: DVVC
• Designed to supply a large volume of air at low velocity to the occupied zone. • Includes integral variable air pattern controllers for easy adjustment of the airflow spread pattern.
• Standard finish is #26 white (powdercoat). • Mounting base and telescopic duct cover are available as accessories.
• Includes air volume measurement outlet to facilitate balancing. K-factor is marked on outlet.
DVVC
• Curved face displacement diffuser with 90B air discharge pattern for corner mount applications.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DVVC
A
T
G A
Ø D 3 1/4"
B
DVVC
All dimensions are in inches.
T61
Displacement Ventilation
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Corner Mount Displacement (continued)
DVVC
T
T62
DVVC UNIT DIMENSIONS Model
Inlet Size
DVVC
5 6 8 10 12 16 10 12 14 14 16 16
Nominal Unit Size 10 11 13 15 18 21 24 24 24 30 30 30
x x x x x x x x x x x x
25 25 37 37 60 79 24 36 48 24 36 48
A 9 5/8 11 12 5/8 14 5/8 17 1/8 20 1/2 24 24 24 30 30 30
Dimensions B 24 1/2 24 1/2 36 5/16 36 5/16 60 78 7/8 24 36 48 24 36 48
(inches) D 4 7/8 5 7/8 7 7/8 9 7/8 11 7/8 15 7/8 19 7/8 19 7/8 19 7/8 23 7/8 23 7/8 23 7/8
G 4 7/8 5 1/2 6 5/16 7 5/16 8 5/8 10 1/4 12 12 12 15 15 15
Displacement Ventilation
ACCESSORIES
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Optional telescopic duct cover
Unit Size
Diffuser height with duct cover kit* Min
10 x 25
92 1/8
11 x 25
92 1/8
13 x 37
84 3/8
15 x 37
84 3/8
18 x 60
92 1/8
21 x 79
109 7/8
24 x 24
92 1/8
24 x 36
84
24 x 48
92 1/8
30 x 24
72
30 x 36
84
30 x 48
92 1/8
Max
124
T
*Height dimensions do not include mounting base.
View with face removed showing integral variable air pattern controllers
J
Optional mounting base Height (J): 2-3/4â&#x20AC;? or 4â&#x20AC;?
All dimensions are in inches.
ACCESSORIES
For detailed instructions on how to change the adjacent zone using the variable air pattern controllers, refer to page T77.
T63
Displacement Ventilation
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PERFORMANCE DATA
T
DVVC Unit Size (W x H)
300
400
500
600
700
800
Velocity Pressure
0.002
0.006
0.010
0.016
0.022
0.031
0.040
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
38 0.004 2-3 2-3 106 0.004 5-6 5-6 154 0.004 6-7 6-7 275 0.004 8-10 9-10 106 0.004 3-4 4-4 154 0.004 5-6 5-6
56 0.008 3-4 3-4 160 0.009 7-8 7-8 231 0.008 8-10 8-10 412 0.008 12-14 12-15 160 0.009 5-6 5-6 231 0.009 6-8 7-8
75 0.015 4-5 4-5 213 0.016 8-10 9-11 308 0.014 10-13 11-13 550 0.015 15-18 15-19 213 0.016 6-7 6-8 308 0.015 8-10 9-10
94 0.023 5-6 5-7 266 0.025 10-12 10-13 385 0.022 12-15 13-16 687 0.024 18-22 18-23 266 0.025 7-9 8-9 385 0.024 10-12 10-13
113 0.033 6-7 6-8 319 0.035 12-14 12-15 461 0.032 14-18 15-18 825 0.034 11 20-26 21-27 319 0.037 8-10 9-11 461 0.035 11-14 12-15
132 0.045 7-8 7-9 372 0.048 12 13-16 14-17 538 0.043 12 16-20 17-21 962 0.046 17 23-29 24-30 372 0.050 13 10-12 10-12 538 0.047 14 13-16 14-17
151 0.059 10 7-9 8-10 425 0.063 17 15-18 15-19 615 0.056 16 18-22 19-23 1100 0.060 21 26-33 27-34 425 0.065 18 11-13 11-14 615 0.062 19 15-18 15-19
14” Dia.
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
210 0.004 6-7 6-8
315 0.009 8-10 9-11
420 0.015 11-13 11-13
525 0.024 13-16 13-16
630 0.035 10 15-18 15-19
735 0.047 16 17-21 18-22
840 0.062 20 19-23 20-24
14” Dia.
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
210 0.005 5-6 5-6
315 0.012 7-9 8-9
420 0.021 9-11 10-12
525 0.034 11-13 12-14
630 0.048 15 13-16 13-16
735 0.066 20 15-18 15-19
840 0.086 25 16-20 17-21
6” Dia.
15” x 37”
10” Dia.
18” x 60”
12” Dia.
21” x 79”
16” Dia.
24” x 24”
10” Dia.
24” x 36”
12” Dia.
30” x 24”
PERFORMANCE DATA
200
11” x 25”
24” x 48”
T64
Neck Velocity
Inlet Size
Displacement Ventilation
PERFORMANCE DATA
Unit Size (W x H)
Inlet Size
30” x 36”
16” Dia.
30” x 48”
16” Dia.
Neck Velocity
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
Velocity Pressure
0.002
0.006
0.010
0.016
0.022
0.031
0.040
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
275 0.005 6-8 7-8 275 0.004 6-8 7-8
412 0.010 9-11 9-11 412 0.009 9-11 9-11
550 0.018 12-14 12-15 550 0.015 12-14 12-15
687 0.029 14-17 14-18 687 0.024 14-17 14-18
825 0.041 14 16-20 17-21 825 0.034 11 16-20 17-21
962 0.056 20 18-23 19-23 962 0.047 17 18-23 19-23
1100 0.073 24 20-25 21-26 1100 0.061 21 20-25 21-26
PERFORMANCE NOTES: • The adjacent zone (AZ) is the discharge isovel at 1” above the floor where the terminal velocity is 50 fpm. • Adjacent zone dimensions were obtained from tests conducted in accordance with Nordtest method of aerodynamic testing and rating of low velocity. • Sound and pressure data were obtained from tests conducted in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70-2006. • DT is the “under temperature” which is the difference between room air temperature at 3-1/2 ft above the floor and the supply air temperature.
• Throw values shown are distances in feet for temperature differentials of 5BF DT and 10BF DT cooling at 50 fpm terminal velocity. The first listed throw value corresponds to the length and the second throw. value to the width (see diagram at bottom of page) • NC values based on octave band 2 to 7 sound power levels minus a room absorption of 10 dB. • Each NC value represents the noise criteria curve which will not be exceeded by the sound pressure in any of the octave bands, 2 through 7, with a room absorption of 10 dB, re 10-12 watts. • Dash (-) in space denotes an NC value of less than 10. • All pressures are given in inches of water.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DVVC (continued)
T
L
DVVC
PERFORMANCE DATA
W
T65
Displacement Ventilation
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS
T
Available Model: DVVC Corner mount displacement diffusers shall be Titus model DVVC of the sizes and mounting types shown on the plans and outlet schedule. DVVC diffusers shall provide a 90 degree air discharge pattern for corner mount applications. Diffusers shall include integral variable air pattern controllers for adjustment of airflow spread pattern. Air pattern controllers shall be adjustable, reversible, and removable. Diffusers shall include an air volume measurement outlet to facilitate balancing. K-factor shall be marked on diffuser. Diffusers shall include an internal perforated baffle to equalize airflow across the face. Internal perforated baffle shall be round perforated galvanized metal with 51% free area. DVVC diffusers shall have a perforated face plate with round perforations. Diffuser face plate shall be removable for easy access to internal air pattern controllers.
DVVC XXXX
16 14 12 10 8 6 5 XX Inlet Size
Optional accessories shall include telescopic duct cover and mounting base. The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for DVVC displacement diffusers. Diffusers shall be tested in accordance with European standard Nordtest method.
16” inlet 14” inlet 12” inlet
Unit Size
Finish
MB2 MB1 DC O
XX
XX
XXXX
10” x 25”
26 X
10” inlet 8” inlet 6” inlet 5” inlet
11” x 25”
SPECIFICATIONS
The finish shall be #26 white powdercoat paint with a baked on finish. Paint thickness shall be 2.5 – 3.5 mils. Paint must pass the ASTM D 3363 pencil hardness test with a minimum pencil hardness of H – 2H. The paint must pass a 1000 hour ASTM B117-97 Corrosive Environments Salt Spray test without creepage, blistering, or deterioration of film. The paint must pass the adhesion cross hatch test ASTM D 3359.
MODEL NUMBER SPECIFICATION
Model
T66
Diffuser face plate, side plates, back panel, top panel, bottom panel, and air pattern controllers plate shall be constructed of galvannealed material. Internal perforated baffle shall be constructed of G-90 22 gauge galvanized metal material.
13” 15” 18” 21” 24” 24” 24” 30” 30” 30”
x x x x x x x x x x
37” 37” 60” 79” 24” 36” 48” 24” 36” 48”
White Special
Accessories
Mounting Base 4” Mounting Base 2 3/4” Duct Cover None
Displacement Ventilation
Available Model: DVCP
• Material is galvanized steel and aluminum. • Standard finish is #26 white (powdercoat).
• Designed to supply a large volume of air at low velocity to the occupied zone.
• Mounting base and telescopic duct cover are available as accessories.
• Includes integral variable air pattern controllers for easy adjustment of the airflow spread pattern. • Includes air volume measurement outlet to facilitate balancing. K-factor is marked on outlet.
DVCP
• Circular displacement diffuser with 360B air discharge pattern for floor installation.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Circular Displacement Diffuser DVCP
Ø A
T Ø D
3 14 "
B
Inlet Size
DVCP
5 6 8 10 12 16 20 24
Nominal Unit Size 11 12 14 16 18 22 26 31
x x x x x x x x
24 24 36 36 59 79 79 79
Unit Dimensions (inches) A B D 10 7/16 24 4 7/8 11 13/16 24 5 7/8 3 3 13 /8 35 /4 7 7/8 3 3 15 /8 35 /4 9 7/8 15 3 17 /16 59 /8 11 7/8 1 1 21 /4 78 /4 15 7/8 1 1 25 /4 78 /4 19 7/8 5 1 30 /16 78 /4 23 7/8
All dimensions are in inches.
DVCP
Model
T67
Displacement Ventilation
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
ACCESSORIES
Optional telescopic duct cover
Unit Size
Diffuser height with duct cover kit* Min Max
11 x 24
91 9/16
12 x 24
91 9/16
14 x 36
83 12/16
16 x 36
83 12/16
18 x 59
90 12/16
123
7
/16
22 x 79 26 x 79
109 1/4
31 x 79
*Height dimensions do not include mounting base.
T View with face removed showing integral variable air pattern controllers
Optional mounting base Height (J): 2-3/4â&#x20AC;? or 4â&#x20AC;?
ACCESSORIES
J
T68
For detailed instructions on how to change the adjacent zone using the variable air pattern controllers, refer to page T77.
All dimensions are in inches.
Displacement Ventilation
PERFORMANCE DATA
Unit Size (W x H)
Inlet Size
12” x 24”
6” Dia.
14” x 36”
8” Dia.
16” x 36”
10” Dia.
18” x 59”
12” Dia.
22” x 79”
16” Dia.
26” x 79”
20” Dia.
31” x 79”
24” Dia.
PERFORMANCE NOTES:
Neck Velocity
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
Velocity Pressure
0.002
0.006
0.010
0.016
0.022
0.031
0.040
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
38 0.003 2-2 2-2 68 0.003 3-3 3-3 106 0.004 4-4 4-4 154 0.003 5-5 5-5 275 0.003 7-7 8-8 431 0.003 9-9 10-10
56 0.007 3-3 3-3 101 0.007 4-4 4-4 160 0.008 5-5 6-6 231 0.007 6-6 7-7 412 0.007 9-9 10-10 646 0.008 11-11 13-13
75 0.013 3-3 3-3 135 0.013 4-4 5-5 213 0.014 6-6 7-7 308 0.013 7-7 8-8 550 0.013 10-10 12-12 862 0.014 14-14 15-15
94 0.020 4-4 4-4 169 0.020 5-5 6-6 266 0.022 7-7 8-8 385 0.020 8-8 9-9 687 0.020 12-12 14-14 1077 0.022 16-16 18-18
113 0.028 4-4 5-5 203 0.029 6-6 6-6 319 0.032 8-8 9-9 461 0.028 9-9 11-11 825 0.029 13-13 15-15 1293 0.031 13 18-18 20-20
132 0.039 4-4 5-5 237 0.040 6-6 7-7 372 0.043 8-8 9-9 538 0.039 10 10-10 12-12 962 0.039 14 15-15 17-17 1508 0.042 18 19-19 22-22
151 0.051 5-5 5-5 271 0.052 7-7 8-8 425 0.056 13 9-9 10-10 615 0.051 15 11-11 13-13 1100 0.051 19 16-16 18-18 1724 0.055 23 21-21 24-24
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
622 0.004 11-11 12-12
933 0.008 14-14 16-16
1244 0.015 17-17 19-19
1554 0.023 19-19 22-22
1865 0.033 16 22-22 25-25
2176 0.045 21 24-24 27-27
2487 0.058 26 26-26 30-30
L=W L=W
DVCP
• Throw values shown are distances in feet for temperature differentials of 5BF DT and 10BF DT cooling at 50 fpm terminal velocity. The first listed throw value corresponds to the length and the second throw. value to the width (see diagram at bottom of page) • NC values based on octave band 2 to 7 sound power levels minus a room absorption of 10 dB. • Each NC value represents the noise criteria curve which will not be exceeded by the sound pressure in any of the octave bands, 2 through 7, with a room absorption of 10 dB, re 10-12 watts. • Dash (-) in space denotes an NC value of less than 10. • All pressures are given in inches of water.
T
PERFORMANCE DATA
• The adjacent zone (AZ) is the discharge isovel at 1” above the floor where the terminal velocity is 50 fpm. • Adjacent zone dimensions were obtained from tests conducted in accordance with Nordtest method of aerodynamic testing and rating of low velocity. • Sound and pressure data were obtained from tests conducted in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70-2006. • DT is the “under temperature” which is the difference between room air temperature at 3-1/2 ft above the floor and the supply air temperature.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DVCP
T69
Displacement Ventilation
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS Available Model: DVCP Circular displacement diffusers shall be Titus model DVCP of the sizes and mounting types shown on the plans and outlet schedule. DVCP diffusers shall provide a 360 degree air discharge pattern for floor installation. Diffusers shall include integral variable air pattern controllers for adjustment of airflow spread pattern. Air pattern controllers shall be adjustable, reversible, and removable. Diffusers shall include an air volume measurement outlet to facilitate balancing. K-factor shall be marked on diffuser. Diffusers shall include an internal perforated baffle to equalize airflow across the face. Internal perforated baffle shall be round perforated galvanized metal with 51% free area. DVCP diffusers shall have a perforated face plate with round perforations. Diffuser face plate shall be removable for easy access to internal air pattern controllers.
controllers plate shall be constructed of galvannealed material. Internal perforated baffle shall be constructed of G-90 22 gauge galvanized metal material. The finish shall be #26 white powdercoat paint with a baked on finish. Paint thickness shall be 2.5 – 3.5 mils. Paint must pass the ASTM D 3363 pencil hardness test with a minimum pencil hardness of H – 2H. The paint must pass a 1000 hour ASTM B117-97 Corrosive Environments Salt Spray test without creepage, blistering, or deterioration of film. The paint must pass the adhesion cross hatch test ASTM D 3359. Optional accessories shall include telescopic duct cover and mounting base. The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for DVCP displacement diffusers. Diffusers shall be tested in accordance with European standard Nordtest method.
Diffuser face plate, top panel, bottom panel, and air pattern
T
MODEL NUMBER SPECIFICATION
Model DVCP XXXX
24 20 16 12 10 8 6 5 XX Inlet Size
24” inlet 20” inlet 16” inlet 12” inlet 8” inlet 6” inlet 5” inlet
Unit Size
Finish
XXXXX
XX
11” x 24”
26 X
12” x 24”
SPECIFICATIONS
14” 16” 18” 22” 26” 31”
T70
MB2 MB1 DC O
10” inlet
x x x x x x
36” 36” 59” 79” 79” 79”
XXX White Special
Accessories
Mounting Base 4” Mounting Base 2 3/4” Duct Cover None
Displacement Ventilation
• A single blade damper rotates to shut off the front (cooling) or rear (heating) plenum. The damper is driven by a 24 volt motor/actuator that provides the auto-changeover action for the cooling/heating applications (transformer by others). • Available in two sizes: 36x79 with 14” diameter inlet, 47x79 with 24” x 8” inlet.
• Optional duct cover and mounting base available as accessories. • Material is galvanized steel and aluminum.
T
Cooling Mode
• The dual plenum design features a front plenum ducted to a displacement diffuser at the top and rear plenum ducted to a CT diffuser at the bottom of the unit.
• The DVRI-HC uses displacement principles to cool and mixed airflow principles to heat from a single unit assembly with one inlet connection.
All dimensions are in inches.
DVRI-HC PLEXICON
Heating Mode
• The Titus DVRI-HC “Plexicon” is a combination displacement/ mixed air diffuser that can be positioned against a wall in flush or surface mount applications to provide cooling and perimeter heating in the space.
DVRI-HC Plexicon
Available Models: DVRI-HC 14 DVRI-HC 32
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Heating & Cooling Options DVRI-HC Plexicon
T71
Displacement Ventilation
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DIMENSIONS - DVRI-HC 14 Ø D
G C
A 3 1/4
L B
T
Model
Inlet Size
Nominal Unit Size
DVRI-HC
14
36 x 79
A 36
B 78 3/8
Unit Dimensions (inches) C D G 16 5/16 13 7/8 7 5/8
L 65 1/4
Optional telescopic duct cover
Model
Unit Size
Diffuser height with duct cover kit* Min Max
DVRI-HC
36 x 79
109 7/8
124
DIMENSIONS
*Height dimensions do not include mounting base.
View with face removed showing integral variable air pattern controllers For detailed instructions on how to change the adjacent zone using the variable air pattern controllers, refer to page T77. Optional mounting base Height (J): 2-3/4” or 4”
T72
All dimensions are in inches.
J
Displacement Ventilation
DIMENSIONS - DVRI-HC 32
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
2 3/4”
E F
C
A
H
L B
Model
Inlet Size
Nominal Unit Size
DVRI-HC
24 x 8
47 x 79
A 46 7/8
B 78 3/8
Unit Dimensions (inches) C E F 16 5/16 23 7/8 7 7/8
H 2
L 65 1/4
T
Optional telescopic duct cover
Model
Unit Size
Diffuser height with duct cover kit* Min Max
DVRI-HC
47 x 79
109 7/8
124
*Height dimensions do not include mounting base.
DIMENSIONS
View with face removed showing integral variable air pattern controllers
J
For detailed instructions on how to change the adjacent zone using the variable air pattern controllers, refer to page T77.
Optional mounting base Height (J): 2-3/4” or 4”
All dimensions are in inches.
T73
Displacement Ventilation
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PERFORMANCE DATA
T
DVRI-HC COOLING DATA Unit Size (W x H)
Inlet Size
36” x 79”
14” Dia.
47” x 79”
24” x 8”
Neck Velocity
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
Velocity Pressure
0.002
0.006
0.010
0.016
0.022
0.031
0.040
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
210 0.005 6-5 8-6 261 0.006 7-5 10-6
315 0.011 7-8 11-10 392 0.013 9-8 13-10
420 0.020 9-11 13-13 522 0.024 11 11-11 15-13
525 0.032 10 10-14 15-17 653 0.036 18 13-14 18-17
630 0.046 16 12-17 17-20 783 0.053 24 14-17 20-20
735 0.062 21 13-20 18-24 914 0.071 29 16-20 22-24
840 0.081 25 14-23 20-27 1045 0.092 33 17-23 24-27
PERFORMANCE NOTES: • The adjacent zone (AZ) is the discharge isovel at 1” above the floor where the terminal velocity is 50 fpm. • Adjacent zone dimensions were obtained from tests conducted in accordance with Nordtest method of aerodynamic testing and rating of low velocity. • Sound and pressure data were obtained from tests conducted in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70-2006. • DT is the “under temperature” which is the difference between room air temperature at 3-1/2 ft above the floor and the supply air temperature.
PERFORMANCE DATA
W
T74
L
DVRI - HC
• Throw values shown are distances in feet for temperature differentials of 5BF DT and 10BF DT cooling at 50 fpm terminal velocity. The first listed throw value corresponds to the length and the second throw. value to the width (see diagram at bottom of page) • NC values based on octave band 2 to 7 sound power levels minus a room absorption of 10 dB. • Each NC value represents the noise criteria curve which will not be exceeded by the sound pressure in any of the octave bands, 2 through 7, with a room absorption of 10 dB, re 10-12 watts. • Dash (-) in space denotes an NC value of less than 10. • All pressures are given in inches of water.
Displacement Ventilation
PERFORMANCE DATA
Unit Size (W x H)
36” x 79”
47” x 79”
Inlet Size
14” Dia.
24” x 8”
Neck Velocity
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
Velocity Pressure
0.002
0.006
0.010
0.016
0.022
0.031
0.040
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Throw (150-100-50 fpm) at D15BF Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Throw (150-100-50 fpm) at D15BF
210 0.011 -
315 0.024 -
420 0.042 11
525 0.066 18
630 0.095 24
735 0.130 28
840 0.169 33
3-4-8
4-6-12
6-8-16
7-10-17
261 0.010 -
392 0.023 -
522 0.041 14
653 0.065 21
3-5-9
5-7-14
6-9-17
8-12-19
8-12-19 10-15-21 11-16-22 783 0.093 27
914 0.127 32
1045 0.166 36
9-14-21 11-16-23 12-17-25
PERFORMANCE NOTES: • Data obtained from tests conducted in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70-2006. • Throw values are given for terminal velocities of 150, 100, and 50 fpm at a DT of 15º F. The DT is the difference in the supply air and room air temperature. • NC values based on octave band 2 to 7 sound power levels minus a room absorption of 10 dB.
• Each NC value represents the noise criteria curve which will not be exceeded by the sound pressure in any of the octave bands, 2 through 7, with a room absorption of 10 dB, re 10-12 watts. • Dash (-) is space denotes an NC value of less than 10. • All pressures are given in inches of water.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DVRI-HC HEATING DATA
T
PERFORMANCE DATA T75
Displacement Ventilation
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS
T
Available Models: DVRI-HC 14 DVRI-HC 32
DVRI-HC diffusers shall have a perforated face plate with round perforations. Diffuser face plate shall be removable for easy access to internal air pattern controllers.
Rectangular displacement diffusers shall be Titus model DVRI-HC of the sizes and mounting types shown on the plans and outlet schedule. DVRI-HC diffusers shall provide a 1-way air discharge pattern from the face of diffuser for flush mount or surface mount applications. Diffusers shall include integral variable air pattern controllers for adjustment of airflow spread pattern. Air pattern controllers shall be adjustable, reversible, and removable. Diffusers shall be a dual plenum design with one supply air inlet. Each diffuser shall have a rear plenum ducted to a Titus CT diffuser at the bottom of the unit and a front plenum ducted to a DVRI diffuser at the top section. Diffusers shall have a 24V motor/actuator assembly to power the auto-changeover action. Diffusers shall include an air volume measurement outlet to facilitate balancing. K-factor shall be marked on diffuser. Diffusers shall include an internal perforated baffle to equalize airflow across the face. Internal perforated baffle shall be round perforated galvanized metal with 58% free area.
Diffuser face plate, side plates, back panel, top panel, bottom panel, and air pattern controllers plate shall be constructed of galvannealed material. Internal perforated baffle shall be constructed of G-90 22 gauge galvanized metal material. The finish shall be #26 white powdercoat paint with a baked on finish. Paint thickness shall be 2.5 – 3.5 mils. Paint must pass the ASTM D 3363 pencil hardness test with a minimum pencil hardness of H – 2H. The paint must pass a 1000 hour ASTM B117-97 Corrosive Environments Salt Spray test without creepage, blistering, or deterioration of film. The paint must pass the adhesion cross hatch test ASTM D 3359. Optional mounting base shall be offered as an accessory. The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for DVRI-HC displacement diffusers. Diffusers shall be tested in accordance with European standard Nordtest method .
MODEL NUMBER SPECIFICATION
Model DVRI-HC
32 14
XXXXXX
XX Inlet Size
Unit Size
Finish
MB2 MB1 O
XXXXX
XX
XXX
36” x 79”
26 X
24” x 8” inlet 14” inlet
SPECIFICATIONS
47” x 79”
T76
White Special
Accessories
Mounting Base 4” Mounting Base 2 3/4” None
Displacement Diffuser Adjustment
Displacement Ventilation
This unique feature provides a high level of flexibility for the end user. They can react to changes in the space by adjusting the adjacent zone rather than disconnecting and moving the diffuser. Illustration 3 shows a conference room with displacement diffusers and the standard adjacent zone from the factory. Illustration 4 shows how these adjacent zones can be changed to accomodate the needs in the space.
Illustration 1. Cutaway of Displacement Diffuser
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
All Titus Displacement diffusers feature integral variable air pattern controllers located in the unit behind the perforated face (see illustration 1). These pattern controllers can be removed and repositioned to change the adjacent zone pattern from the diffuser face. To adjust the pattern: (see illustration 2). • Remove diffuser face. • Remove louvers. • Reposition louvers. • Replace face.
T Illustration 3. Standard Air Patterns
Illustration 4. Adjusted Air Patterns
DIFFUSER ADJUSTMENT
Illustration 2. Adjust the pattern
T77
Displacement Ventilation
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PERFORMANCE DATA
T
DVRI-HCS COOLING DATA Unit Size (W x H)
Inlet Size
36” x 79”
14” Dia.
47” x 79”
24” x 8”
Neck Velocity
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
Velocity Pressure
0.002
0.006
0.010
0.016
0.022
0.031
0.040
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Adjacent Zone (AZ) D5B Adjacent Zone (AZ) D10B
210 0.005 7-5 10-6 261 0.006 9-5 13-6
315 0.011 9-7 12-9 392 0.013 11-7 16-9
420 0.020 10-10 15-12 522 0.024 11 13-10 18-12
525 0.032 10 11-13 17-15 653 0.036 18 14-13 21-15
630 0.046 16 13-15 18-18 783 0.053 24 16-15 23-18
735 0.062 21 14-18 20-21 914 0.071 29 17-18 25-21
840 0.081 25 15-20 22-24 1045 0.092 33 19-21 27-25
PERFORMANCE NOTES: • The adjacent zone (AZ) is the discharge isovel at 1” above the floor where the terminal velocity is 50 fpm. • Adjacent zone dimensions were obtained from tests conducted in accordance with Nordtest method of aerodynamic testing and rating of low velocity. • Sound and pressure data were obtained from tests conducted in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70-2006. • DT is the “under temperature” which is the difference between room air temperature at 3-1/2 ft above the floor and the supply air temperature.
PERFORMANCE DATA
W
T78
L
DVRI - HC
• Throw values shown are distances in feet for temperature differentials of 5BF DT and 10BF DT cooling at 50 fpm terminal velocity. The first listed throw value corresponds to the length and the second throw. value to the width (see diagram at bottom of page) • NC values based on octave band 2 to 7 sound power levels minus a room absorption of 10 dB. • Each NC value represents the noise criteria curve which will not be exceeded by the sound pressure in any of the octave bands, 2 through 7, with a room absorption of 10 dB, re 10-12 watts. • Dash (-) in space denotes an NC value of less than 10. • All pressures are given in inches of water.
Displacement Ventilation
PERFORMANCE DATA
Unit Size (W x H)
36” x 79”
47” x 79”
Inlet Size
14” Dia.
24” x 8”
Neck Velocity
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
Velocity Pressure
0.002
0.006
0.010
0.016
0.022
0.031
0.040
Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Throw (150-100-50 fpm) at D15BF Airflow, cfm Total Pressure NC (Noise Criteria) Throw (150-100-50 fpm) at D15BF
210 0.011 -
315 0.024 -
420 0.042 11
525 0.066 18
630 0.095 24
735 0.130 28
840 0.169 33
3-4-8
4-6-12
6-8-16
7-10-17
261 0.010 -
392 0.023 -
522 0.041 14
653 0.065 21
3-5-9
5-7-14
6-9-17
8-12-19
8-12-19 10-15-21 11-16-22 783 0.093 27
914 0.127 32
1045 0.166 36
9-14-21 11-16-23 12-17-25
PERFORMANCE NOTES: • Data obtained from tests conducted in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70-2006. • Throw values are given for terminal velocities of 150, 100, and 50 fpm at a DT of 15º F. The DT is the difference in the supply air and room air temperature. • NC values based on octave band 2 to 7 sound power levels minus a room absorption of 10 dB.
• Each NC value represents the noise criteria curve which will not be exceeded by the sound pressure in any of the octave bands, 2 through 7, with a room absorption of 10 dB, re 10-12 watts. • Dash (-) is space denotes an NC value of less than 10. • All pressures are given in inches of water.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DVRI-HCS HEATING DATA
T
PERFORMANCE DATA T79
Notes
Displacement Ventilation
chilled beam
U www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Table of Contents
U
Chilled Beam
chilled beam products Chilled Beam Products...................................................................................................................................................................U3
overview Overview.........................................................................................................................................................................................U5 Application Guide...........................................................................................................................................................................U6 Introduction............................................................................................................................................................................U6 History.....................................................................................................................................................................................U6 Theoretical Background..........................................................................................................................................................U7 Benefits of Chilled Ceiling Systems........................................................................................................................................U9 Chilled Ceiling System Design..............................................................................................................................................U10 System Design Process.........................................................................................................................................................U12
linear active chilled beams DISA..............................................................................................................................................................................................U18 Dimensions...........................................................................................................................................................................U21 Performance Data.................................................................................................................................................................U29 DISA-V..........................................................................................................................................................................................U35 Dimensions...........................................................................................................................................................................U37 Performance Data.................................................................................................................................................................U39 Suggested Specifications [DISA, DISA-V].............................................................................................................................U40 LCBS.............................................................................................................................................................................................U43 Dimensions...........................................................................................................................................................................U45 Performance Data.................................................................................................................................................................U47 Suggested Specifications......................................................................................................................................................U49
thermal comfort modules TCM2............................................................................................................................................................................................U51 Dimensions...........................................................................................................................................................................U53 Performance Data.................................................................................................................................................................U55 Suggested Specifications......................................................................................................................................................U57
linear passive chilled beams
CHILLED BEAM
SPB...............................................................................................................................................................................................U59 Dimensions...........................................................................................................................................................................U61 Performance Data.................................................................................................................................................................U63 Suggested Specifications......................................................................................................................................................U66
radiant ceiling products Alpety FKL, HKL............................................................................................................................................................................U67 Dimensions...........................................................................................................................................................................U68 Performance Data.................................................................................................................................................................U69 Alpety SKS....................................................................................................................................................................................U71 Dimensions...........................................................................................................................................................................U72 Suggested Specifications [Alpety FKL, HKL, & SKS..............................................................................................................U73
U2 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
Chilled Beam Products
DISA
DISA-V
LCBS
ACTIVE CHILLED BEAM DIFFUSER
SIDEWALL CHILLED BEAM DIFFUSER
ACTIVE CHILLED BEAM DIFFUSER
• 1-way or 2-way throw pattern that is available in variable lengths. • For use in heating or cooling applications and perfect for open office environments.
• Horizontal throw pattern that is available in variable lengths. • For use in heating or cooling applications in either a 2-pipe or 4-pipe system.
• 1-way throw pattern that is available in a fixed length at 4 feet. • Available with a dew-point safety pan.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
LINEAR ACTIVE CHILLED BEAMS
pages: U14-U45
U THERMAL COMFORT MODULES
pages: U47-U53
TCM2 • • • •
CHILLED BEAM
MODULAR ACTIVE CHILLED BEAM 4-way throw pattern similar to a traditional ceiling diffuser. Works well in heating & cooling applications. Modular design provides the highest level of comfort in the occupied space. Available with a dew-point safety pan.
U3 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Chilled Beam Products (continued)
LINEAR PASSIVE CHILLED BEAMS
pages: U55-U62
SPB PASSIVE CHILLED BEAM • Available in a variety of lengths. • Produces low noise levels. • Product can be mounted flush with the ceiling or suspended below the ceiling for exposed applications.
U RADIANT CEILING PRODUCTS
CHILLED BEAM
pages: U63-U69
ALPETY FKL
ALPETY HKL
ALPETY SKS
RADIANT CEILING SYSTEMS
RADIANT CEILING SYSTEMS
RADIANT CEILING SYSTEMS
• Water driven. • Low energy consumption and noise levels. • Creates a high degree of thermal comfort through draft free cooling and even temperature distribution in the space.
• Water driven. • Low energy consumption and noise levels. • Creates a high degree of thermal comfort through draft free cooling and even temperature distribution in the space.
• Water driven. • Low energy consumption and noise levels. • Creates a high degree of thermal comfort through draft free cooling and even temperature distribution in the space.
U4 Titus by Schako
Overview
The chilled ceiling products provide sensible cooling and heating to the space by utilizing the more efficient heat transfer capacity of water, as opposed to air. This decouples the latent and sensible loads, reducing the energy cost of sensible cooling. With passive beams and radiant products, an additional system is necessary to meet the ventilation and latent cooling needs of the space. The Titus active chilled beams integrate the supply of ventilation air creating an active diffuser. Using the ventilation air to pressurize a plenum with aerodynamically designed nozzles, high velocity jets of air are created forcing induction of room air over the water coils integral to the units. Forced induction dramatically improves the heating and cooling capacity over passive beams and radiant products. Titus active chilled
beams harness the energy of the supply air to further reduce total energy consumption. Titus offers a chilled ceiling product to meet the requirements of any design or installation. Just a single model of passive beam accommodates both exposed and recessed mounting applications. Active chilled beams are available in 1, 2, and 4-way throw patterns. There is even a model for high sidewall applications. In addition to the variety of product solutions available, the appearance of the units can be customized through standard options, which enables seamless integration into any architectural style, traditional or contemporary.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
The Titus chilled ceiling product line is comprised of chilled beams, both active and passive, radiant ceiling panels, and radiant sails. These products offer optimized performance and provide high levels of thermal comfort for the occupant. In addition to increased occupancy comfort, use of the chilled ceiling products reduce the amount of energy required to heat and cool a building.
Chilled Beam
U
CHILLED BEAM U5 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
APPLICATION GUIDE
U
Introduction Chilled ceiling systems consist of three main product types: active chilled beams, passive chilled beams, and radiant ceiling panels/sails. Even though these units are commonly referred to as “chilled” products they are also effectively used for both cooling and heating. Both active and passive beams utilize water coils to provide sensible cooling, reducing the total load that must be addressed through the building’s air handlers. Since chilled beams provide sensible only cooling they are best suited for spaces with low to moderate latent loads. This offers considerable potential for energy savings due to the volumetric heat transfer capacity of water and trade-off between fan energy and pumping power.
Radiant ceilings systems emit heating and cooling by both convection and radiation. During cooling, ambient air near the ceiling cools and falls to the occupied area, due to its higher density. The ceiling panels emit cooling and heating to the surrounding surfaces in the area by radiation. Radiant heat transfer typically results in high thermal comfort since the ambient temperature will feel 2.5BF to 5BF cooler/ warmer than actual room temperature. This effect has the advantage that the room requires less conditioning than a traditional system, introducing an additional opportunity for energy savings.
Passive beams consist of a water coil and an enclosure. The enclosure is primarily cosmetic, but helps to maintain even heat transfer across the coil. Passive beams provide cooling primarily through convective heat transfer. A convection current is created where higher density cool air sinks into the space, inducing warm low density air at the ceiling level through the coil. When using passive beams ventilation air must be introduced to the space either through natural or mechanical means.
History
APPLICATION GUIDE
Modern chilled ceiling systems, more specifically active chilled beams, got their start in the 1920s when Willis Carrier began to develop the concepts for under-sill induction units. Patents were applied for and first installations of these units were completed in 1940. The use of an air-water terminal located in the space was an important advance in and of itself; however, these systems solidified the advantages of an air-water system over an all-air system.
U6
Incorporating supply air into a beam creates an active diffuser. Ventilation air pressurizes a plenum and the aerodynamically designed jets induce room air over water coils. Forced induction dramatically increases the heating and cooling capacity per square foot, compared to passive beams and radiant products. Active chilled beams harness the energy of the supply air to further reduce total energy consumption.
• Water is much more efficient heat transfer medium than air. • Reduced duct size required to only supply ventilation air increased usable space, and reduced the material cost and installation time. Scandinavian engineers, during the mid-1970’s, adapted this technology along with radiant heating/cooling panels for overhead applications to work with new buildings designed to utilize natural ventilation. The result of their efforts was the passive chilled beam. In regions where using natural ventilation was not effective, engineers integrated the mechanical ventilation into chilled beam. Utilizing the same principles used in the under-sill induction boxes, the active chilled beam was developed.
Chilled Beam
APPLICATION GUIDE
HEAT TRANSFER
ASHRAE defines heat transfer as “the flow of heat energy induced by a temperature difference.” Thermal energy can be transferred or be affected by: • Conduction • Convection • Radiation • Humidity Thermal conduction is the mechanism of heat transfer by the transfer of kinetic energy between particles or groups of particles at the atomic level. With solid bodies, such as with an air jet near a window, thermal conduction dominates only very close to the solid surface. Thermal convection is the transfer by eddy mixing and diffusion in addition to conduction. The transfer of fluid currents produced by external sources, such as by a blower, is called forced convection. When the fluid air movement is caused by the difference in density and the action of gravity, it is called natural convection. Natural convection is very active near windows and near heat sources in the occupied spaces. The colder air falls and the warmer air rises. Radiant heat transfer takes place through matter. It is a change in energy form, from internal energy at the source to electromagnetic energy for transmission, then back to internal energy at the receiver. Examples of radiation are sunshine through the air and window to the inside floor or ceiling light to occupants and to the floor. All of these methods of heat transfer effect a person’s comfort reaction. In addition, humidity has some effect caused by a change in evaporation rate from the body.
Heat loss is measured in “BTU” which is the amount of heat required to raise 1 lb. of water 1BF. Coefficients used to estimate the value of the heat loss include: • ‘K’ Factor: amount of heat transferred in 1 hour through 1 sq. ft. of material, 1” thick at 1BF of temperature difference.
Equation 1: For a structure with multiple skin materials, the total heat transmission can be calculated as: U = 1/(R1 + R2 + …..Rn) For hydronic heating and cooling systems heat is removed from the occupied space (cooling) or added to the occupied space (heating) via a closed loop water system. Return air from the space passes across a fin tube coil.
PSYCHROMETRICS
One of the four major elements of thermal energy and comfort is humidity. Psychrometrics uses thermodynamics properties to analyze conditions and processes involving moist air. A detailed study of psychrometrics can be found in Chapter 1 of ASHRAE 2009 Fundamentals Handbook. This section is a summary of how knowledge of psychrometrics can be used to maximize space comfort and system performance.
U
Atmospheric Air (the air that you breathe), contains many gaseous components including water vapor and containments. Dry Air is atmospheric air with all moisture removed and is used only as a point of reference. Moist Air is a combination of dry air and water vapor and can be considered equal to atmospheric air for this discussion. A psychrometric chart (FIGURE 4) is a graphical representation of the thermodynamic properties of moist air. There are several charts available to cover all common conditions. The one shown here is taken from ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook, Chapter 1 and illustrates conditions of 32 to 100BF at sea level. The Dry-bulb Temperature (DBT), is the temperature measured using a standard thermometer. Dry-bulb is also known as the sensible temperature. The Wet-bulb Temperature (WBT), is the temperature measured using a ‘wetted’ thermometer. Wet-bulb is used to determine the moisture content of air. The Absolute Humidity (AH), is the vapor content of air. It is described in terms of moisture per lb of dry air or grains of moisture per lb. of dry air. AH is also referred to as ‘moisture content’ or ‘humidity ratio.’ There are 7000 grains in a lb. of water. The Relative Humidity (RH), is the vapor content of air. It is described as the percentage of saturation humidity at the
APPLICATION GUIGE
Heat transfer is also affected by the following factors: • A greater temperature difference will result in a greater amount of heat transfer. • The amount of surface area is directly proportional to the amount of heat transfer. • The amount of time is also directly proportional to the amount of heat transfer. • The thermal resistance of the material use affects the rate of heat transfer.
• ‘C’ Factor: amount of heat transferred in 1 hour through 1 sq. ft. of material through the specified thickness of the material used. • ‘R’ Value: resistance to heat transfer, measured as the reciprocal of conductance (1/K or 1/C). • ‘U’ Value: designates the overall transmission of heat in 1 hour per sq. ft. of area for the difference of 1BF across specified material. • Conductance of individual materials is not directly applicable to the heat loss calculation. First, it must be converted to the ‘R’ value, which is (1/K or 1/C).
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Theoretical Background
U7
Chilled Beam
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
APPLICATION GUIDE same temperature (%). The goal for optimum space comfort is 30-35% for heating conditions, and 45-60% for cooling conditions. Saturation humidity is the maximum vapor content (lb./lb.) per lb. dry air that air can hold at a fixed temperature.
increase in specific volume. The Enthalpy (H) is the heat content of air. Enthalpy is also known as the total heat of air. Enthalpy is defendant on the wet-bulb temperature of air. It is described in terms of Btu’s per lb. dry air (Btu/lb.).
The Dew Point Temperature (DPT), is the temperature at which vapor begins to fall out of air to form condensation. DPT is the temperature at which a state of saturation humidity occurs, or 100% RH. It is also known as the saturation temperature.
A Status Point is a location on the psychrometric chart defined by any two psychrometric properties. A hydrometer or psychrometer is commonly used to define a status point. At 100% RH the wet-bulb will equal the dry-bulb temperature. As the temperature difference between temperatures increases, the RH will decrease.
The Specific Volume (Spv), is the reciprocal of air density which is described in terms of cubic feet per lb of dry air (cu ft/lb.). An increase in air temperature will result in a decrease in density and an increase in volume. A decrease in atmospheric pressure also decreased air density while increasing volume. At 5000 feet above sea level, density is decreased by 17%. Higher altitudes require larger motors and blowers to move the same effective mass, due to the
To locate a status-point, find the dry-bulb temperature on the bottom of the psychrometric chart. Follow this line upward until it intersects with the wet-bulb temperature from the left side of the chart.
U
55
60
90
50
.028
Sensible Heat Ratio 1.0
:
1.0
5000
0.6 0.5
Sensible Heat Total Heat
Qs Qt
3000
0.4
-1
2.0 4 8.0.0 : -48.0 -2 .0 .0
85
-2000 -1000
15.0
0.8
:
85
20
00
0.1
.5 -0 .4 -0 3 -0.
00
-0.1
15
tB ulb
.024
Te
mp
55
era t
ure
40
, °F
.022
80
1000 Enthalpy Humidity Ratio
We
80
50
-0.2
0.2
0.
3
.0
0
.026
45
0
0
Dh DW
60
.020
75
35
50 14.5
.018
ra tu re ,
nd
pe
ou
m
rP
Te
pe
tio
n
tu
Sa
Dry Bulb Temperature, °F
20%
10
15
105
100
95
90
85
80
75
Humidity 70
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
12.5
10% Relative
20 Enthalpy - Btu per Pound of Dry Air
U8
Figure 4. Psyochrometric Chart
.010
40
.008
.006
35 .004
.002
115
30%
110
40%
40
35
ir
50%
45
ry A .D
35
50
% 60
13.5
45 40
er lb
55
ft. p
% 70 50
Humidity Ratio - Pounds Moisture per Pound Dry Air
cu.
60
120
80
55
e-
lum
Vo
%
20
.012
65
% 90
14.0
60
15
45
tu
25
13.0
APPLICATION GUIDE
.014
ra
-B y lp
70 65
En
th a
.016
°F
30
of
D
ry
A
ir
75
70
30
Chilled Beam
APPLICATION GUIDE
When will condensation occur? To determine if a supply air duct or air outlet device will form condensation on the surface: First, using the R-value of any thermal barrier, determine the minimum surface temperature. Next, determine the DPT of the atmospheric air in contact with the surface. If the surface temperature is equal or lower than the DPT, the surface will form condensation. If yes, an additional thermal barrier or other condensation prevention strategies may be required to solve the problem. Sensible heating (Qsen), is the heat that raises the dry-bulb temperature of air without increasing the moisture content. Because we can easily sense this change in temperature, it is called ‘sensible.’ Sensible cooling is the removal of heat without removing moisture content of the air. Latent Heat (Qlat), is the heat content of air due to the presence of water vapor. Latent heat is the heat required to evaporate this same amount of water (970 Btu/lb), also known as the latent heat of vaporization. As latent heat increases, moisture content increases. Water can be heated to 212BF. If more heat is added, the water will vaporize but the temperature will not change. Latent Cooling (Qlat), is the removal of latent eat from air without lowering the dry-bulb temperature. To retrieve 1 lb. of condensate, 970 Btu’s would need to be removed. As latent heat decreased, moisture content decreases.\
Sensible processes can be shown as horizontal paths on a psychrometric chart. Latent processes can be shown as vertical paths on a psychrometric chart. Most processes include both, resulting in an angled or diagonal path. Sensible heat factor (SHF) is the measure of sensible heat to latent heat. Sensible heating only is 1.0. Equal proportions result in 0.5. SHF is generally higher than 0.5 because of the cooling processes that remove more sensible heat than latent heat.
INDUCTION
Induction is a flow that occurs as a result of the change in velocity pressure as a jet of air expands. The principals of induced air flow are based on the Venturi effect. The
Benefits of Chilled Ceiling Systems Chilled Ceiling Systems are designed to provide superior occupancy comfort. These systems require less energy to operate, operate more efficiently, and use less materials than conventional all air systems. Tempered and dehumidified air is supplied to the space to meet ventilation requirements and to handle the latent load. The majority of the sensible load is addressed with the chilled ceiling products. Decoupling the latent and sensible loads takes advantage of the superior volumetric heat capacity of water. The reduced volume of air that must be delivered to the space results in reduced air handler capacity and size, smaller duct sizes, and overall energy savings. A higher supply temperature contributes to increased occupancy comfort.
U
FIRST COST BENEFITS:
• Shallow unit profiles allow for reduced ceiling space requirements; typically require 60% less vertical space than conventional all air systems. "" Reduced slab to slab spacing; reducing material costs per floor. "" Easily integrated into retrofit applications where space is limited. • Low volume of supply air required for active beams enables reduction of the total amount of air processed at the air-handler by an all air system up to 50%. "" Reduced air-handler size/ capacity, and duct work size
COMFORT AND IAQ BENEFITS:
• Active beams typically supply a constant volume of primary air, decreasing occurrences of dumping and changes to the air motion in the space; issues common to typical VAV systems. • When supplied with primary air from a dedicated outside air system (DOAS) 100% fresh air is supplied to the space. • Dry-coil sensible cooling, eliminates bacterial, fungal, or mold growth associated with fan coils and other unitary products with condensing coils. • Constant primary air volume ensures ventilation requirements are met and helps to maintain relative humidity levels in the space.
APPLICATION GUIGE
Latent Heat of Fusion is the heat required to change a liquid into a solid (144 Btu/lb. Water can be cooled to 32BF. If more heat is removed, it will cause ice to form. To retrieve 1 lb of water from ice, 144 Btu’s must be added.
Venturi effect is a derivation of Bernoulli’s principle and the continuity laws. In order to satisfy the fluid dynamic principles of continuity, a fluid’s velocity must decrease as the flow expands; at the same time the static pressure of the flow must increase. The increase in static pressure balances the decreased velocity, thus maintaining the principles of conservation.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
From the ‘status point’ you can locate: • Absolute Humidity (AH) • Relative Humidity (RH) • Dew Point Temperature (DPT) • Specific Volume (Spv)
ENERGY EFFICIENCY AND OPERATIONAL BENEFITS: • Utilizing the heat transfer capacity of water also takes advantage of the superior operational efficiency of pumps as compared to fans.
U9
Chilled Beam
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
APPLICATION GUIDE
U
"" A 1-inch diameter pipe can deliver the same cooling/heating capacity as an 18-inch x 18-inch duct "" Reduction of fan energy by a factor of 7 to deliver the same cooling to the space. â&#x20AC;˘ Higher supply water temperatures compared to conventional systems allow for use of water side economizers. "" Increased opportunities for free-cooling. â&#x20AC;˘ Significant reduction in maintenance costs and labor as compared to conventional all air systems "" No moving parts - no blowers, motors, damper actuators to replace "" Dry-coil operation - does not require regular cleaning and disinfecting of condensate pans "" Recommend cleaning of coils once every 4 to 5 years, more frequently in hospitality rooms where linens are frequently changed (i.e. hospital patient rooms and hotel rooms).
Chilled Ceiling System Design CHILLED CEILING APPLICATIONS
APPLICATION GUIDE
Chilled beam and radiant ceiling products are designed to handle high thermal loads in the space. They are also an effective solution in spaces where individual temperature control is desired. Ideal applications are spaces where the sensible heat ratio is greater than 0.75, meaning that 75% or more of the total heat gains in the space are sensible gains. These locations include computer/server rooms, condos/apartments/hotel guest rooms, libraries, and museums.
U10
Use of chilled ceiling systems should be limited to applications where cooling loads are less than 40 BTUH/ ft2, and heating loads are lower than 15 BTUH/ft2. More specifically, passive beam and radiant panel usage should be limited to applications where cooling loads are no more than 25 BTUH/ft2, and active chilled beams are not recommended for use when cooling loads are more than 40 BTUH/ft2. Chilled ceiling systems are not recommended in these applications since addressing the loads will likely create thermal comfort issues. In transitional spaces where thermal comfort is not critical, chilled ceiling products can be used to address higher loads. Chilled beams and radiant ceiling systems should not be applied in buildings where relative humidity of the space is not easily maintained. This would include retrofit applications, lobbies, and entrances where there is excessive infiltration. Chilled beams are best applied when installed no higher than 14 feet above the floor, but can remain effective with installation heights up to 20 feet. When installed above these heights it is difficult to effectively get heating and cooling into the occupied space.
PRACTICAL DESIGN GUIDELINES
There are guidelines that should be followed when considering a chilled ceiling system to ensure the design will create a comfortable environment for occupants and result in optimum energy efficiency. The system should be designed to meet only the heating and cooling requirements of the actual space. Overdesigning the system will increase the cost of the project, and potentially result in decreased comfort. Primary air must be adequately dehumidified, and supplied at a flow rate large enough to offset the latent loads of the space. This flow rate must also be high enough to meet the ventilation requirements outlined in ASHRAE standard 62.1. When heating with chilled beams and radiant panels, care must be taken that the system is not oversized for heating. Entering water temperatures should be as low as possible to meet the heating requirements, and should never be over 140BF. Condensation control strategies must be implemented to maintain optimum operating conditions, prevent bacterial, mold, and fungus growth, ensure damage to building does not occur. When designing a chilled beam system it is best to limit the types and configurations of products used. This will help to make logistics during installation and building maintenance easier. Room air temperature is maintained through regulation of 2-way control valves. Use of 2-way valves is preferred as they will minimize pumping costs. Systems should be designed to take full advantage of free cooling and heating opportunities through economizers and heat recovery devices. Chilled beams and radiant panels are highly efficient products and offer energy savings over traditional systems. However, one of the biggest advantages these products offer is the additional energy savings that can be achieved in the rest of the system due to the unit operating conditions.
DESIGN METHODOLOGY
The design of chilled ceiling systems is an iterative process between selection of the equipment to be used and the inlet conditions for the system. This also includes placement/ orientation. The iterative process enables the inlet conditions to be optimized so that the design results in a comfortable space for the occupant, and that the equipment is operating with the highest efficiency possible. This is true for all chilled ceiling systems, but is especially true for active chilled beams. Equipment selection is based on the following items and must be balanced for creating an effective, efficient, and comfortable system:
Chilled Beam
APPLICATION GUIDE
- Cooling design temperature – DB/WB - Heating design temperature – DB Indoor air quality requirements - Required ventilation flow rate - Define allowable humidity level in the space - Calculate expected infiltration - Supply air temperature – DB/WB - Verify supply air flow rate meets requirements to handle latent loads Calculation of required heating and cooling capacity - Calculation of heat loads - Calculation of heat losses - Calculate cooling introduced from supply air Adjustment to building design parameters - Decrease external loads and losses; improved solar shading and window construction - Improve window and building structure to decrease infiltration
Product selection: type, length, configuration, and design parameters Chilled Ceiling Product Selection - Active Chilled Beam - Passive Chilled Beam + supply air system - Radiant Panels + supply air system
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Space design conditions
Define room design temperature
U
Entering Water Temperature - Selected to ensure condensation prevention Selection of other entering water conditions - Mean Coil Temperature to room design temperature difference - Water flow rate - Maintaining acceptable coil pressure drop - Ensure turbulent flow conditions Select product size and configuration - Beam/Panel size - Configuration/throw pattern - Unit cooling/heating capacities - Supply air flow rate/operating pressure - Check for occupancy comfort
Product noise level and system operating pressure
Room air control - Temperature control by regulating water flow rate - 2-Way valves; on/off or proportional control - Constant supply air flow; possible unoccupied set back Air and water distribution - Supply air dehumidification - Entering water temperature control - Economizers: air and water
APPLICATION GUIGE
Design of room controls, water and air distribution, and BMS systems
Building Management system - Condensation prevention strategies - Occupied/Unoccupied modes - Daily start up
Figure 5. Chilled Ceiling Design Methdology
U11
Chilled Beam
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
APPLICATION GUIDE
APPLICATION GUIDE
U
• Total unit capacity "" Size of units "" Quantity of units "" Unit Configuration • Supply Air "" Flow rate "" Temperature "" Relative humidity "" Operating pressure • Entering Water Conditions (cooling & heating) "" Entering water temperature "" Flow rate "" Coil pressure drop • Unit Placement "" Throw patterns "" Throw length • Noise Once the inlet conditions and equipment has been selected, the controls for the system are selected. The room control system must be designed to deliver the selected inlet parameters and maintain the energy efficiency of the design. The critical points to be maintained are the entering water conditions as well as the supply air conditions. After control of the critical points has been established, additional controls to compensate for changes in space dew point temperature and occupancy should be considered through a building management system. This methodology is depicted in Figure 5, Chilled Ceiling Design Methodology.
System Design Process U12
SPACE DESIGN CONDITIONS
The first step in determining the space design conditions is to define the design temperatures for both heating and
cooling. This should be done by following the guidelines set in ASHRAE Standard 55 and the chapters on heating and cooling loads in the ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook. Once the design temperatures have been defined, an iterative process should be used to determine the indoor air quality requirements, calculating the required capacities to address the heating/cooling loads, and adjusting the building design/construction (if applicable). The indoor air quality (IAQ) requirements include supply air flow rate, to meet both ventilation requirements and address the latent loads in the space, determining infiltration, and defining the maximum allowable humidity level. Based on the building design and construction, anticipated infiltration should be calculated. Information on how to calculate infiltration and how to use infiltration when calculating heat loads and losses can be found in the ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook. The heat loads and losses calculated associated with infiltration are used in determining the latent cooling requirements. This will affect the volume of supply air necessary to maintain the design humidity levels in the room. Guidelines for determining the minimum ventilation requirements are given in ASHRAE Standard 62.1. Criteria for maximum relative humidity in the space, based on a humidity ratio of 0.012, is set in ASHRAE Standard 55; for a room design temperature of 75BF, the maximum relative humidity is 63.5%. Once the design conditions for room relative humidity have been determined the supply air flow rate necessary to maintain this level can be calculated. The required flow rate to meet the latent load can be determined by the following equation on the next page:
APPLICATION GUIDE
. V = the volumetric flow rate, CFM . q = latent heat gain in the space, BTU/H HRr = room air humidity ratio, lbs water/lbs dry air HRp = primary air humidity ratio, lbs water/lbs dry air It follows that the required flow rate to maintain control of the humidity will rapidly increase as the difference between the room air and primary air humidity ratios decrease. As a result, designs seeking to maintain relatively low humidity ratios will need a high primary flow rate if the dew point temperature of the supply air is close to the design dew point in the room. Comparing the required supply airflow rates for ventilation and to maintain the relative humidity of the space, the higher of the two flow rates will determine the minimum flow rate allowable for the space. If necessary the supply air flow rate can be increased to supplement the sensible cooling of the products selected. After the IAQ requirements have been tentatively set, the required equipment capacities to meet the heat loads and losses can are determined. Care should be taken to design around actual loads/losses that will be experienced in the space. Overdesigning the system will increase installation and equipment costs, and could potentially cause thermal comfort issues. Once the capacity requirements have been calculated, either supply air conditions or building design/ construction (if possible) can be adjusted to be more suited to chilled ceiling application.
PRODUCT SELECTION
The type of product to be used to is at the designer’s discretion. However the recommended limitations of maximum capacity per square foot should not be exceeded where high levels of thermal comfort are required.
There are several ways to operate these products to prevent condensation. The primary step to preventing condensation is for the chilled water design supply temperature to be at least 1BF above the dew-point temperature of the space. Also, the supply air to the space must also be sufficiently dehumidified to maintain the design relative humidity conditions. The secondary measures are noted below:
At this time the supply air temperature should be tentatively selected. Supply air temperature can be varied between cooling and heating, but most designs keep a fixed temperature as long as heating requirements can be met. The size and configuration of products selected should be completed while adjusting the following parameters: • Water flow rate: this should be selected to minimize pressure drop, should be no higher 10 ft w.g., while maintaining turbulent flow through the product. • Supply airflow rate: flow rate must be maintained above the minimum determined for IAQ requirements, but can be increased to offset the sensible cooling requirements of the product selected "" Increasing the flow rate in active beams while maintaining the same nozzle geometry will result in an increase of operating pressure. The recommended operating range is typically between 0.2 in w.g. and 0.8 in w.g. Operating pressure in active beams will also directly impact the noise generated by the product during operation. • Unit placement/Configurations: "" Radiant panels and sails: These products should be installed so that no more than 75% of the available ceiling space is made up of active panels/ sails. Panels models with perforated faces and backed with acoustic fleece insulation can be used to improve noise attenuation within the space. "" Passive Beams: Passive beams should not be installed directly above occupants since the highest velocities occurring from the convection process will occur directly underneath the beam. "" It is critical to the operation of passive beams that adequate space is provided for air flow through the beam. When installed in a flush mount application, shadow gaps, perforated ceiling tiles, dummy beams, or return air grilles must be installed so that warm room air enter the air path for the passive beams. It is recommended that the total free area for the return air path be at least 50% of the passive beam surface area. In exposed applications, the beams should be installed with a minimum distance between the top surface of the beam and the ceiling that is equivalent to half of the beam width, see Figure 7.
U
APPLICATION GUIGE
Once product type has been decided the entering water temperature should be selected such that condensation is prevented. The majority of chilled ceiling products do not include a means to collect or manage condensation. This means the temperature of the heat transfer surface, either water coil or panel/sail surface, must be higher than the dew-point temperature of the space to prevent the formation of condensation. However, to achieve the maximum cooling capacity the entering water temperature should be as low as possible. This can be difficult when trying to get the most capacity out of chilled ceiling products.
• Properly insulated valves and piping • Measures used to shut off chilled water flow "" Condensation sensors installed on the supply water piping "" Relative humidity/dew-point temperature sensor installed in the return air path • Raising the chilled water supply temperature "" Using a relative humidity sensor in conjunction with a room temperature system to determine moisture content and dew-point temperature of the space. Using this information the chilled water temperature can be adjusted upward to prevent condensation. This measure should only be used in the event that an entire building is at risk for condensation.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
. . V = q ./. [4840 x (HRr - HRp)]
Chilled Beam
U13
Chilled Beam
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
APPLICATION GUIDE
Figure 6a. Condensation Prevention Strategies Thermostat/Room Controller
2-Way Flow Control Valves (On/Off or Proportional Control)
Balancing Valves (Manual or Automatic)
Condesate Sensors
Chilled Beams
A) Condensate sensors installed on the chilled water supply shut down individual flow control valves when condesnation is detected.
U
Thermostat/Room Controller Balancing Valves (Manual or Automatic)
2-Way Flow Control Valves (On/Off or Proportional Control)
Figure 6b. Condensation Prevention Strategies
Relative Humidity Sensor
Chilled Beams
B) Relative humidity sensor installed in return air path to shut down zone flow control valve when relative humidty reaches set point of the sensor.
3-Way Flow Control Valve (Proportional Control)
APPLICATION GUIDE
Variable speed pump
Balancing Valves (Manual or Automatic)
Thermostat/ Room Controller w/ Dew-point Sensor
Chilled Beams
U14
C) Use of a 3-way proportional valve and variable speed pump to raise supply water temperature above the room dew-point temperature.
Figure 6c. Condensation Prevention Strategies
Chilled Beam
APPLICATION GUIDE
X/2
X
Passive beams should be mounted such that the return air path is not restricted.
Figure 7. Passive beam mounting height "" Active Beams: With the different configurations available in active beams, 1, 2, and 4-way beams a design can be implemented to effectively create a comfortable space. In open office spaces as well as internal offices 2-way or 4-way beams are typically used. The flexibility provided by 2-way and 4-way beams, due to multiple sizes and nozzle configurations, allow them to be appropriately applied in most applications. 1-way beams are typically used in perimeter zones and small spaces such as individual offices and hotel rooms.
a)
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
"" After the throw pattern has been decided, placement of the beam within the space can be determined. Active chilled beams, because of their design, share throw characteristics with conventional slot diffusers. Placement and orientation of active beams is critical for thermal comfort due long throw values associated with active beams. In open office plans it is typically more cost effective to use several longer beams that are installed parallel to the long direction of conventional ceiling systems, instead of numerous smaller beams the length of the module division. (Figure 8, Openoffice Active Beam Layout) However in an open office the number and size of beams used will be determined by balancing the cost per beam, cost of air side operating pressure, and water side pumping power to achieve optimum energy efficiency. "" When applying 2-way and 4-way beams in small offices and individual offices the recommended location is directly above the occupants. This will result in the lowest velocities within the occupied space. It is also recommended that 2-way beams are installed lengthwise in the space. This will allow for the use of longer beams, reducing the cooling requirements per linear foot which will inturn lower total air flow per foot and the resulting velocities in the space ensuring occupancy comfort. If placement is required near a wall use of 1-way throw beams are recommended. 1-way beams can also be effectively used in perimeter zones for cooling applications; however they should be supplemented with baseboard heating to address window loads during the heating season. 2-way beams can be effectively applied in perimeter zones for both heating and cooling. Care must be taken if 2-way beams are installed parallel to windows. In intermediate seasons when internal cooling is required and window surfaces are cool an acceleration of the air can occur in the space creating drafts and potential discomfort.
U
b)
APPLICATION GUIGE
Figure 8 - Open-office Active Beam Layout: In lengthwise installations(a) there are less piping and duct connections than in crosswise installations(b). In crosswise installations, there is typically one beam per module. Even if the total cost for the beams in both layouts are the same, installation costs, additional valves, piping, and ductwork will prove to be more costly.
U15
Chilled Beam
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
APPLICATION GUIDE
APPLICATION GUIDE
U
U16
X
X
X
Vcollision
Y
Occupied Zone
The minimum distance between units (2X) or minimum distance from a sidewall (X), can be determined by taking the difference between the diffuser's characteristic throw to 50 fpm (T50 ) and the distance between the ceiling and the occupied zone (Y). Figure 9. Local Velocity Diagram "" The ideal location for most active beams is directly above the occupant. This is because the lowest velocities in the space will occur in the induced air path. If it is desired to position an active beam close to a wall, a unit with an asymmetrical or 1-way throw pattern is recommended. As active chilled beams have throw characteristics similar to linear slot diffusers the same principles for determining thermal comfort conditions should be used. Location for final placement should take into consideration the allowable average air speed in the occupied space in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 55. Accounting for the air side sensible capacity will allow for reduced capacity requirements of the water coils in the beams. Designing with this in mind will reduce airflow requirements per linear foot, which will help to meet the requirements for thermal comfort. When placing two beams in the same space as shown in Figure 9, Local velocity diagram, care must be taken to ensure that the colliding air streams do not result in velocities over 50 fpm causing discomfort. A general guideline to achieve air velocities of 50 fpm or less in the occupied space is to ensure the velocities of colliding airstreams are below 100 fpm. If velocities at the point of collision are greater than 100 fpm, the distance from the ceiling for the air flow to slow to 50 fpm is noted in the equation below: Y=T50 - X Where: Y = distance from the ceiling X = half the distance to the adjacent diffuser T50 = diffuser characteristic throw to 50 fpm
CONTROL OF CHILLED CEILING SYSTEMS
Very basic room controls can be used with chilled ceiling systems. This is due to the fact that most systems are designed to operate with a constant volume of supply air. Also, the large coil size, combined with relatively low velocities across the coils result in a fairly long response time. With chilled beams or radiant systems, the most common method for controlling room temperature is regulating the water flow rate through the selected equipment. The alternative is to vary the supply water temperature. The control of water flow rate is achieved through onoff, time proportional on-off, or modulating control valve actuators. The maximum flow rate should be limited by a balancing valve installed on each beam circuit. It is generally recommended for 2-way valves to be used to reduce pumping costs, but 3-way valves can be used when pump speeds are not variable. While on-off and modulating actuator control is straight forward, time proportional on-off systems are a bit more complex. These systems use a feedback control loop to open and close an on-off actuator such that the total time open is proportional to the percentage of flow that is requested by a modulated room controller. While control of this system is more complex, actuator first costs are greatly reduced. Chilled beams should be connected in parallel so that each beam sees the same entering water temperature. For the greatest flexibility of control each beam should be fitted with an actuated control valve. With this setup, the flow rate can be modulated in each beam. And, in the event the entering water temperature reaches a point where condensation is a concern the flow rate to individual units affected can be shut
Chilled Beam
APPLICATION GUIDE
handler loop and chilled beam loop are acceptable (see Figure 11b). Supply Water Temperature Control
Chilled Beam Supply Loop
Balancing Valves (Manual or Automatic)
Chilled Beam Supply Loop
Main Return Loop
Supply Water Temperature Control
Chiller Bypass Loop
3-Way Flow Control Vale (Proportional Control)
Chilled Beams A) Beams installed with a single 2-way valve serving a entire zone.
3-Way Flow Control Vale (Proportional Control) Chilled Beam Return Loop
Figure 10a. Chilled beam zone control - Single flow control
Thermostat
3-Way Flow Control Vale (On/Off or Proportional Control)
Heat Exchanger Bypass Loop
A) Supply temperature control with dedicated chiller
Main Supply Loop
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
2-Way Flow Control Vale (On/Off or Proportional Control)
Chilled Beam Return Loop
B) Supply temperature control secondary chilled beam loop
Figure 11a. Supply water temperature control with dedicated chiller; Figure 11b. Supply water temperature control chilled beam loop
U
When designing systems with occupied/unoccupied modes or with night set back set ups. It is critical to ensure the design relative humidity conditions are met prior any water based sensible cooling. In most cases, 30 minutes of dryair ventilation will be enough to prevent any condensation during morning start-up and when returning to occupied modes. This can easily be achieved for night set back/ morning start up by offsetting the time schedules for the air handlers and chilled beam system pumps.
Balancing Valves (Manual or Automatic)
Chilled Beams B) Beams installed with a single 3-way valve serving a entire zone.
Figure 10b. Chilled beam zone control
Alternatively to varying water flow rate through the beam, the entering water temperature can be varied according to the load in the space. This requires more sophisticated control sequences. Varying the water temperature also requires a bypass loop, that can inject higher temperature water from the return loop of the chilled beams or main air handler into the supply water loop for the beams. In order to control the supply water temperature a dedicated chiller and supply/return circuits can be used (see Figure 11a), or heat exchanger between the main air
APPLICATION GUIGE
down, so that the entire zone do not suffer a loss in sensible capacity. The alternative is one actuated control valve per zone. In either situation, each beam should be fitted with isolation valves on the both the supply and return.
U17
• DISA is a linear active chilled beam diffuser with 2-way air distribution (1-way available on DISA-300HT only). • Unique linear design provides high induction and low noise levels.
DISA
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Chilled Beam
Linear Active Chilled Beams DISA
• Available in cooling & supply air (CO) or cooling, heating & supply air (CH) configurations. • Available as diffuser shell (no coil/piping). • Accessories include rubber lip seal.
• Standard finish is RAL 9010 white paint on diffuser face. • Diffuser is designed to fit into standard module ceiling grids 24” or 12” in width.
DESCRIPTION
U
The DISA active chilled beam diffuser was developed for removing high thermal loads from the space. Supplied with tempered and dehumidified primary air, to handle the latent load, the beam addresses the remaining loads in the space with a heat exchanger installed in the unit. Decoupling the latent and sensible loads takes advantage of the superior volumetric heat capacity of water. The reduced the volume of air that must be delivered to the space results in reducing air handler capacity and size, smaller duct sizes, and overall energy savings. In the primary distribution channel, CNC formed nozzles are precisely arranged. The number and size of nozzles (A, B, C, D) can be varied, thus allowing optimum adjustment of the primary supply air volume. By reducing the primary air to meet the minimum requirements for either room ventilation or latent load in the space, whichever is greater, total system energy costs are reduced.
DISA
The primary air, supplied by the air distribution system is supplied to the mixing chamber via induction nozzles. In the mixing chamber, room air is induced over a horizontally mounted heat exchanger, to address sensible loads in the space. The primary air is mixed with the cooled secondary air and supplied to the room through 1- or 2-slot diffusers integrated into the unit design. The DISA chilled beams are available in a multitude of configurations, resulting in produces that easily integrate into any building or design. These products have been designed to address heating and cooling loads in the space, with either a 2-pipe or 4-pipe system. The low overall height of the DISA product line is ideal for reducing the space required for false ceilings in new buildings and for retrofit applications.
INSTALLATION
U18
In order to achieve a uniform cooling capacity, the beams should be connected to the cold water distribution system
in parallel. It is recommended that DISA chilled beams are connected to a supply air duct system which controls the supplied primary air volume. When integrated with room controllers, the units can be used both for single room and zone control.
ADVANTAGES • Removal of high thermal loads is possible in this air/water system. • The height of the air duct system is reduced to a minimum, due to the low supply of primary air. • Substantial reduction in the operating costs, due to low primary air volume. • Improvement of the thermal comfort inside the room. • Individual adjustment of the primary air volume by means of the nozzle configuration A, B, C, D. • Suitable for all standard ceiling grids.
CLEANING OF THE GRILLE/COIL To clean the grill and the coil, release the safety lock attached to the profile (see #1, above). The grille can now Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
Linear Active Chilled Beams (continued)
(1-Way)
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
swing down, and both the grille and coil become easily accessed for cleaning purposes (see #2, above). Do not use any scouring agents for cleaning these components; damage to the unit construction materials (galvanized steel, aluminum and copper) and the surface coatings (paint and anodized surfaces) may occur. After completion of maintenance, grille must be returned to its original operating position and then the safety locks must be engaged. (2-Way)
U
Schematic diagram of the mode of operation 1 2 3 4
Primary Air Room Air Secondary Air Heat exchanger
(1-Way)
(2-Way)
Schematic diagram of the jet path
DISA U19 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Linear Active Chilled Beams (continued)
U
CONSTRUCTION HOUSING
• Galvanized sheet steel, with 1 or 2 connection pipes E4”, E5” and E6”, position of primary air inlet: • Vertical connection (-V, standard). • Horizontal connection (-H). • with 1 central connection piece (AS1, -AS4*). • with 2 central connection pieces at the same distance (-AS2/AS3, -AS5/6*). • Suitable for all standard ceiling grids.
SLOT
• Extruded aluminum profile painted to RAL 9010 (white, standard).
PERFORATED SHEET GRILLE (-SR,-SQ,-RE,-OB) • Galvanized sheet steel painted to RAL 9010 (white, standard).
LOUVRE GRID (-PA)
• Extruded aluminum profile painted to RAL 9010 (white, standard).
END PIECES (PAIR)
• Sheet steel painted to RAL 9010 (white, standard).
HEAT EXCHANGER (4-CONDUCTOR COOLING AND HEATING)
• A E12mm, copper tubing (14 tubes for cooling mode / 4 for heating mode). • Connection Cu, 12mm x 1.0mm (wall) smooth wall. *Available on DISA-300HT, 1-way throw, horizontal duct connection only
ACCESSORIES EXTENSION
• Possible from 0.5 to 10 inches. The total length and the extension of the DISA must not exceed 10 feet. • Upon customer request, this component may have an integrated return air plenum box or one equipped with mechanically operated grille for mounting various components (lighting, loudspeaker, smoke detector, sprinkler, etc.). ◊ Contact Titus for pricing and availability.
RUBBER LIP SEAL (-GD)
• At the connection pipe for better tightness
CONTROL UNITS
• Valves • Actuators • Temperature controls
CONDENSATION DETECTOR
DISA
• Galvanized sheet steel frame. • Aluminum fins.
U20 Titus by Schako
DIMENSIONS
Chilled Beam www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DISA 300HT - (1-WAY)
B = 11.7”
U
ARRANGEMENT OF THE CONNECTION PIPES (-AS) AND WATER CONNECTION (-WS)
Number/position of the connection pipes • with vertical connection (-V standard). • with horizontal connection (-H). • with 1 central connection piece (AS1, -AS4). • with 2 central connection pieces (-AS2/AS3, -AS5/6).
DIMENSIONS
Number/position of the water connections • with 4 water connections (2 for cooling mode / 2 for heating mode). • sideways top left (-WS1). • sideways top right (-WS2).
U21 Titus by Schako
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DIMENSIONS
U
Chilled Beam
DISA 300HT - (2-WAY)
ARRANGEMENT OF THE CONNECTION PIPES (-AS) AND WATER CONNECTION (-WS)
DIMENSIONS
Number/position of the connection pipes • with vertical connection (-V standard). • with horizontal connection (-H). • with 1 central connection piece (AS1, -AS4). • with 2 central connection pieces (-AS2/AS3, -AS5/6). Number/position of the water connections • with 4 water connections (2 for cooling mode / 2 for heating mode). • sideways top left (-WS1). • sideways top right (-WS2).
U22 Titus by Schako
DIMENSIONS
Chilled Beam www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DISA 600HT
U
ARRANGEMENT OF THE CONNECTION PIPES (-AS) AND WATER CONNECTION (-WS)
Number/position of the connection pipes • with vertical connection (-V standard). • with horizontal connection (-H). • with 1 central connection piece (AS1, -AS4). • with 2 central connection pieces (-AS2/AS3, -AS5/6).
DIMENSIONS
Number/position of the water connections • with 4 water connections (2 for cooling mode / 2 for heating mode). • sideways top left (-WS1). • sideways top right (-WS2).
U23 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DIMENSIONS DISA 300HT (1-WAY)
DISA 300HT (2-WAY)
U
DIMENSIONS
DISA 300HT WITH PERFORATED SHEET GRILLE
U24 Titus by Schako
DIMENSIONS
Chilled Beam www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DISA 300HT WITH END PIECE
DISA 300HT WITHOUT END PIECE
U
DISA 300HT BAND DESIGN WITHOUT END PIECES MOUNTED IN-BETWEEN
DIMENSIONS
*DIMENSIONS ON REQUEST
U25 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
U
Vertical Connection (-V)
DISA 300HT - NUMBER OF CONNECTION PIECES L - 7”
with 1 connection piece (-AS1) L - 7”
Vertical Connection (-V)
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DIMENSIONS
Horizontal Connection (-H)
with 2 connection piece (-AS2/AS3) L - 7”
ACCESSORIES Rubber lip seal (-GD)
Horizontal Connection (-H)
DIMENSIONS
with 1 connection piece (-AS1) L - 7”
with 2 connection piece (-AS2/AS3)
U26 Titus by Schako
DIMENSIONS
Chilled Beam www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DISA 600HT WITH END PIECE
DISA 600HT WITHOUT END PIECE
U DISA 600HT BAND DESIGN WITHOUT END PIECES MOUNTED IN-BETWEEN
DIMENSIONS
DISA 600HT WITH PERFORATED SHEET GRILLE
U27 Titus by Schako
U
Chilled Beam
Vertical Connection (-V)
DISA 600HT - NUMBER OF CONNECTION PIECES
Vertical Connection (-V)
with 1 connection piece (-AS1)
with 2 connection piece (-AS2/AS3)
Horizontal Connection (-H)
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DIMENSIONS
Horizontal Connection (-H)
with 1 connection piece (-AS1)
with 2 connection piece (-AS2/AS3)
ACCESSORIES
DIMENSIONS
Rubber lip seal (-GD)
U28 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
PERFORMANCE DATA
L
Nozzle Type
[ft] A
B 3 C
D
A
B 4 C
D
A
B 5 C
D
B 6 C
D
Cooling
Heating
Ps
Vair
Qair
Dpw
Qcoil
QTotal
Dpw
QTotal
[in wg]
[CFM]
[BTUH]
[ft wg]
[BTUH]
[BTUH]
[ft wg]
[BTUH]
0.2
6.15
133
341
474
321
0.5
9.75
212
549
761
495
0.8
12.50
266
693
959
573
0.2
10.60
229
566
795
525
0.5
16.95
362
788
1150
0.8
21.40
457
921
1378
0.2
19.71
423
788
1211
693
0.5
31.15
665
1109
1774
740
0.8
39.20
843
1293
2136
730
0.2
29.45
635
768
1402
737
0.5
46.62
1003
1211
2214
699
0.8
58.91
1262
1467
2730
618
0.2
9.32
198
498
696
478
0.5
14.62
314
778
1092
727
0.8
18.44
396
959
1355
839
0.2
15.89
338
798
1136
771
0.5
25.00
536
1075
1610
0.8
31.57
676
1228
1904
0.2
29.03
624
1075
1699
1007
0.5
45.98
989
1440
2429
1075
0.8
58.06
1245
1648
2893
1051
0.2
43.65
938
1058
1996
1071
0.5
69.08
1484
1563
3047
1003
0.8
87.30
1873
1842
3716
884
0.2
11.87
252
635
887
604
0.5
18.65
399
993
1392
938
0.8
23.52
505
1218
1723
1085
0.2
20.13
433
1020
1454
989
0.5
32.00
686
1372
2057
1245
0.8
40.26
863
1563
2426
0.2
37.08
795
1368
2163
1307
0.5
58.70
1259
1829
3088
1406
0.8
74.17
1590
2105
3695
1385
0.2
55.73
1198
1334
2532
1406
0.5
88.15
1890
1979
3869
1327
0.8
111.25
2388
2324
4712
1184
0.2
14.83
317
792
1109
761
0.5
23.31
502
1242
1744
1170
0.8
29.45
631
1522
2153
1355
0.2
25.22
543
1273
1815
1239
0.5
40.05
860
1696
2556
0.8
50.43
1082
1924
3006
0.2
46.62
1000
1699
2699
1628
0.5
73.74
1580
2249
3828
1740
0.8
93.02
1993
2590
4582
1709
0.2
69.93
1501
1665
3166
1737
0.5
110.61
2375
2440
4814
1634
0.8
139.64
2996
2815
5811
1450
2.14
2.68
3.15
3.65
659 0.13
706
959 0.17
0.20
PERFORMANCE BASED ON: COOLING:
Room Air Temperature = 75BF Primary Air Temperature = 55BF Water Supply Temperature = 57BF Water Flow Rate = 1.25 gpm
HEATING:
Room Air Temperature = 70BF Primary Air Temperature = 55BF Water Supply Temperature = 120BF Water Flow Rate = 0.5 gpm
LEGEND: Ps Vair Qair Qcoil QTotal Dpw
-
Unit Inlet Pressure [in wg] Primary Air Flow Rate [CFM] Capacity, Primary Air [BTUH] Capacity, Water Coil [BTUH] Capacity, Unit Total [BTUH] Water Coil Pressure Drop [ft wg]
1027
1338
1549 0.23
U
PERFORMANCE DATA
A
Primary Air
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DISA 300HT: 1-WAY THROW
1662
U29 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PERFORMANCE DATA
U
DISA 300HT: 1-WAY THROW (continued) Type
[ft] A
B 7 C
D
A
B 8 C
D
A
B 9
PERFORMANCE DATA
C
D
Primary Air
Cooling
Heating
Ps
Vair
Qair
Dpw
Qcoil
QTotal
Dpw
QTotal
[in wg]
[CFM]
[BTUH]
[ft wg]
[BTUH]
[BTUH]
[ft wg]
[BTUH]
0.2
17.38
372
928
1300
887
0.5
27.34
587
1454
2040
1378
0.8
34.54
740
1774
2515
1597
0.2
29.67
635
1494
2129
1460
0.5
46.83
1007
1979
2986
1836
0.8
59.12
1269
2238
3508
0.2
54.67
1170
1979
3149
1928
0.5
86.46
1853
2614
4466
2074
0.8
108.92
2337
3057
5394
2044
0.2
82.01
1761
1931
3692
2068
0.5
129.68
2781
2846
5626
1958
0.8
163.59
3511
3265
6776
1747
0.2
19.92
427
1058
1484
1013
0.5
31.36
672
1662
2334
1590
0.8
39.63
850
2027
2876
1842
0.2
34.12
730
1716
2446
1679
0.5
53.82
1153
2262
3415
0.8
67.81
1457
2542
3999
0.2
62.72
1344
2259
3603
2231
0.5
98.96
2122
2941
5063
2409
0.8
125.02
2678
3446
6125
2378
0.2
94.08
2016
2197
4214
2402
0.5
148.75
3190
3190
6380
2283
0.8
187.74
4026
3692
7718
2044
0.2
22.67
485
1204
1689
1157
0.5
35.81
768
1897
2665
1808
0.8
45.13
969
2303
3272
2098
0.2
38.78
833
1952
2784
1914
0.5
61.24
1314
2552
3866
0.8
77.34
1658
2846
4504
0.2
71.41
1532
2552
4084
2542
0.5
112.73
2419
3289
5708
2740
0.8
142.40
3361
3917
7278
2706
0.2
107.22
2300
2487
4787
2733
0.5
169.52
3634
3596
7230
2597
0.2
25.43
546
1344
1890
1297
0.5
40.05
860
2095
2955
2030
0.8
50.64
1085
2484
3569
2354
0.2
43.44
935
2153
3088
2146
0.5
68.87
1474
2706
4180
0.8
86.88
1863
2982
4845
0.2
80.10
1720
2706
4425
2849
0.5
126.72
2716
3613
6329
3074
0.8
159.77
3429
4371
7800
3033
0.2
120.36
2579
2648
5227
3064
0.5
190.29
4081
4094
8175
2914
4.15
4.69
5.19
0.27
1972
COOLING:
Room Air Temperature = 75BF Primary Air Temperature = 55BF Water Supply Temperature = 57BF Water Flow Rate = 1.25 gpm
HEATING:
Room Air Temperature = 70BF Primary Air Temperature = 55BF Water Supply Temperature = 120BF Water Flow Rate = 0.5 gpm
LEGEND: Ps Vair Qair Qcoil QTotal Dpw
-
Unit Inlet Pressure [in wg] Primary Air Flow Rate [CFM] Capacity, Primary Air [BTUH] Capacity, Water Coil [BTUH] Capacity, Unit Total [BTUH] Water Coil Pressure Drop [ft wg]
2119 0.30
2279
2416 0.34
2597
0.8 A
B 10 C
D
U30
PERFORMANCE BASED ON:
Nozzle L
5.66
2713 0.37
2914
0.8
Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
PERFORMANCE DATA
L
Nozzle Type
[ft] A
B 3 C
D
A
B 4 C
D
A
B 5 C
D
B 6 C
D
Cooling
Heating
Ps
Vair
Qair
Dpw
Qcoil
QTotal
Dpw
QTotal
[in wg]
[CFM]
[BTUH]
[ft wg]
[BTUH]
[BTUH]
[ft wg]
[BTUH]
0.2
6.15
133
392
525
375
0.5
9.75
212
624
836
549
0.8
12.50
266
778
1044
628
0.2
10.60
229
641
870
577
0.5
16.95
362
887
1249
0.8
21.40
457
1030
1488
0.2
19.71
423
894
1317
744
0.5
31.15
665
1232
1897
795
0.8
39.20
843
1423
2266
781
0.2
29.45
635
887
1522
792
0.5
46.62
1003
1351
2354
751
0.8
58.91
1262
1617
2880
672
0.2
9.32
198
566
764
556
0.5
14.62
314
873
1187
805
0.8
18.44
396
1065
1460
914
0.2
15.89
338
894
1232
850
0.5
25.00
536
1191
1726
1037
0.8
31.57
676
1351
2027
0.2
29.03
624
1198
1822
1085
0.5
45.98
989
1580
2569
1153
0.8
58.06
1245
1795
3040
1129
0.2
43.65
938
1194
2133
1150
0.5
69.08
1484
1723
3207
1082
0.8
87.30
1873
1894
3767
962
0.2
11.87
252
720
972
706
0.5
18.65
399
1109
1508
1041
0.8
23.52
505
1351
1856
1187
0.2
20.13
433
1143
1576
1092
0.5
32.00
686
1515
2201
0.8
40.26
863
1720
2583
0.2
37.08
795
1518
2313
1409
0.5
58.70
1259
2013
3272
1508
0.8
74.17
1590
2286
3876
1488
0.2
55.73
1198
1505
2702
1508
0.5
88.15
1890
2191
4081
1430
0.8
111.25
2388
2201
4589
1283
0.2
14.83
317
901
1218
914
0.5
23.31
502
1389
1890
1297
0.8
29.45
631
1679
2310
1481
0.2
25.22
543
1423
1965
1361
0.5
40.05
860
1866
2726
0.8
50.43
1082
2109
3190
0.2
46.62
1000
1880
2880
1754
0.5
73.74
1580
2477
4057
1866
0.8
93.02
1993
2798
4790
1836
0.2
69.93
1501
1870
3371
1863
0.5
110.61
2375
2702
5077
1761
0.8
139.64
2996
2266
5261
1576
2.14
2.68
3.15
3.65
713 0.13
0.17
757
PERFORMANCE BASED ON: COOLING:
Room Air Temperature = 75BF Primary Air Temperature = 55BF Water Supply Temperature = 57BF Water Flow Rate = 1.25 gpm
HEATING:
Room Air Temperature = 70BF Primary Air Temperature = 55BF Water Supply Temperature = 120BF Water Flow Rate = 0.5 gpm
LEGEND: Ps Vair Qair Qcoil QTotal Dpw
-
Unit Inlet Pressure [in wg] Primary Air Flow Rate [CFM] Capacity, Primary Air [BTUH] Capacity, Water Coil [BTUH] Capacity, Unit Total [BTUH] Water Coil Pressure Drop [ft wg]
1105
U
1348 0.20
1440
PERFORMANCE DATA
A
Primary Air
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DISA 300HT: 2-WAY THROW
1675 0.23
1788
U31 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PERFORMANCE DATA
U
DISA 300HT: 2-WAY THROW (continued) Type
[ft] A
B 7 C
D
A
B 8 C
D
A
B 9
PERFORMANCE DATA
C
D
Primary Air
Cooling
Heating
Ps
Vair
Qair
Dpw
Qcoil
QTotal
Dpw
QTotal
[in wg]
[CFM]
[BTUH]
[ft wg]
[BTUH]
[BTUH]
[ft wg]
[BTUH]
0.2
17.38
372
1058
1430
1037
0.5
27.34
587
1624
2211
1529
0.8
34.54
740
1955
2695
1747
0.2
29.67
635
1668
2303
1610
0.5
46.83
1007
2173
3180
1986
0.8
59.12
1269
2450
3719
0.2
54.67
1170
2180
3351
2078
0.5
86.46
1853
2907
4760
2225
0.8
108.92
2337
3286
5623
2194
0.2
82.01
1750
2160
3910
2218
0.5
129.68
2781
3187
5968
2109
0.8
163.59
3511
1976
5486
1897
0.2
19.92
427
1208
1634
1187
0.5
31.36
672
1856
2528
1764
0.8
39.63
850
2228
3078
2016
0.2
34.12
730
1914
2644
1853
0.5
53.82
1153
2474
3627
0.8
67.81
1457
2767
4224
0.2
62.72
1344
2477
3821
2405
0.5
98.96
2122
3269
5391
2583
0.8
125.02
2678
3719
6398
2552
0.2
94.08
2016
2450
4466
2576
0.5
148.75
3190
3589
6780
2457
0.8
187.74
4026
2119
6145
2218
0.2
22.67
485
1375
1860
1355
0.5
35.81
768
2115
2883
2006
0.8
45.13
969
2518
3487
2296
0.2
38.78
833
2173
3006
2112
0.5
61.24
1314
2774
4088
0.8
77.34
1658
3088
4746
0.2
71.41
1532
2781
4313
2740
0.5
112.73
2419
3695
6114
2941
0.8
142.40
3054
4204
7257
2904
0.2
107.22
2300
2753
5053
2931
0.5
169.52
3634
4098
7732
2798
0.2
25.43
546
1535
2081
1522
0.5
40.05
860
2310
3170
2252
0.8
50.64
1085
2675
3760
2576
0.2
43.44
935
2368
3303
2368
0.5
68.87
1474
2907
4381
0.8
86.88
1863
3293
5156
0.2
80.10
1720
2914
4633
3071
0.5
126.72
2716
4221
6937
3296
0.8
159.77
3429
2713
6142
3258
0.2
120.36
2579
2887
5466
3289
0.5
190.29
4081
4197
8278
3139
4.15
4.69
5.19
0.27
2122
COOLING:
Room Air Temperature = 75BF Primary Air Temperature = 55BF Water Supply Temperature = 57BF Water Flow Rate = 1.25 gpm
HEATING:
Room Air Temperature = 70BF Primary Air Temperature = 55BF Water Supply Temperature = 120BF Water Flow Rate = 0.5 gpm
LEGEND: Ps Vair Qair Qcoil QTotal Dpw
-
Unit Inlet Pressure [in wg] Primary Air Flow Rate [CFM] Capacity, Primary Air [BTUH] Capacity, Water Coil [BTUH] Capacity, Unit Total [BTUH] Water Coil Pressure Drop [ft wg]
2296 0.30
2453
2614 0.34
2794
0.8 A
B 10 C
D
U32
PERFORMANCE BASED ON:
Nozzle L
5.66
2934 0.37
3136
0.8
Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
PERFORMANCE DATA
L
Nozzle Type
[ft] A
B 3 C
D
A
B 4 C
D
A
B 5 C
D
B 6 C
D
Cooling
Heating
Ps
Vair
Qair
Dpw
Qcoil
QTotal
Dpw
QTotal
[in wg]
[CFM]
[BTUH]
[ft wg]
[BTUH]
[BTUH]
[ft wg]
[BTUH]
0.2
6.15
133
392
525
375
0.5
9.75
212
624
836
549
0.8
12.50
266
778
1044
628
0.2
10.60
229
641
870
577
0.5
16.95
362
887
1249
0.8
21.40
457
1030
1488
0.2
19.71
423
894
1317
744
0.5
31.15
665
1232
1897
795
0.8
39.20
843
1423
2266
781
0.2
29.45
635
887
1522
792
0.5
46.62
1003
1351
2354
751
0.8
58.91
1262
1617
2880
672
0.2
9.32
198
566
764
556
0.5
14.62
314
873
1187
805
0.8
18.44
396
1065
1460
914
0.2
15.89
338
894
1232
850
0.5
25.00
536
1191
1726
1037
0.8
31.57
676
1351
2027
0.2
29.03
624
1198
1822
1085
0.5
45.98
989
1580
2569
1153
0.8
58.06
1245
1795
3040
1129
0.2
43.65
938
1194
2133
1150
0.5
69.08
1484
1723
3207
1082
0.8
87.30
1873
1894
3767
962
0.2
11.87
252
720
972
706
0.5
18.65
399
1109
1508
1041
0.8
23.52
505
1351
1856
1187
0.2
20.13
433
1143
1576
1092
0.5
32.00
686
1515
2201
0.8
40.26
863
1720
2583
0.2
37.08
795
1518
2313
1409
0.5
58.70
1259
2013
3272
1508
0.8
74.17
1590
2286
3876
1488
0.2
55.73
1198
1505
2702
1508
0.5
88.15
1890
2191
4081
1430
0.8
111.25
2388
2201
4589
1283
0.2
14.83
317
901
1218
914
0.5
23.31
502
1389
1890
1297
0.8
29.45
631
1679
2310
1481
0.2
25.22
543
1423
1965
1361
0.5
40.05
860
1866
2726
0.8
50.43
1082
2109
3190
0.2
46.62
1000
1880
2880
1754
0.5
73.74
1580
2477
4057
1866
0.8
93.02
1993
2798
4790
1836
0.2
69.93
1501
1870
3371
1863
0.5
110.61
2375
2702
5077
1761
0.8
139.64
2996
2266
5261
1576
2.14
2.68
3.15
3.65
713 0.13
0.17
757
PERFORMANCE BASED ON: COOLING:
Room Air Temperature = 75BF Primary Air Temperature = 55BF Water Supply Temperature = 57BF Water Flow Rate = 1.25 gpm
HEATING:
Room Air Temperature = 70BF Primary Air Temperature = 55BF Water Supply Temperature = 120BF Water Flow Rate = 0.5 gpm
LEGEND: Ps Vair Qair Qcoil QTotal Dpw
-
Unit Inlet Pressure [in wg] Primary Air Flow Rate [CFM] Capacity, Primary Air [BTUH] Capacity, Water Coil [BTUH] Capacity, Unit Total [BTUH] Water Coil Pressure Drop [ft wg]
1105
U
1348 0.20
1440
PERFORMANCE DATA
A
Primary Air
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DISA 600HT: 2-WAY THROW
1675 0.23
1788
U33 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PERFORMANCE DATA
U
DISA 600HT: 2-WAY THROW (continued) Type
[ft] A
B 7 C
D
A
B 8 C
D
A
B 9
PERFORMANCE DATA
C
D
Primary Air
Cooling
Heating
Ps
Vair
Qair
Dpw
Qcoil
QTotal
Dpw
QTotal
[in wg]
[CFM]
[BTUH]
[ft wg]
[BTUH]
[BTUH]
[ft wg]
[BTUH]
0.2
17
317
1239
1556
1928
0.5
27
587
2143
2730
3293
0.8
35
740
2562
3303
3835
0.2
30
543
1839
2382
2764
0.5
47
1007
2781
3787
4013
0.8
59
1269
3204
4473
0.2
55
1000
2706
3705
3798
0.5
86
1853
3610
5463
4685
0.8
109
2337
4009
6346
4924
0.2
82
1501
2842
4343
3569
0.5
130
2781
3852
6633
4357
0.8
164
3511
4326
7837
4480
0.2
20
372
1436
1808
2177
0.5
31
672
2450
3122
3702
0.8
40
850
2873
3722
4285
0.2
34
635
2102
2736
3088
0.5
54
1153
3166
4320
0.8
68
1457
3617
5074
0.2
63
1170
3057
4227
4217
0.5
99
2122
4077
6200
5145
0.8
125
2678
4528
7206
5370
0.2
94
1761
3221
4982
3937
0.5
149
3190
4337
7527
4736
0.8
188
4026
4831
8858
4825
0.2
23
427
1583
2010
2443
0.5
36
768
2723
3490
4105
0.8
45
969
3235
4204
4719
0.2
39
730
2388
3119
3436
0.5
61
1314
3528
4842
0.8
77
1658
4006
5664
0.2
71
1344
3473
4818
4637
0.5
113
2419
4531
6950
5575
0.8
142
3054
5005
8059
5777
0.2
107
2016
3596
5613
4296
0.5
170
3634
4821
8455
5077
0.2
25
485
1767
2252
2699
0.5
40
860
3016
3876
4473
0.8
51
1085
3555
4640
5111
0.2
43
935
2644
3579
3774
0.5
69
1474
3879
5353
0.8
87
1863
4401
6264
0.2
80
1720
3784
5504
5012
0.5
127
2716
4937
7653
5947
0.8
160
3429
5442
8871
6114
0.2
120
2579
3999
6578
4623
0.5
190
4081
5268
9349
5374
8.48
9.48
10.49
0.54
4453
COOLING:
Room Air Temperature = 75BF Primary Air Temperature = 55BF Water Supply Temperature = 57BF Water Flow Rate = 1.25 gpm
HEATING:
Room Air Temperature = 70BF Primary Air Temperature = 55BF Water Supply Temperature = 120BF Water Flow Rate = 0.5 gpm
LEGEND: Ps Vair Qair Qcoil QTotal Dpw
-
Unit Inlet Pressure [in wg] Primary Air Flow Rate [CFM] Capacity, Primary Air [BTUH] Capacity, Water Coil [BTUH] Capacity, Unit Total [BTUH] Water Coil Pressure Drop [ft wg]
4456 0.60
4920
4896 0.67
5370
0.8 A
B 10 C
D
U34
PERFORMANCE BASED ON:
Nozzle L
11.46
5309 0.74
5787
0.8
Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
Linear Active Chilled Beams (continued)
• DISA-V is a linear sidewall active chilled beam diffuser with horizontal air distribution. DISA-V
• Unique linear design provides high induction and low noise levels. • Configurable as cooling & supply air (CO) or cooling, heating & supply air (CH) configurations. • Available as diffuser shell (no coil/piping). • Accessories include rubber lip seal.
• Standard finish is RAL 9010 white paint on diffuser face. • Diffuser is designed to be recessed into a sidewall, soffit or bulkhead.
DESCRIPTION
INSTALLATION
The DISA-V sidewall active chilled beam diffuser was developed for removing high thermal loads from the space. Supplied with tempered and dehumidified primary air, to handle the latent load, the beam addresses the remaining loads in the space with a heat exchanger installed in the unit. Decoupling the latent and sensible loads takes advantage of the superior volumetric heat capacity of water. The reduced the volume of air that must be delivered to the space results in reducing air handler capacity and size, smaller duct sizes, and overall energy savings.
In order to achieve a uniform cooling capacity, the beams should be connected to the cold water distribution system in parallel. It is recommended that DISA-V chilled beams are connected to the supply air duct system which controls the supplied primary air volume. When integrated with room controllers, the units can be used both for single room and zone control.
In the primary distribution channel, CNC formed nozzles are precisely arranged. The number and size of nozzles (A, B, C, D) can be varied, thus allowing optimum adjustment of the primary supply air volume. By reducing the primary air to meet the minimum requirements for either room ventilation or latent load in the space, total system energy costs are reduced. The primary air, supplied by the air distribution system is supplied to the mixing chamber via induction nozzles. In the mixing chamber, room air is induced through a vertically mounted heat exchanger, to address sensible loads in the space. The primary air is mixed with the cooled secondary air and supplied to the room in a horizontal throw pattern through 1-slot diffuser integrated into the unit design.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DISA-V
U
ADVANTAGES • Removal of high thermal loads is possible in this air/water system. • The size of the supply duct system is minimized due to reduced primary air requirements. • Substantial reduction in the operating costs due to low primary air volume. • Improved thermal comfort inside the space. • Individual adjustment of the primary air volume by means of the nozzle configuration A, B, C, & D. • Suitable for all standard ceiling grids.
DISA-V
The DISA-V chilled beams are available in a multitude of configurations, resulting in produces that easily integrate into any building or design. These products have been designed to address heating and cooling loads in the space, with either a 2-pipe or 4-pipe system. The construction of the DISA-V product line is ideal for installation in soffits and sidewalls where ceiling space is limited. The horizontal throw pattern is enables comfortable cooling to be delivered to small spaces by effectively rolling without creating drafts.
U35 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Linear Active Chilled Beams (continued)
Schematic diagram of the mode of operation
U
(1-Way)
(2-Way)
Schematic diagram of the jet path
CONSTRUCTION HOUSING
• Galvanized sheet steel, with 1 or 2 connection pipes E4”, E5” and E6”, position of primary air inlet: • with 1 central connection piece (AS1, -AS4*). • with 2 central connection pieces at the same distance (-AS2/AS3).
SLOT
• Extruded aluminum profile painted to RAL 9010 (white, standard).
DISA-V
PERFORATED SHEET GRILLE (-SR,-SQ,-RE,-OB) • Galvanized sheet steel painted to RAL 9010 (white, standard).
LOUVRE GRID (-PA)
• Extruded aluminum profile painted to RAL 9010 (white, standard).
• A E12mm, copper tubing (14 tubes for cooling mode / 4 for heating mode). • Connection Cu, 12mm x 1.0mm (wall) smooth wall.
ACCESSORIES EXTENSION
• Possible up to 12 inches. The total length and the extension of the DISA-V must not exceed 10 feet.
RUBBER LIP SEAL (-GD)
• At the connection pipe for better tightness
CONTROL OPTIONS
• Valves • Actuators • Temperature controls • Condensation sensor
HEAT EXCHANGER (4-PIPE COOLING AND HEATING)
U36
• Galvanized sheet steel frame. • Aluminum fins.
Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
DIMENSIONS
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DISA-V
U
ARRANGEMENT OF THE CONNECTION PIPES (-AS) AND WATER CONNECTION (-WS) WATER CONNECTIONS
DUCT CONNECTIONS WITH 1 CONNECTION PIECE (-AS1) Number/position of the connection pipes • with 1 central connection piece (AS1). • with 2 central connection pieces (-AS2/AS3). Number/position of the water connections • with 4 water connections (2 for cooling mode / 2 for heating mode). • sideways top left (-WS1). • sideways top right (-WS2).
DIMENSIONS
WITH 2 CONNECTION PIECES (-AS2/-AS3)
U37 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DIMENSIONS WATER CONNECTIONS
L
Single Connection
Dual Connection
a,c
a,b
900 1200 1500
U
1800 2100 2400 2700 3000
PERFORATED SHEET GRILLE
ACCESSORIES
DIMENSIONS
Rubber lip seal (-GD)
U38 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
PERFORMANCE DATA
L
Nozzle Type
[ft] A
B 3 C
D
A
B 4 C
D
A
B 5 C
D
B 6 C
D
Cooling
Heating
Ps
Vair
Qair
Dpw
Qcoil
QTotal
Dpw
QTotal
[in wg]
[CFM]
[BTUH]
[ft wg]
[BTUH]
[BTUH]
[ft wg]
[BTUH]
0.2
6.15
133
341
474
321
0.5
9.75
212
549
761
495
0.8
12.50
266
693
959
573
0.2
10.60
229
566
795
525
0.5
16.95
362
788
1150
0.8
21.40
457
921
1378
0.2
19.71
423
788
1211
693
0.5
31.15
665
1109
1774
740
0.8
39.20
843
1293
2136
730
0.2
29.45
635
768
1402
737
0.5
46.62
1003
1211
2214
699
0.8
58.91
1262
1467
2730
618
0.2
9.32
198
498
696
478
0.5
14.62
314
778
1092
727
0.8
18.44
396
959
1355
839
0.2
15.89
338
798
1136
771
0.5
25.00
536
1075
1610
0.8
31.57
676
1228
1904
0.2
29.03
624
1075
1699
1007
0.5
45.98
989
1440
2429
1075
0.8
58.06
1245
1648
2893
1051
0.2
43.65
938
1058
1996
1071
0.5
69.08
1484
1563
3047
1003
0.8
87.30
1873
1842
3716
884
0.2
11.87
252
635
887
604
0.5
18.65
399
993
1392
938
0.8
23.52
505
1218
1723
1085
0.2
20.13
433
1020
1454
989
0.5
32.00
686
1372
2057
1245
0.8
40.26
863
1563
2426
0.2
37.08
795
1368
2163
1307
0.5
58.70
1259
1829
3088
1406
0.8
74.17
1590
2105
3695
1385
0.2
55.73
1198
1334
2532
1406
0.5
88.15
1890
1979
3869
1327
0.8
111.25
2388
2324
4712
1184
0.2
14.83
317
792
1109
761
0.5
23.31
502
1242
1744
1170
0.8
29.45
631
1522
2153
1355
0.2
25.22
543
1273
1815
1239
0.5
40.05
860
1696
2556
0.8
50.43
1082
1924
3006
0.2
46.62
1000
1699
2699
1628
0.5
73.74
1580
2249
3828
1740
0.8
93.02
1993
2590
4582
1709
0.2
69.93
1501
1665
3166
1737
0.5
110.61
2375
2440
4814
1634
0.8
139.64
2996
2815
5811
1450
2.14
2.68
3.15
3.65
659 0.13
706
959 0.17
0.20
PERFORMANCE BASED ON: COOLING:
Room Air Temperature = 75BF Primary Air Temperature = 55BF Water Supply Temperature = 57BF Water Flow Rate = 1.25 gpm
HEATING:
Room Air Temperature = 70BF Primary Air Temperature = 55BF Water Supply Temperature = 120BF Water Flow Rate = 0.5 gpm
LEGEND: Ps Vair Qair Qcoil QTotal Dpw
-
Unit Inlet Pressure [in wg] Primary Air Flow Rate [CFM] Capacity, Primary Air [BTUH] Capacity, Water Coil [BTUH] Capacity, Unit Total [BTUH] Water Coil Pressure Drop [ft wg]
1027
1338
1549 0.23
U
PERFORMANCE DATA
A
Primary Air
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DISA-V
1662
U39 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PERFORMANCE DATA
U
DISA-V (continued) Type
[ft] A
B 7 C
D
A
B 8 C
D
A
B 9
PERFORMANCE DATA
C
D
Primary Air
Cooling
Heating
Ps
Vair
Qair
Dpw
Qcoil
QTotal
Dpw
QTotal
[in wg]
[CFM]
[BTUH]
[ft wg]
[BTUH]
[BTUH]
[ft wg]
[BTUH]
0.2
17.38
372
928
1300
887
0.5
27.34
587
1454
2040
1378
0.8
34.54
740
1774
2515
1597
0.2
29.67
635
1494
2129
1460
0.5
46.83
1007
1979
2986
1836
0.8
59.12
1269
2238
3508
0.2
54.67
1170
1979
3149
1928
0.5
86.46
1853
2614
4466
2074
0.8
108.92
2337
3057
5394
2044
0.2
82.01
1761
1931
3692
2068
0.5
129.68
2781
2846
5626
1958
0.8
163.59
3511
3265
6776
1747
0.2
19.92
427
1058
1484
1013
0.5
31.36
672
1662
2334
1590
0.8
39.63
850
2027
2876
1842
0.2
34.12
730
1716
2446
1679
0.5
53.82
1153
2262
3415
0.8
67.81
1457
2542
3999
0.2
62.72
1344
2259
3603
2231
0.5
98.96
2122
2941
5063
2409
0.8
125.02
2678
3446
6125
2378
0.2
94.08
2016
2197
4214
2402
0.5
148.75
3190
3190
6380
2283
0.8
187.74
4026
3692
7718
2044
0.2
22.67
485
1204
1689
1157
0.5
35.81
768
1897
2665
1808
0.8
45.13
969
2303
3272
2098
0.2
38.78
833
1952
2784
1914
0.5
61.24
1314
2552
3866
0.8
77.34
1658
2846
4504
0.2
71.41
1532
2552
4084
2542
0.5
112.73
2419
3289
5708
2740
0.8
142.40
3361
3917
7278
2706
0.2
107.22
2300
2487
4787
2733
0.5
169.52
3634
3596
7230
2597
0.2
25.43
546
1344
1890
1297
0.5
40.05
860
2095
2955
2030
0.8
50.64
1085
2484
3569
2354
0.2
43.44
935
2153
3088
2146
0.5
68.87
1474
2706
4180
0.8
86.88
1863
2982
4845
0.2
80.10
1720
2706
4425
2849
0.5
126.72
2716
3613
6329
3074
0.8
159.77
3429
4371
7800
3033
0.2
120.36
2579
2648
5227
3064
0.5
190.29
4081
4094
8175
2914
4.15
4.69
5.19
0.27
1972
COOLING:
Room Air Temperature = 75BF Primary Air Temperature = 55BF Water Supply Temperature = 57BF Water Flow Rate = 1.25 gpm
HEATING:
Room Air Temperature = 70BF Primary Air Temperature = 55BF Water Supply Temperature = 120BF Water Flow Rate = 0.5 gpm
LEGEND: Ps Vair Qair Qcoil QTotal Dpw
-
Unit Inlet Pressure [in wg] Primary Air Flow Rate [CFM] Capacity, Primary Air [BTUH] Capacity, Water Coil [BTUH] Capacity, Unit Total [BTUH] Water Coil Pressure Drop [ft wg]
2119 0.30
2279
2416 0.34
2597
0.8 A
B 10 C
D
U40
PERFORMANCE BASED ON:
Nozzle L
5.66
2713 0.37
2914
0.8
Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
PERFORMANCE DATA
Nozzle Type L [ft]
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
A
B
C
D
Connection Piece Diameter
Connection Piece Diameter
Connection Piece Diameter
Connection Piece Diameter
[in wg]
ø4"
ø5"
ø6"
ø4"
ø5"
ø6"
ø4"
ø5"
ø6"
ø4"
ø5"
ø6"
0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
20 20 20 21 23 26 20 20 20 21 23 27 20 20 20 22 24 27 20 20 20 22 25 28 20 20 20 23 25 28 20 20 21 24 26 29 20 20 22 25 27 30 20 20 24 26 29 32
20 20 20 21 23 26 20 20 20 21 23 27 20 20 20 22 24 27 20 20 20 22 25 28 20 20 20 23 25 28 20 20 21 23 26 29 20 20 21 24 26 29 20 20 22 25 27 30
20 20 20 21 23 26 20 20 20 21 23 27 20 20 20 22 24 27 20 20 20 22 24 28 20 20 20 23 25 28 20 20 21 23 26 29 20 20 21 24 26 29 20 20 22 24 27 30
20 20 20 21 23 27 20 20 20 21 24 28 20 20 20 23 25 29 20 20 22 25 28 31 20 21 25 28 30 33 21 24 27 30 33 36 24 27 31 34 36 39 27 30 33 36 39 42
20 20 20 21 23 27 20 20 20 21 24 28 20 20 20 22 25 28 20 20 20 23 25 29 20 20 21 24 26 30 20 20 22 25 28 31 20 20 24 27 30 34 20 22 26 30 32 36
20 20 20 21 23 27 20 20 20 21 24 28 20 20 20 22 24 28 20 20 20 22 25 29 20 20 20 23 26 29 20 20 21 24 26 30 20 20 21 24 27 31 20 20 22 25 28 31
20 20 21 25 28 32 20 21 25 28 31 35 23 26 30 33 35 39 29 31 35 38 41 44 33 35 39 42 45 48 37 39 43 46 48 51 40 43 46 49 52 55 43 46 50 53 55 58
20 20 21 24 28 32 20 20 22 25 28 33 20 20 24 27 30 35 21 23 28 31 34 38 25 28 32 36 39 42 29 32 36 40 43 46 33 36 40 44 47 50 36 39 44 47 50 54
20 20 21 24 27 32 20 20 21 25 28 33 20 20 22 25 29 33 20 20 23 27 30 34 20 20 25 28 31 36 20 22 27 30 33 37 23 25 30 33 36 40 25 28 33 36 39 43
25 28 34 39 44 51 29 32 37 41 45 51 34 37 41 45 48 53 40 42 46 50 52 56 44 46 50 53 56 60 48 50 54 57 60 63 51 54 57 60 63 66 54 57 61 64 66 69
24 28 34 39 44 50 25 29 35 40 45 51 28 31 37 42 46 52 33 36 41 45 49 54 37 40 45 49 52 57 42 44 49 53 56 60 46 48 53 57 60 63 49 52 57 60 63 67
24 28 34 39 44 50 25 28 34 40 44 51 26 29 35 40 45 52 27 30 36 41 46 52 29 32 38 42 47 53 32 35 40 44 48 54 35 38 43 47 50 56 38 41 46 50 53 58
Titus by Schako
U
PERFORMANCE DATA
9
PS
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DISA-V SOUND DATA (dBA)
U41
Chilled Beam
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS
U
PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY
A. This section describes active ceiling mounted chilled beams. B. Model DISA
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit as specified herein. B. Submit for review: • a. Product data for all items. Data shall be complete with the following information: 1. Operating weight and dimensions of assembled units. 2. Performance data, including supply airflow, water flow rate, water pressure drop, and inlet static pressure. 3. Construction details, including materials of construction and fastening methods.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Units shall be model DISA with diffuser with throw pattern as specified on drawings. B. Considering the innovative technology utilized to engineer and manufacturer the applied equipment specified for this project the following substitution considerations shall apply to any manufacture requesting prior approval: a. Fifteen day prior to bid date any manufacturer who would like to be considered shall submit the following information via certified mail to the design professional. b. Submittal documentation for every product proposed including schedule and performance date for each with physical and thermal calculations. c. Any and all costs associated with using a substituted product shall be the responsibility of the Mechanical contractor. This includes but is not limited to redesign fees, additional piping and ductwork, and controls required.
SPECIFICATIONS
2.02 GENERAL
U42
A. It is the design intent of these specifications to provide a fully integrated HVAC system with all parts working together. These induction units need clean, dehumidified primary air from a dedicated outdoor air unit, hot and chilled water from a boiler and chiller, piping, and controls to coordinate each component to perform as intended. Changes, modifications, or substitutions on any component will impact all the other parts of the system and cannot be made without a careful review of all related specifications. B. Chilled beam unit shall be constant volume primary air flow units designed to induce a secondary airflow within the conditioned space using the primary conditioned air supply. Units shall be designed for ceiling installation with factory supplied hanging brackets. Hanger rods or other approved hanging system to be field supplied and installed in the field by installing contractor. C. Units shall be equipped with a round low velocity pres-
sure inlet transition, one air plenum and air induction nozzle plate, a supply and return chilled water piping connection, one supply and return hot water piping connection, and one combination supply/return air grille for effective room air distribution. The grille shall be hinged and secured in place with tool-less safety fasteners to provide full access to the return air side of the coil. The unit shall be capable of inducing the secondary airflow within the conditioned space using the velocity pressure of the primary airflow. This secondary air must flow directly from the room to the unit and shall not use the ceiling as a return air plenum. Active beam units using the ceiling plenum as a return air path are not acceptable. D. Each unit shall be equipped with a multiple row water coil for chilled water and hot water. Latent conditioning of the air supplied to the space shall be performed at the dedicated outdoor air unit and controlled by exhaust air humidity sensors.
2.03 CASINGS
A. The entire unit shall be constructed of 20 gauge galvanized G90 sheet metal. The primary air plenum and nozzles shall be designed and configured to provide uniform air distribution with low noise operation to all nozzles.
2.04 WATER COIL ASSEMBLY
A. Coils shall be of the hot and chilled water type utilizing aluminum fins and copper tubes with integral manual air vent. Coils shall be factory leak tested at 350 PSI water. Coil connections shall be as indicated on the drawings. B. Coils must be one flat plate assembly with no interconnecting joints to minimize leakage. Each coil shall be of the fin plate design surrounding the copper tube wall via fin spacing of 10 fins per inch.
2.05 PERFORMANCE
A. All chilled beam units shall be rated in accordance with EN 15116.
PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION – GENERAL
A. Follow manufacturer’s installation instructions and recommendations for all equipment. B. Install chilled beam units in ceiling in such a manner as to allow easy access to all controls. C. Using the hanging brackets on each unit supplied by the manufacturer, attach chilled beam units to supporting structure using field supplied threaded rod or other secure hanging system. D. Provide primary supply air connection and seal with duct sealer after installation. A volume control balancing damper shall be installed at the branch takeoffs for each chilled beam for the air balancing contractor. E. Provide water supply/return connection and install temperature control valve.
Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
Linear Active Chilled Beams (continued)
• LCBS is a linear active chilled beam diffuser with 1-way air distribution. LCBS
• Unique linear design provides high capacity, high induction and low noise levels. • Available in cooling & supply air (CO) or cooling, heating & supply air (CH) configurations. • Integrated dew-point safety pan. • Return section of diffuser removable without tools; providing access to interior of unit. • Water coils supplied with manual air vents. • Accessories include disposable or washable filter, and plenum rated float switch for safety pan.
• Standard finish is #26 white paint on diffuser face. • Diffuser is designed to fit into standard 12” x18”, 24” x 48”, or 24” x 24” modular ceiling grids. • Factory supplied hanging brackets. • Casing constructed of 20 GA galvanized steel.
DESCRIPTION
INSTALLATION
The LCBS 1-way active chilled beam diffusers are designed for removing high thermal loads from the space. Supplied with tempered and dehumidified primary air, to handle the latent load, the beam addresses the remaining loads in the space with a heat exchanger installed in the unit. Decoupling the latent and sensible loads takes advantage of the superior volumetric heat capacity of water. The reduced the volume of air that must be delivered to the space results in reducing air handler capacity and size, smaller duct sizes, and overall energy savings.
In order to achieve a uniform cooling capacity, the beams should be connected to the cold water distribution system in parallel. It is recommended that LCBS units are connected to the supply air duct system delivering a constant volume of primary air to maintain optimum induction. When integrated with room controllers, the units can be used both for single room and zone control.
In the primary distribution channel, high density polyethylene injection molded nozzles are precisely arranged. There are three available nozzle sizes allowing optimum selection of the primary supply air volume. By reducing the primary air to meet the minimum requirements for either room ventilation or latent load in the space, total system energy costs are reduced.
The LCBS chilled beams are highly configurable, making them the perfect solution for all applications. These products have been designed to address heating and cooling loads in the space, with either a 2-pipe or 4-pipe system. LCBS units are supplied with a dew-point safety pan and are available with optional safety overflow switches.
U
ADVANTAGES • Removal of high thermal loads is possible in this air/water system. • The size of the supply duct system is minimized due to reduced primary air requirements. • Substantial reduction in the operating costs due to low primary air volume. • Improved thermal comfort inside the space. • Individual adjustment of the primary air volume by means of the nozzle size. • Suitable for all standard ceiling grids.
CLEANING OF THE GRILLE/COIL To clean the grille and the coil, locate spring loaded retaining pins. Slide diffuser face towards spring retainers until pins on opposite side clear the unit frame. Diffuser face will now be able to swing down for removal. Do not use any scouring agents for cleaning these components; damage to the unit construction materials (galvanized steel, aluminum and copper) and the surface coatings (paint and anodized surfaces) may occur. After completion of maintenance, grille must be returned to its original operating position.
LCBS
The primary air, supplied by the air distribution system is supplied to the mixing chamber via induction nozzles. In the mixing chamber, room air is induced over a vertically mounted heat exchanger, to address sensible loads in the space. The vertical orientation of the coil allows for induction through all sides of the water coil. The primary air is mixed with the cooled secondary air and distributed in to the room through a 1-way multiple louver diffuser supplied with the unit.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
LCBS
U43 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Linear Active Chilled Beams (continued)
HOUSING
• 20-gauge galvanized sheet metal construction.
RETURN AIR CHAMBER
• Anti-microbial insulation.
SUPPLY AIR PLENUM/CONNECTION
• One insulated supply air plenum/primary air chamber. • Round primary air connection.
INDUCTION NOZZLES
DEW-POINT SAFETY PAN
• Units have one 3/4” CPVC dewpoint safety pan connection. • Sloped bottom.
DIFFUSER FACE
• Lay-in. • Surface mounted.
PRESSURE TAP
• Units are supplied with a pressure tap on the primary air collar for balancing.
• High density polyethylene nozzles - three available sizes.
COILS
• 2-Pipe. • 4-Pipe. • Sheet Metal: 16 gauge galvanized. • Fins: 10 aluminum fins per inch. • Leak tested to 350 PSI.
LCBS
U
CONSTRUCTION
U44 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
DIMENSIONS
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
LCBS 12 X 48 1/2" FPT CWR 1/2" FPT CWS
45 1/8
1/2" FPT HWR
1/2" FPT HWR 10" 1/2" FPT HWS
11 7/8
7 13 8 "
4" PRIMARY AIR CONNECTION
3 48" 3/4" PVC DRAIN
3 47 4 "
1/2" FPT HWS
3 11 4 "
U LCBS 24 X 48
12 1/2"
1/2" HOLES FOR HANGING (TYP 4 PLACES)
45 1/4"
1/2" FPT HWR
2 3/4
Ø 6"
2 5/32 3 3/4
4 1/4"
3 3/4" 3 1/4"
2 1/8" 6 5/8 23 3/4"
1 3/4" 9 3/4"
3/4" PVC DRAIN
4 3/8"
22 17/32
1/2" FPT HWS
2 1/4
7 3/4"
1/2" FPT CWR
1/2" FPT CWS
47 3/4"
2 1/8"
4 3/8"
7 3/4
1 3/32" 21" 23 3/4"
47 3/4" 45 1/4"
DIMENSIONS
8 5/8"
1 1/16
23 3/4"
21 3/32
12 1/2"
8 7/8
6 3/4
22 1/2
U45 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DIMENSIONS LCBS 24 X 24 Ø 4"
INDUCTION UNIT COIL
1 1/8 5 1/2
RETURN AIR PLENUM
12 1/2 9 1/2
3/4" PVC DRAIN
5 1/2 1 3/4
FIELD SUPPLIED HANGING ROD (QTY OF 4)
23 3/4
Model TCMS (Side View) 20 7/8 1/2" FPT HWR
1/2" FPT CWR
U
16 1/2
1/2" FPT CWS
16 1/2 1/2" FPT HWS
HANGING BRACKET (LOCATED ON ALL SIDES) 23 3/4
DIMENSIONS
Model LCBS (Front View)
U46 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
PERFORMANCE DATA
Size
Nozzle Type
[ft] LF 24 x 24 HF
LF
12 x 48
MF
HF
LF 1 Row
LF 2 Row
MF 1 Row 24 x 48 MF 2 Row
HF 1 Row
HF 2 Row
Primary Air
Cooling
Heating
Ps
Vair
Qair
Dpw
Qcoil
QTotal
Dpw
QTotal
[in wg]
[CFM]
[BTUH]
[ft wg]
[BTUH]
[BTUH]
[ft wg]
[BTUH]
0.4
39
1768
1164
2932
2125
NC20
10
0.7
48
2124
1339
3463
2481
NC26
18
1.0
57
2469
1545
4014
2838
NC31
16
0.4
64
2734
1702
4436
3101
NC20
12
0.7
84
3474
2093
5567
3693
NC30
18
1.0
100
4051
2388
6439
4100
NC35
17
0.4
26
1230
892
2122
1817
NC27
22
0.7
36
1699
1251
2950
2545
NC33
22
1.0
44
2068
1510
3578
3088
NC38
22
0.4
42
1975
1432
3407
2937
NC27
22
0.7
57
2605
1887
4492
3848
NC33
22
1.0
71
3160
2274
5434
4606
NC38
22
0.4
61
2767
2003
4770
4078
NC27
22
0.7
83
3618
2580
6198
5179
NC33
22
1.0
102
4317
3042
7359
6010
NC38
22
0.4
30
1419
1032
2451
2179
NC27
22
0.7
37
1747
1275
3022
2645
NC33
22
1.0
44
2068
1510
3578
3088
NC38
18
0.4
59
2687
1937
4624
3942
NC27
22
4.70
6.40
3.90
5.20
NC Sound
Throw T100
0.7
75
3311
2365
5676
4777
NC33
22
1.0
89
3842
2726
6568
5449
NC38
18
0.4
49
2280
1651
3931
3367
NC27
22
0.7
61
2767
2003
4770
4078
NC33
22
1.0
74
3272
2427
5699
4947
NC38
18
0.4
95
4058
2884
6942
5744
NC27
22
0.7
121
4995
3493
8488
6771
NC33
22
1.0
147
5903
4108
10011
7715
NC38
18
0.4
64
2886
2083
4969
4236
NC27
22
0.7
83
3618
2580
6198
5179
NC33
22
1.0
102
4317
3042
7359
6010
NC38
18
0.4
126
5177
3603
8780
6935
NC27
22
0.7
160
6302
4616
10918
8566
NC33
22
203
7863
5074
12937
9050
NC38
18
6.40
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
LCBS 2 PIPE
5.30
U
PERFORMANCE BASED ON: Room Air Temperature = 75BF Primary Air Temperature = 55BF Water Supply Temperature = 57BF Water Flow Rate = 1.25 gpm
HEATING:
Room Air Temperature = 70BF Primary Air Temperature = 55BF Water Supply Temperature = 120BF Water Flow Rate = 0.5 gpm
LEGEND: Ps Vair Qair Qcoil QTotal Dpw
-
PERFORMANCE DATA
COOLING:
Unit Inlet Pressure [in wg] Primary Air Flow Rate [CFM] Capacity, Primary Air [BTUH] Capacity, Water Coil [BTUH] Capacity, Unit Total [BTUH] Water Coil Pressure Drop [ft wg]
U47 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PERFORMANCE DATA LCBS 4 PIPE Size
Nozzle Type
[ft] LF 24 x 24 HF
LF
12 x 48
MF
HF
U
LF 1 Row
LF 2 Row
MF 1 Row 24 x 48 MF 2 Row
HF 1 Row
PERFORMANCE DATA
HF 2 Row
Primary Air
Cooling
Heating
Ps
Vair
Qair
Dpw
Qcoil
QTotal
Dpw
QTotal
[in wg]
[CFM]
[BTUH]
[ft wg]
[BTUH]
[BTUH]
[ft wg]
[BTUH]
0.4
39
1768
1164
2932
1298
NC20
10
0.7
48
2124
1339
3463
1408
NC26
18
1.0
57
2469
1545
4014
1503
NC31
16
0.4
64
2734
1702
4436
1561
NC20
12
0.7
84
3474
2093
5567
1629
NC30
18
1.0
100
4051
2388
6439
1635
NC35
17
0.4
26
1193
813
2005
1203
NC27
22
0.7
36
1641
1138
2779
1455
NC33
22
1.0
44
1995
1375
3370
1579
NC38
22
0.4
42
1906
1305
3211
1537
NC27
22
0.7
57
2500
1685
4185
1739
NC33
22
1.0
71
3028
2000
5028
1850
NC38
22
0.4
61
2654
1780
4434
1779
NC27
22
0.7
83
3470
2247
5717
1899
NC33
22
1.0
102
4152
2616
6768
1927
NC38
22
0.4
30
1372
941
2313
1309
NC27
22
0.7
37
1690
1164
2854
1459
NC33
22
1.0
44
1995
1375
3370
1579
NC38
18
0.4
59
2577
1726
4303
1751
NC27
22
0.7
75
3175
2074
5249
1862
NC33
22
1.0
89
3691
2366
6057
1913
NC38
18
0.4
49
2194
1492
3686
1640
NC27
22
0.7
61
2654
1780
4434
1779
NC33
22
1.0
74
3130
2123
5253
1927
NC38
18
0.4
95
3902
2493
6395
1931
NC27
22
0.7
121
4829
2980
7809
1911
NC33
22
1.0
147
5738
3465
9203
1838
NC38
18
0.4
64
2765
1845
4610
1801
NC27
22
0.7
83
3470
2247
5717
1899
NC33
22
1.0
102
4152
2616
6768
1927
NC38
18
0.4
126
5006
3064
8070
1894
NC27
22
0.7
160
6198
3612
9810
1883
NC33
22
1.0
203
7863
3965
11828
1457
NC38
18
4.70
4.20
4.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
NC Sound
Throw T100
PERFORMANCE BASED ON: COOLING:
Room Air Temperature = 75BF Primary Air Temperature = 55BF Water Supply Temperature = 57BF Water Flow Rate = 1.25 gpm
HEATING:
Room Air Temperature = 70BF Primary Air Temperature = 55BF Water Supply Temperature = 120BF Water Flow Rate = 0.5 gpm
LEGEND: Ps Vair Qair Qcoil QTotal Dpw
-
Unit Inlet Pressure [in wg] Primary Air Flow Rate [CFM] Capacity, Primary Air [BTUH] Capacity, Water Coil [BTUH] Capacity, Unit Total [BTUH] Water Coil Pressure Drop [ft wg]
U48 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS
1.01 SUMMARY
A. This section describes active ceiling mounted chilled beams. B. Model LCBS – Size 48” x 24”, 48” x 12”, and 24” x 24”
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit as specified herein. B. Submit for review: • a. Product data for all items. Data shall be complete with the following information: 1. Operating weight and dimensions of assembled units. 2. Performance data, including water-tube, airflow, water pressure drop, air-side pressure drop, and noise and air velocities. 3. Construction details, including materials of construction and fastening methods.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS
• A. Units shall be model LCBS with a [48” x 24”] [48” x 12”][24” x 24”] diffuser with one way linear air pattern as specified on drawings. • B. Considering the innovative technology utilized to engineer and manufacturer the applied equipment specified for this project the following substitution considerations shall apply to any manufacture requesting prior approval: a. Fifteen day prior to bid date any manufacturer who would like to be considered shall submit the following information via certified mail to the design professional. b. Submittal documentation for every product proposed including schedule and performance date for each with physical and thermal calculations. c. Any and all costs associated with using a substituted product shall be the responsibility of the Mechanical contractor. This includes but is not limited to redesign fees, additional piping and ductwork, and controls required.
2.02 GENERAL
U
2.03 CASINGS
A. The entire unit shall be constructed of 20 gauge galvanized G90 sheet metal. The primary air plenum and nozzles shall be designed and configured to provide uniform air distribution with low noise operation to all nozzles.
2.04 INDUCTION NOZZLES
A. Induction nozzles shall be aerodynamically designed and made of HDPE Petrothene plastic (Hytrel 4069). Each nozzle shall incorporate a tapered design allowing the airflow to enter the nozzle more effectively and perform more efficiently without dirt build up.
2.05 WATER COIL ASSEMBLY
A. Coils shall be of the hot and chilled water type utilizing aluminum fins and copper tubes with integral manual air vent. Coils shall be factory leak tested at 350 PSI water. Coil connections shall be as indicated on the drawings. B. Coils must be one flat plate assembly with no interconnecting joints to minimize leakage. Each coil shall be of the fin plate design surrounding the copper tube wall via fin spacing of 10 fins per inch. The coil tubes shall be designed with .016 thick copper walls. Titus by Schako
SPECIFICATIONS
A. It is the design intent of these specifications to provide a fully integrated HVAC system with all parts working together. These induction units need clean, dehumidified primary air from a dedicated outdoor air unit, hot and chilled water from a boiler and chiller, piping, and controls to coordinate each component to perform as intended. In addition to the items mentioned above that are specified on other sections in division 15, wiring and power requirements in division 16 may also be impacted. Changes, modifications, or substitutions on any component will impact all the other parts of the system and cannot be made without a careful review of all related specifications. Chilled beam unit shall be constant volume primary airflow units designed to induce a secondary airflow within the conditioned space using the primary conditioned air supply. Units shall be designed for ceiling installation with factory
supplied hanging brackets. Hanger rods or other approved hanging system to be field supplied and installed in the field by installing contractor. C. Units shall be equipped with a [6”][4”] round low velocity pressure inlet transition, one air plenum and air induction nozzle plate, a supply and return chilled water piping connection, [one supply and return hot water piping connection], one 3/4” condensate drain connection, and one combination supply/return air grille for effective room air distribution. The grille shall have a removable center core to provide full access to the return air side of the coil. The unit shall be capable of inducing the secondary airflow within the conditioned space using the velocity pressure of the primary airflow. This secondary air must flow directly from the room to the unit and shall not use the ceiling as a return air plenum. Active beam units using the ceiling plenum as a return air path are not acceptable. D. Each LCBS unit shall be equipped with a multiple row water coil for chilled water and hot water. Latent conditioning of the air supplied to the space shall be performed at the dedicated outdoor air unit and controlled by exhaust air humidity sensors. E. For non-drainable applications, a sloped 1 1/2” deep drainable condensate pan shall be standard [with a UL recognized safety float switch shipped loose for field installation by the installing contractor. Wiring of the float switches to be done by contractor in field.] F. The LCBS unit shall be supplied with a [23 ¾” by 23 ¾”] [47 ¾” by 23 ¾”][47 ¾” by 11 ¾”] supply/return diffuser to evenly distribute the mixed primary air in 1-way throw pattern. The diffuser shall fit into a standard ceiling grid. Single slot linear diffusers are not acceptable. The diffuser shall fit into a standard ceiling grid. The return portion of the diffuser shall be removable for access to interior of unit without tools. Water connections are female national pipe copper thread connections 1/2” in size.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PART 1 – GENERAL
U49
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS
Chilled Beam
C. The water coil assembly shall consist of a two row or three row .016 thick copper tube wall and aluminum fins for cooling and one row coil for heating. The heating coil row shall be mounted on the return side of the cooling. A drainable condensate pan shall be provided to collect any condensate that might form. Drip trays are unacceptable as a drain pan. D. Control valves for cooling and heating can control one or more induction units in a given zone.
2.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All chilled beam units shall be tested by an independent nationally recognized testing laboratory for coil performance, throws, and sound levels.
PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION – GENERAL
SPECIFICATIONS
U
A. Follow manufacturer’s installation instructions and recommendations for all equipment. B. Install chilled beam units in ceiling in such a manner as to allow easy access to all controls. C. Using the hanging brackets on each unit supplied by the manufacturer, support chilled beam units to supporting structure using field supplied threaded rod or other secure hanging system. D. Provide primary supply air connection and seal with duct sealer after installation. A volume control balancing damper shall be installed at the branch takeoffs for each chilled beam for the air balancing contractor. A static pressure port is factory supplied on the aerodynamic inlet fitting so the balancing contractor can read via a pressure airflow gage the inlet pressure to the induction terminal and set the proper pressure to meet the scheduled airflow/pressure. E. Provide water supply/return connection and install temperature control valve. F. Connect the condensate drain to available building drains as required on plans.
U50 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
• TCM2 is a modular active chilled beam diffuser with 4-way air distribution. TCM2
• Unique linear design provides high capacity, high induction and low noise levels. • Available in cooling & supply air (CO) or cooling, heating & supply air (CH) configurations. • Integrated dew-point safety pan.
• Diffuser face on 48” x 48” unit is shipped loose for field mounting. The 24” x 24” unit ships complete.
• Supply/Return diffuser removable with out tools; providing access to interior of unit.
• Factory supplied hanging brackets.
• Accessories include disposable or washable filter, and plenum rated float switch for drain pan.
• Casing constructed of 20 GA galvanized steel. • Closed cell, anti-microbial poly foam insulation.
• Standard finish is #26 white paint on diffuser face.
DESCRIPTION The TCM2 4-way active chilled beam diffusers are designed for removing high thermal loads from the space. This model was designed specifically to meet the unique requirements of high population density spaces; depending on the unit size, the TCM2 can handle between 60 and 475 CFM of ventilation (primary) air. Supplied with tempered and dehumidified primary air, to handle the latent load, the beam addresses the remaining loads in the space with a heat exchanger installed in the unit. Decoupling the latent and sensible loads takes advantage of the superior volumetric heat capacity of water. The reduced the volume of air that must be delivered to the space results in reducing air handler capacity and size, smaller duct sizes, and overall energy savings. In the primary distribution channel, high density polyethylene injection molded nozzles are precisely arranged. There are three available nozzle sizes allowing optimum selection of the primary supply air volume. By reducing the primary air to meet the minimum requirements for either room ventilation or latent load in the space, total system energy costs are reduced.
The TCM2 chilled beams are highly configurable, making them the perfect solution for all applications. These products have been designed to address heating and cooling loads in
the space, with either a 2-pipe or 4-pipe system. TCM2 units are supplied with a dew-point safety pan and are available with optional safety overflow switches.
U
INSTALLATION In order to achieve a uniform cooling capacity, the beams should be connected to the cold water distribution system in parallel. It is recommended that TCM2 chilled beams are connected to the supply air duct system delivering a constant volume of primary air to maintain optimum induction. When integrated with room controllers, the units can be used both for single room and zone control.
ADVANTAGES • Removal of high thermal loads is possible in this air/water system. • Designed to accommodate the ventilation requirements of high population density areas. • The size of the supply duct system is minimized, due to reduced primary air requirements. • Substantial reduction in the operating costs, due to low primary air volume. • Improved thermal comfort inside the space. • Individual adjustment of the primary air volume by means of the nozzle size. • Suitable for all standard ceiling grids.
CLEANING OF THE GRILLE/COIL To clean the grille and the coil, locate spring loaded retaining pins. Slide diffuser face towards spring retainers until pins on opposite side clear the unit frame. Diffuser face will now be able to swing down for removal. Do not use any scouring agents for cleaning these components; damage to the unit construction materials (galvanized steel, aluminum Titus by Schako
TCM2
The primary air, supplied by the air distribution system is supplied to the mixing chamber via induction nozzles. In the mixing chamber, room air is induced over a vertically mounted heat exchanger, to address sensible loads in the space. The vertical orientation of the coil allows for induction through all sides of the water coil. The primary air is mixed with the cooled secondary air and distributed in to the room through a 4-way concentric diffuser supplied with the unit.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Thermal Comfort Modules TCM2
U51
Chilled Beam
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Thermal Comfort Modules (continued) and copper) and the surface coatings (paint and anodized surfaces) may occur. After completion of maintenance, grille must be returned to its original operating position.
DIFFUSER FACE
CONSTRUCTION
PRESSURE TAP:
HOUSING
• Lay-in • Surface mounted • Units are supplied with a pressure tap on the primary air collar for balancing
• 20-gauge galvanized sheet metal construction.
RETURN AIR CHAMBER:
• Anti-microbial insulation.
SUPPLY AIR PLENUM/CONNECTION:
• One insulated supply air plenum/primary air chamber. • Round primary air connection.
INDUCTION NOZZLES:
• Each unit contains one continuous 360 degree nozzle plate. • High density polyethylene nozzles – three available sizes.
COILS:
U
• • • • •
2-Pipe 4-Pipe Sheet Metal: 16 gauge galvanized Fins: 10 aluminum fins per inch Leak tested to 350 PSI
DEW-POINT SAFETY PAN:
TCM2
• Units have one 3/4” CPVC dew-point safety pan connection. • Sloped bottom
U52 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
DIMENSIONS
3/4" PVC DRAIN
23 3/4" 3/4" PVC DRAIN
Ø 4" 23 3/4"
Ø 4"
21 1/8"
23 3/4"
1/2" FPT HWR 20"
A
3/4" CWR
3/4" CWS
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
TCM2 24 X 24
1/2" FPT HWS
21" HANGAR BRACKET (ON BOTHS IDES)
U
Ø 1/2"
DETAIL A SCALE 1 : 4
6 9/16"
2 1/16"
13 15/16"
1"
3/4"
20 1/8"
10 1/16"
15 1/4" 9 3/16"
23 3/4"
3/4" PVC DRAIN
Note: dimensions are in inches or mm.
DIMENSIONS U53 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DIMENSIONS TCM2 48 X 48
13 27/32" 9 9/16" 3 3/16"
47 3/4" 37 17/32"
3/4" PVC DRAIN CONNECTION
2"
13 13/32" 39 1/8"
47 3/4" 19 9/16"
37 9/16"
47 3/4"
10 13/16"
18 1/32"
2 1/2" 1/2" FPT HWR 3/4" FPT CWR
A
U
HANGING BAR (BOTH SIDES)
Ø 1/2"
4 1/4" 3 25/32"
3/4" FPT CWS 1/2" FPT HWS
DETAIL A SCALE 1 : 5 1"
3/4"
11"
35 5/8"
Ø 8"
4" 20"
17 29/32"
17 27/32" 11 17/32" 37 17/32" 47 3/4"
3/4" PVC DRAIN CONNECTION
DIMENSIONS
Note: dimensions are in inches or mm.
U54 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
PERFORMANCE DATA
Size
Nozzle Type
[ft] LF
24 x 24
MF
HF
LF
48 x 48
MF
HF
Primary Air
Cooling
Heating
Ps
Vair
Qair
Dpw
Qcoil
QTotal
Dpw
QTotal
[in wg]
[CFM]
[BTUH]
[ft wg]
[BTUH]
[BTUH]
[ft wg]
[BTUH]
0.4
60
2602
1830
4432
3512
NC18
16
0.7
83
3439
2363
5802
4390
NC27
16
1.0
105
4216
2845
7061
5093
NC33
14
0.4
78
3261
2259
5520
4229
NC18
16
0.7
106
4253
2857
7110
5103
NC27
16
1.0
135
5229
3255
8484
5837
NC33
14
0.4
90
3692
2521
6213
4627
NC18
16
0.7
124
4879
3227
8106
5579
NC27
16
1.0
155
6004
3546
9550
6235
NC33
14
0.4
186
7555
5345
12900
9121
NC18
16
0.7
263
10188
6165
16353
10886
NC27
16
1.0
317
12279
6868
19147
11732
NC33
16
0.4
242
9374
5866
15240
10494
NC18
16
0.7
342
13248
7013
20261
11684
NC27
16
1.0
412
15959
7868
23827
12643
NC33
16
0.4
279
10807
6383
17190
11161
NC18
16
0.7
395
15301
7711
23012
12594
NC27
16
1.0
476
18438
8419
26857
12958
NC33
16
0.60
1.70
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
TCM2 2 PIPE
0.50
1.40
NC Sound
Throw T100
U
PERFORMANCE BASED ON: COOLING:
Room Air Temperature = 75BF Primary Air Temperature = 55BF Water Supply Temperature = 57BF Water Flow Rate = 1.25 gpm
HEATING:
Room Air Temperature = 70BF Primary Air Temperature = 55BF Water Supply Temperature = 120BF Water Flow Rate = 0.5 gpm
LEGEND: Ps Vair Qair Qcoil QTotal Dpw
-
Unit Inlet Pressure [in wg] Primary Air Flow Rate [CFM] Capacity, Primary Air [BTUH] Capacity, Water Coil [BTUH] Capacity, Unit Total [BTUH] Water Coil Pressure Drop [ft wg]
PERFORMANCE DATA U55 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PERFORMANCE DATA TCM2 4 PIPE Size
Nozzle Type
[ft] LF
24 x 24
MF
HF
LF
48 x 48
U
MF
HF
Primary Air
Cooling
Heating
Ps
Vair
Qair
Dpw
Qcoil
QTotal
Dpw
QTotal
[in wg]
[CFM]
[BTUH]
[ft wg]
[BTUH]
[BTUH]
[ft wg]
[BTUH]
0.4
60
2602
1830
4432
2126
NC18
16
0.7
83
3439
2363
5802
2346
NC27
16
1.0
105
4216
2845
7061
2446
NC33
14
0.4
78
3261
2259
5520
2317
NC18
16
0.7
106
4253
2857
7110
2441
NC27
16
1.0
135
5229
3255
8484
2447
NC33
14
0.4
90
3692
2521
6213
2388
NC18
16
0.7
124
4879
3227
8106
2457
NC27
16
1.0
155
6004
3546
9550
2392
NC33
14
0.4
186
7555
5345
12900
4021
NC18
16
0.7
263
10188
6165
16353
3729
NC27
16
1.0
317
12279
6868
19147
3336
NC33
16
0.4
242
9374
5866
15240
3852
NC18
16
0.7
342
13248
7013
20261
3025
NC27
16
1.0
412
15959
7868
23827
2415
NC33
16
0.4
279
10807
6383
17190
3624
NC18
16
0.7
395
15301
7711
23012
2598
NC27
16
1.0
476
18438
8419
26857
1691
NC33
16
0.60
1.70
0.20
0.60
NC Sound
Throw T100
PERFORMANCE BASED ON: COOLING:
Room Air Temperature = 75BF Primary Air Temperature = 55BF Water Supply Temperature = 57BF Water Flow Rate = 1.25 gpm
HEATING:
Ps Vair Qair Qcoil QTotal Dpw
-
Unit Inlet Pressure [in wg] Primary Air Flow Rate [CFM] Capacity, Primary Air [BTUH] Capacity, Water Coil [BTUH] Capacity, Unit Total [BTUH] Water Coil Pressure Drop [ft wg]
PERFORMANCE DATA
Room Air Temperature = 70BF Primary Air Temperature = 55BF Water Supply Temperature = 120BF Water Flow Rate = 0.5 gpm
LEGEND:
U56 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS
1.01 SUMMARY
A. This section describes active chilled beams.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit as specified herein. B. Submit for review: • a. Product data for all items. Data shall be complete with the following information: 1. Operating weight and dimensions of assembled units. 2. Performance data, including water-tube, airflow, water pressure drop, air-side pressure drop, and noise and air velocities. 3. Construction details, including materials of construction and fastening methods.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS
• A. Units shall be model TCM2 with supplied [24” x 24”] [48” x 48”] diffuser as specified on drawings. • B. Considering the innovative technology utilized to engineer and manufacturer the applied equipment specified for this project the following substitution considerations shall apply to any manufacture requesting prior approval: a. Fifteen day prior to bid date any manufacturer who would like to be considered shall submit the following information via certified mail to the design professional. b. Submittal documentation for every product proposed including schedule and performance date for each with physical and thermal calculations. c. Any and all costs associated with using a substituted product shall be the responsibility of the Mechanical contractor. This includes but is not limited to redesign fees, additional piping and ductwork, and controls required.
2.02 GENERAL
U
2.03 CASINGS
A. The entire unit shall be constructed of 20 gauge galvanized sheet metal. The primary air plenum and nozzles shall be designed and configured to provide uniform air distribution with low noise operation to all nozzles. B. The air diffuser shall be removable for access to the interior coil area for cleaning.
2.04 INDUCTION NOZZLES
A. Induction nozzles shall be aerodynamically designed and made of HDPE Petrothene plastic (Hytrel 4069). Each nozzle shall incorporate a tapered design allowing the airflow to enter the nozzle more effectively and perform more efficiently without dirt build up.
SPECIFICATIONS
A. It is the design intent of these specifications to provide a fully integrated HVAC system with all parts working together. These induction units need clean, dehumidified primary air from a dedicated outdoor air unit, hot and chilled water from a boiler and chiller, piping, and controls to coordinate each component to perform as intended. In addition to the items mentioned above that are specified on other sections in division 15, wiring and power requirements in division 16 may also be impacted. Changes, modifications, or substitutions on any component will impact all the other parts of the system and cannot be made without a careful review of all related specifications. B. Chilled beam unit shall be constant volume primary air flow units designed to induce a secondary airflow within the conditioned space using the primary conditioned air supply. Units shall be designed for ceiling installation with factory supplied hanging brackets. Hanger rods or other approved hanging system to be field supplied and installed in the field
by installing contractor. C. Units shall be equipped with round duct primary air intake, one air plenum and air induction nozzle plate, one chilled/hot water coil, a supply and a return chilled water piping connection, a supply and a return hot water piping connection, one 3/4” condensate drain connection, and one combination supply/return air grille for effective room air distribution. The grille shall have a removable center core to provide full access to the return air side of the coil. The unit shall be capable of inducing the secondary airflow within the conditioned space using the velocity pressure of the primary airflow. This secondary air must flow directly from the room to the unit and shall not use the ceiling as a return air plenum. Active beam units using the ceiling plenum as a return air path are not acceptable. D. Each TCM2 unit shall be equipped with one water coil for chilled water and for hot water. Latent conditioning of the air supplied to the space shall be performed at the dedicated outdoor air unit and controlled by exhaust air humidity sensors. E. Each TCM2 unit shall consist of one primary air connection, one nozzle plenum with a set of air induction nozzles, one chilled water and hot water coil, water piping connections, a condensate drain connection and supply/return air grille. [For non-drainable applications, a drainable condensate pan with a safety float switch attached to the drain pan shall be provided by the induction unit manufacturer to shut off the chilled water coil if condensate should accumulate.] F. The TCM2 unit shall be supplied with a [23 ¾” by 23 ¾”] or [47 ¾” by 47 ¾”] supply/return diffuser to evenly distribute the mixed primary air in a 360 degree pattern. The diffuser shall fit into a standard ceiling grid. The center portion of the diffuser for return air shall be removable for access to interior of unit without tools. The primary air connection is a single [4”] or [8”] diameter duct collar which directs the primary air to the nozzles. Water connections are female national pipe thread connections. G. The TCM2 unit has one drain pan. This drain pan must be [1 ½”] or [2”] in depth and sloped in the direction of the condensate connection.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PART 1 – GENERAL
2.05 WATER COIL ASSEMBLY
A. Coils shall be of the hot and chilled water type utilizing aluminum fins and copper tubes with integral manual air vent. Copper tube wall shall be a minimum .033 thickness. Titus by Schako
U57
Chilled Beam
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS Coils shall be factory leak tested at 350 PSI water. Coil connections shall be as indicated on the drawings. B. Coil must be one continuous assembly to minimize leakage. C. The water coil assembly shall consist of a two row copper tube and aluminum fins coil for cooling and one row coil for heating. A drainable condensate pan shall be provided. D. Control valves for cooling and heating can control one or more chilled beams in a given zone. E. Coils must be one flat plate assembly with no interconnecting joints to minimize leakage. Each coil shall be of the fin plate design surrounding the copper tube wall via fin spacing of 10 fins per inch. The coil tubes shall be designed with .016 thick copper walls.
2.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All chilled beam units shall be tested by an independent nationally recognized testing laboratory for coil performance, throws, and sound levels.
PART 3 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION - GENERAL
A. Follow manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s installation instructions and recommendations for all equipment. B. Install chilled beam units in ceiling in such a manner as to allow easy access to all controls. C. Using the hanging brackets on each unit supplied by the manufacturer, support chilled beam units to supporting structure using field supplied threaded rod or other secure hanging system. D. Provide primary supply air connection and seal with duct sealer after installation. E. Provide water supply/return connection and install temperature control valve. F. Connect the condensate drain to available building drains if required on plans.
SPECIFICATIONS
U
U58 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
• SPB is a linear passive chilled beam diffuser.
SPB
• Unique design accommodates both recessed and exposed mounting. • Available in 2-pipe configuration. • Available as diffuser shell (no coil/piping). • Standard finish is RAL 9010 white paint on diffuser face.
DESCRIPTION Passive chilled beams are primarily used to provide comfortable sensible cooling, and can be used in many heating applications as well. The primary mode of heat transfer is by convection, with a percentage of heat transfer transmitted through radiation. During cooling, warm room air rises to the ceiling area; cool air around the coil sinks down to the occupied area as a result of the higher density. As the cool air descends in to the space, more warm air is drawn over the coil creating a convective current that drives the system. The exposed face of the passive beam is constructed from either painted perforated stainless steel, or a linear bar grille. The cooling strips are available in lengths of 4 feet to 14 feet in intervals of 2 feet. The beams are designed for integration into a suspension ceiling or for exposed mounting, suspended below the ceiling surface.
ADVANTAGES • SPB models designed to accommodate recessed or exposed installation with a single model. • Easy cleaning of the water coil and the housing. • Quick and simple installation. • Provide comfortable, effective heating and cooling to the space.
The diagram shows the approximate cooling capacity Pc in BTUH at a water flow rate of 0.8 gpm and a temperature difference between room air and the average water temperature of 14.5° F.
MOUNTING INFORMATION Mounting brackets that can slide along the longitudinal axis are mounted on the beam, 2 per beam. Alternatively, mounting shackles can be provided with are fastened to the beam and rest on the T-shaped support profiles of the false ceiling having a center-to-center distance of 600 mm. This reduces the mounting time as well as the mounting costs. The number of shackles required per beam, depending on length, is noted in the table below. Beam Length
Shackles required
4 to 6
2
8 to 10
3
12 to 14
4
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Linear Passive Chilled Beams SPB
U
Quick selection chart
SPB U59
L (ft.) Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Linear Passive Chilled Beams (continued)
CLEANING OF THE GRILLE/COIL The top side of the beam is open allowing direct access to cleaning the coil. The beam grilles are sectioned to allow access to the coil by pushing up individual sections and sliding them over an adjacent section. A vacuum with brush attachment is recommended for maximum effectiveness. Do not use any scouring agents for cleaning these components; damage to the unit construction materials (galvanized steel, aluminum and copper) and the surface coatings (paint and anodized surfaces) may occur. After completion of maintenance, grille must be returned to its original operating position.
PERFORATED SHEET GRILLE (-SR)
• Stainless steel painted to RAL 9010 (white). • 46% free area, round perforations.
LINEAR BAR GRILLE (-PA)
• Extruded aluminum profile painted to RAL 9010 (white).
WATER COIL
• Galvanized sheet steel frame. • Mechanically bonded aluminum fins. • Smooth copper tubes ø15 x 1.0 mm. • Integrated manual air vent. • Maximum working pressure, 200 psi.
ACCESSORIES UNIT EXTENSION
U CONSTRUCTION
• Available in lengths from ½ inch to 12 inches total unit length must not exceed 14 feet. • Used to adjust the beam length to match ceiling architecture, or when the strips are installed in rows or exposed applications, allowing for concealment of water connections. • Extension has open ends, allowing for piping to be passed through the extension piece. • The grille face can is easily removable for access to water connections.
HOUSING
SPB
• Galvanized sheet steel painted to RAL 9010 (white).
U60 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
DIMENSIONS
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
SPB 17-IN NOMINAL WIDTH
Piping Configuration: 2-pipe connection (15 mm Dia.) located on end of diffuser Nominal Length
Actual Lengths (L)
4ft
3.9ft
6ft
5.9ft
8ft
7.9ft
10ft
9.8ft
12ft
11.8ft
14ft
13.8ft
U
Note: dimensions are in inches or mm.
DIMENSIONS U61 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DIMENSIONS
U
SPB 12-IN NOMINAL WIDTH
Piping Configuration: 2-pipe connection (15 mm Dia.) located on end of diffuser Nominal Length
Actual Lengths (L)
4ft
3.9ft
6ft
5.9ft
8ft
7.9ft
10ft
9.8ft
12ft
11.8ft
14ft
13.8ft
DIMENSIONS
Note: dimensions are in inches or mm.
U62 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
PERFORMANCE DATA Cooling capacity per unit length (BTUH/ft) PC0.8 for passive beams, SPB
AMOUNT OF WATER = 0.8 GPM (BTU/Hr.ft)
Please note! This diagram is based on tests according to the Nordtest method, which are conducted with a very small temperature difference between air entering the beam and the average room temperature 3.5 feet above the floor. For installations with concentrated sources of heat at or near the ceiling, the actual temperature difference 2 to 4BF. In this case, beams should be selected taking this into consideration. In practice, the strip will have a higher capacity based on the increased temperature difference.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
TECHNICAL DATA - COOLING
U LEGEND: Pc L Pco8 Dt Dtw qw Dpw W
-
Capacity [BTUH] Length, Nominal [ft] Capacity @ 0.8 gpm per length [BTUH/ft] Temperature difference, avg. water temperature vs. room air temperature [BF] Temperature difference, entering water temperature vs. leaving water temperature [BF] Water flow rate [gpm] Water Coil Pressure Drop [ft wg] unit width [in]
CORRECTION OF THE COOLING EFFECT OF AMOUNTS OF WATER UNEQUAL TO 0.8 GPM
PERFORMANCE DATA U63 Titus by Schako
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PERFORMANCE DATA
Chilled Beam
AMOUNT OF WATER (GPM)
(BTUH)
U
PERFORMANCE DATA
PRESSURE DROP, WATER (FT WG)
U64 Titus by Schako
PERFORMANCE DATA Criteria/design conditions: Max. length of strip - 14 feet Required cooling capacity - 2400 BTUH Room air temperature - 75BF Entering water temperature - 57BF Leaving water temperature - 61BF
A correction must be made to the beam performance based on the diagram below to adjust for water flow rates other than 0.8 gpm is K = Pc1.3 vs Pc0.8 = 1.04. Thus, due the higher amount of water, the actual capacity is 4% higher than the value shown in the diagram. Pc = 1.04 x 215 = 224 BTUH/ft. Required effective length (coil length) Leff = 2400/223 = 10.8ft.
Solution: Mean coil temperature = (57+61)/2 = 59BF Difference between room air temperature and mean coil temperature Dt = 75-59 = 16BF. According to the diagram below, the cooling capacity, PC0.8 for the 17-inch wide beam at a water flow rate of 0.8 gpm is 215 BTUH/ft. (BTU/Hr.ft)
Minimum unit length = 10.8ft + .3ft = 11.1ft. The next larger beam length, of 12 feet will be required to provide the required cooling in the space.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
SELECTION EXAMPLE
Chilled Beam
U
According to the water coil pressure drop diagrams, the pressure loss, based on unit effective length (Leff) of the above the beam in this selection example Dpw is 4.35 ft wg.
In the capacity versus water flow rate diagram the amount of water qw is 1.3 gpm at Dtw = 4BF and the cooling capacity is 2400 BTUH. (BTUH)
PERFORMANCE DATA U65 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY
A. This section describes passive ceiling mounted chilled beams.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit as specified herein. B. Submit for review: • a. Product data for all items. Data shall be complete with the following information: 1. Operating weight and dimensions of assembled units. 2. Performance data, including water flow rate and water pressure drop. 3. Construction details, including materials of construction and fastening methods.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
U
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
• A. Units shall be model SPB with lengths and widths as specified on drawings. • B. Considering the innovative technology utilized to engineer and manufacturer the applied equipment specified for this project the following substitution considerations shall apply to any manufacture requesting prior approval: a. a. Fifteen day prior to bid date any manufacturer who would like to be considered shall submit the following information via certified mail to the design professional. b. b. Submittal documentation for every product proposed including schedule and performance date for each with physical and thermal calculations. c. c. Any and all costs associated with using a substituted product shall be the responsibility of the Mechanical contractor. This includes but is not limited to redesign fees, additional piping and ductwork, and controls required.
2.03 CASINGS
A. The entire unit shall be constructed of 20 gauge galvanized G90 sheet metal, painted RAL 9010 (white).
2.05 WATER COIL ASSEMBLY
A. Coils shall be of the chilled water type utilizing aluminum fins and copper tubes with integral manual air vent. Coils shall be factory leak tested at 350 PSI water. Coil connections shall be as indicated on the drawings. B. Coils must be one flat plate assembly with no interconnecting joints to minimize leakage. Each coil shall be of the fin plate design surrounding the copper tube wall via fin spacing of 9 fins per inch.
PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION - GENERAL
A. Follow manufacturer’s installation instructions and recommendations for all equipment. B. Install chilled beam units in ceiling in such a manner as to allow easy access to all controls. C. Using the hanging brackets on each unit supplied by the manufacturer, support chilled beam units to supporting structure using field supplied threaded rod or other secure hanging system. D. Provide water supply/return connection and install temperature control valve.
SPECIFICATIONS
2.02 GENERAL
A. Units shall be designed for ceiling installation with factory supplied hanging brackets. Hanger rods or other approved hanging system to be field supplied and installed in the field by installing contractor. C. A supply and return chilled water piping connection, and grille fascia. The grille shall be designed in such a way where sections can be removed to provide full access to the water coil. D. Each unit shall be equipped with a multiple row water coil for chilled water and hot water. Latent conditioning of the air supplied to the space shall be performed at the dedicated outdoor air unit and controlled by exhaust air humidity sensors.
U66 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
• Constructed from extruded aluminum profiles. • Single circuit for each sail as ordered; hard copper connection between individual blades. • Standard finish is RAL 9010 white powder coating.
ALPETY HKL
ALPETY FKL
• FKL and HKL are architectural radiant ceiling products.
• Supplied with mounting equipment for fixed on site installation. • Available with hinged mounting equipment allowing sails to swing down up to 45B.
• 15mm diameter pipe connections.
DESCRIPTION The Alpety radiant ceiling systems are water driven radiation systems whose advantages include silent cooling, low energy consumption, and create a high degree of thermal comfort through draft free cooling and even temperature distribution in the space. However, it must be taken into account that these systems must be supported by additional mechanical ventilation and means to address the latent cooling requirements of the space.
U
ADVANTAGES • Radiant heat transfer increases occupancy comfort. • Reduces energy consumption by utilizing heat transfer capacity of water. • Minimize airflow and noise in the space. • Quick and simple installation. • Several models integrate seamlessly in to any architecture.
ALPETY (FKL, HKL)
Radiant ceilings systems emit heating and cooling by both convection and radiation. During cooling, ambient air near the ceiling cools and falls to the occupied area, due to its higher density. In contrast, the ambient air heated by heat sources located in the room will rise. This gives rise to convection currents with very low flow velocities. Furthermore, the ceiling emits cooling and heating to the surrounding surfaces in the area by radiation. When radiation reaches one of these surfaces, the radiant energy is absorbed by that surface. The radiant heat transfer from the panels to surfaces and/or occupants in the room will occur regardless of the ambient air temperature. Radiant heat transfer results in high thermal comfort and leads to the ambient temperature feeling cooler than it actually is during cooling and warmer in heating. Depending on the percentage of the active ceiling surface to the overall surface of the room (including floor, walls, windows, furniture, etc.) the temperature perceived by the occupant will be 2.5 to 5 degrees cooler/warmer than it actually is. This effect has the advantage that the room requires less conditioning than a traditional system, introducing an additional opportunity for energy savings.
In conjunction with the customer’s own metal or acoustic ceiling tiles, the Alpety ceiling elements can be integrated in the room to create the ceiling façade, models FKL and HKL, or in combination with suspended ceiling systems with SKS models. The individual ceiling elements are usually joined to one another using flexible hoses. Connections can also be made using hard copper piping and soft soldering.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Radiant Ceiling Panels ALPETY (FKL, HKL)
Since the sensible cooling no longer has to be introduced into the room along with ventilation air, the volume of air supplied can be reduced to the meet the fresh air requirements. By reducing the volume of air supplied the possibility of drafts and noise levels are greatly reduced. This leads to increased occupancy comfort. Addressing thermal loads using the Alpety products makes use of the increased heat transfer capacities of water, as compared to air, increasing overall system efficiency.
U67 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DIMENSIONS ALPETY (FKL, HKL)
U Model
FKL HKL
Blade Width (LB)
Pipe Spacing (A)
2 Blades
3 Blades
4 Blades
5 Blades
6 Blades
5 1/4
6
11 1/4
17
23
29
34 3/4
7
7 3/4
15
22 3/4
30 3/4
38 1/2
46 1/2
5 /4
6
11 /4
17
23
29
34 3/4
1
1
Available Nominal Lengths* (ft) 2 4
DIMENSIONS
6 8
*Actual length = Nominal Length - 1/4â&#x20AC;? Note: dimensions are in inches or mm.
U68 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
PERFORMANCE DATA
Alpety-FKL 134 Cooling output - based on percentage of active ceiling surface area (BTUH/ft2) ∆tm (F)
20%
25%
30%
35%
40%
45%
50%
55%
60%
65%
70%
75%
80%
9
20.0
19.7
19.7
19.3
19.0
18.7
18.4
18.1
17.4
17.1
16.8
16.5
15.9
11
24.7
24.4
24.1
23.8
23.5
22.8
22.5
22.2
21.6
21.2
20.6
20.3
19.7
13
29.5
29.2
28.5
28.2
27.9
27.3
27.0
26.3
25.7
25.1
24.7
24.1
23.5
14
34.6
33.9
33.6
33.0
32.7
32.0
31.4
30.8
30.1
29.5
28.9
28.2
27.3
16
39.6
39.0
38.4
37.7
37.4
36.8
36.1
35.2
34.6
33.6
33.0
32.3
31.4
18
44.4
43.8
43.1
42.5
41.9
41.2
40.3
39.6
38.7
37.7
37.1
36.1
35.2
20
49.2
48.5
47.9
47.2
46.6
45.7
45.0
44.1
42.8
42.2
41.2
40.3
39.0
22
54.2
53.6
53.0
52.0
51.4
50.4
49.5
48.5
47.2
46.3
45.3
44.4
43.1
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
ALPETY FKL
Alpety-FKL 180 Cooling output - based on percentage of active ceiling surface area (BTUH/ft2) ∆tm (F)
20%
25%
30%
35%
40%
45%
50%
55%
60%
65%
70%
75%
80%
9
20.0
19.7
19.7
19.3
19.0
18.7
18.4
18.1
17.4
17.1
16.8
16.5
15.9
11
23.8
23.8
23.5
23.1
22.5
22.2
21.9
21.2
20.9
20.6
20.0
19.7
19.0
13
28.5
28.2
27.9
27.6
27.0
26.6
26.0
25.7
25.1
24.7
24.1
23.5
22.5
14
32.7
32.3
32.0
31.7
31.1
30.8
30.1
29.5
28.9
28.2
27.6
27.0
26.0
16
37.7
37.4
37.1
36.5
35.8
35.2
34.6
33.9
33.3
32.7
31.7
31.1
30.1
18
42.2
41.9
41.2
40.6
40.0
39.3
38.7
37.7
37.1
36.5
35.5
34.6
33.6
20
46.6
46.3
45.7
45.0
44.4
43.8
42.8
41.9
40.9
40.3
39.3
38.4
37.1
22
51.4
51.1
50.4
49.5
48.8
47.9
46.9
46.0
45.0
44.4
43.1
42.2
40.9
U
PERFORMANCE DATA U69 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PERFORMANCE DATA ALPETY HKL Alpety-HKL 134
Cooling output - based on percentage of active ceiling surface area (BTUH/ft2) â&#x2C6;&#x2020;tm (F)
20%
25%
30%
35%
40%
45%
50%
55%
60%
65%
70%
75%
80%
9
22.5
22.2
21.9
21.2
21.2
20.6
20.3
20.0
19.7
19.0
18.7
18.4
17.8
11
27.9
27.6
27.3
26.6
26.3
25.7
25.4
24.7
24.4
23.8
23.1
22.8
22.2
13
33.3
33.0
32.3
31.7
31.4
30.8
30.4
29.8
29.2
28.5
27.9
27.3
26.3
14
38.7
38.4
37.7
37.1
36.5
35.8
35.2
34.6
33.9
33.3
32.3
31.7
30.8
16
44.1
43.8
43.1
42.2
41.5
40.9
40.3
39.3
38.7
37.7
37.1
36.1
35.2
18
49.8
49.2
48.5
47.6
46.9
46.0
45.3
44.4
43.4
42.5
41.5
40.6
39.6
20
55.2
54.2
53.6
52.6
52.0
51.1
50.1
49.2
48.2
47.2
46.0
45.0
43.8
22
60.6
59.6
59.0
57.7
57.1
56.1
55.2
53.9
53.0
51.7
50.7
49.5
48.2
PERFORMANCE DATA
U
U70 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
Radiant Ceiling Panels (continued)
• SKS panels are architectural radiant ceiling products. ALPETY SKS
• Constructed from aluminum or steel sheet metal, aluminum extrusion, and copper tubing. • Optional perforated face pattern includes acoustical fleece to enhance room sound absorption. • Single water circuit per panel. • 15mm diameter pipe connections.
DESCRIPTION The Alpety radiant ceiling systems are water driven radiation systems whose advantages include silent cooling, low energy consumption, and create a high degree of thermal comfort through draft free cooling and even temperature distribution in the space. However, it must be taken into account that these systems must be supported by additional mechanical ventilation and means to address the latent cooling requirements of the space.
• Available mounting brackets and support rails for easy field installation.
In conjunction with the customer’s own metal or acoustic ceiling tiles, the Alpety ceiling elements can be integrated in the room to create the ceiling façade, models FKL and HKL, or in combination with suspended ceiling systems with SKS models. The individual ceiling elements are usually joined to one another using flexible hoses. Connections can also be made using hard copper piping and soft soldering.
ADVANTAGES
U
• Radiant heat transfer increases occupancy comfort. • Reduces energy consumption by utilizing heat transfer capacity of water. • Minimize airflow and noise in the space. • Quick and simple installation. • Several models integrate seamlessly in to any architecture.
ALPETY SKS
Radiant ceilings systems emit heating and cooling by both convection and radiation. During cooling, ambient air near the ceiling cools and falls to the occupied area, due to its higher density. In contrast, the ambient air heated by heat sources located in the room will rise. This gives rise to convection currents with very low flow velocities. Furthermore, the ceiling emits cooling and heating to the surrounding surfaces in the area by radiation. When radiation reaches one of these surfaces, the radiant energy is absorbed by that surface. The radiant heat transfer from the panels to surfaces and/or occupants in the room will occur regardless of the ambient air temperature. Radiant heat transfer results in high thermal comfort and leads to the ambient temperature feeling cooler than it actually is during cooling and warmer in heating. Depending on the percentage of the active ceiling surface to the overall surface of the room (including floor, walls, windows, furniture, etc.) the temperature perceived by the occupant will be 2.5 to 5 degrees cooler/warmer than it actually is. This effect has the advantage that the room requires less conditioning than a traditional system, introducing an additional opportunity for energy savings.
• Standard finish is RAL 9010 white powder coating.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
ALPETY SKS
Since the sensible cooling no longer has to be introduced into the room along with ventilation air, the volume of air supplied can be reduced to the meet the fresh air requirements. By reducing the volume of air supplied the possibility of drafts and noise levels are greatly reduced. This leads to increased occupancy comfort. Addressing thermal loads using the Alpety products makes use of the increased heat transfer capacities of water, as compared to air, increasing overall system efficiency.
U71 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
DIMENSIONS
U
ALPETY SKS
Available Nominal Lengths* (ft) 2 4 6 8
Piping Configuration: 2-pipe connection (15 mm Dia.)
DIMENSIONS
Note: dimensions are in inches or mm.
U72 Titus by Schako
Chilled Beam
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS
A. This section describes ceiling mounted radiant heating and cooling products. B. Model [SKS][FKL][HKL]
1.02 SUBMITTALS
PART 3 – EXECUTION
A. Submit as specified herein. B. Submit for review: • a. Product data for all items. Data shall be complete with the following information: 1. Operating weight and dimensions of assembled units. 2. Performance data, including water flow rate and water pressure drop. 3. Construction details, including materials of construction and fastening methods.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
3.01 INSTALLATION - GENERAL
A. Follow manufacturer’s installation instructions and recommendations for all equipment. B. Install chilled beam units in ceiling in such a manner as to allow easy access to all controls. C. Using the hanging brackets on each unit supplied by the manufacturer, support chilled beam units to supporting structure using field supplied threaded rod or other secure hanging system. D. Provide water supply/return connection and install temperature control valve.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
1.01 SUMMARY
C. SKS Panels are to be [non-perforated][perforated and supplied with acoustic fleece backing]. D. FKL & HKL constructed from multiple aluminum extrusions with 15 mm diameter copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum profiles. Individual extrusions attached to braces used for product mounting.
PART 1 – GENERAL
U
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
• A. Units shall be model [SKS][FKL][HKL] with lengths and widths as specified on drawings. • B. Considering the innovative technology utilized to engineer and manufacturer the applied equipment specified for this project the following substitution considerations shall apply to any manufacture requesting prior approval: a. Fifteen day prior to bid date any manufacturer who would like to be considered shall submit the following information via certified mail to the design professional. b. Submittal documentation for every product proposed including schedule and performance date for each with physical and thermal calculations. c. Any and all costs associated with using a substituted product shall be the responsibility of the Mechanical contractor. This includes but is not limited to redesign fees, additional piping and ductwork, and controls required.
2.02 GENERAL
SPECIFICATIONS
A. Units shall be designed for ceiling installation with factory supplied hanging brackets. Hanger rods or other approved hanging system to be field supplied and installed in the field by installing contractor. B. A supply and return water piping connection will be supplied on each panel/sail. D. Latent conditioning of the air supplied to the space shall be performed at the dedicated outdoor air unit and controlled by exhaust air humidity sensors.
2.03 CONSTRUCTION
A. Units are to be constructed of [galvanized sheet metal] [aluminum sheet metal][aluminum extrusion] painted RAL 9010 (white). B. SKS Panels are constructed with multiple aluminum extrusions glued to panel surface, and 15 mm diameter copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum extrusions.
U73 Titus by Schako
Notes
Chilled Beam
energy solutions
X www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Table of Contents
X
Energy Solutions
energy solution products Energy Solution Products...............................................................................................................................................................X3
overview Overview........................................................................................................................................................................................X4
auto-changeover diffusers
Plenum Slot Auto-Changeover Diffusers .......................................................................................................................................X5 TDF - DynaFuser......................................................................................................................................................................X5 Performance Data...................................................................................................................................................................X6 TDF-R - Return with Light Shield............................................................................................................................................X7 Performance Data...................................................................................................................................................................X8 Suggested Specifications........................................................................................................................................................X9 Model Number Specification..................................................................................................................................................X9 TDF-NT - Narrow Tee............................................................................................................................................................X10 Suggested Specifications......................................................................................................................................................X11 Model Number Specification................................................................................................................................................X11 EOS - Solar Powered.............................................................................................................................................................X12 Performance Data.................................................................................................................................................................X14 Suggested Specifications......................................................................................................................................................X15 Model Number Specification................................................................................................................................................X15 EOS-NT - Solar Powered - Narrow Tee.................................................................................................................................X16 Suggested Specifications......................................................................................................................................................X17 Model Number Specification................................................................................................................................................X17 Accessories...........................................................................................................................................................................X18
wireless accessories
ENERGY SOLUTIONS
Wireless Accessories for Fan Coils...............................................................................................................................................X19
X2
Energy Solutions
Energy Solution Products
TDF / TDF-NT
TDF-R
EOS / EOS-NT
HEATING & COOLING APPLICATIONS
HEATING & COOLING APPLICATIONS
HEATING & COOLING APPLICATIONS
• Auto-Changeover diffuser with a bidirectional air pattern for cooling & heating. • Fast auto-changover action between horizontal & vertical air patterns. • Operates on a narrow temperature band (62B - 82B). • Choice of three arrangements of optional factory installed T-bars.
• Returns the room air back to the plenum. • Available in nominal lengths (L) of 24 or 48 inches. • Light shield blocks light from plenum and also prevents seeing into duct.
• Auto-Changeover diffuser with a bidirectional air pattern for cooling & heating. • Utilizes solar-powered, energyharvesting technology. • Narrow & adjustable band (71B - 78B).
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
AUTO-CHANGEOVER DIFFUSERS
pages: X5-X18
X
ENERGY SOLUTIONS X3
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Overview
ENERGY SOLUTIONS
X
X4
Green Building design and energy conservation concepts are not new, yet in recent years the focus throughout the world has been to construct buildings with these principles in mind. We have seen the positive impact that designing and creating green buildings with these concepts have on our community and more importantly the world in which we live. As such, 100% of our focus for the past couple years and going forward has been on developing and delivering Green Solutions, and not just any Green Solution, but relevant Green Solutions.
Energy Solutions We offer a wide array of Green products that can be used in a variety of applications. Whether you have a ceiling application or an underfloor installation, Titus has the perfect Green Solution for you! Many of our products are GreenSpec Listed and we also have a knowledgeable and experienced staff of proven industry professionals ready to provide assistance when needed.
Energy Solutions
Available Models: TDF • No Insulation TDFI • Insulated Products Include: • Standard Finish - Black pattern controllers and exposed surfaces. White on optional T-bars.
• Fast auto-changeover action between horizontal and vertical air patterns.
• The TDF is an auto-changeover diffuser with a bi-directional air pattern for cooling and heating applications.
• Operates on a narrow temperature band (62 deg F to 82 deg F). • Standard configuration includes 10-inch plenum height, 2-inch slot width and Earthquake tabs (2 per unit).
TDF
• Utilizing shape memory alloy (SMA) technology, the internal actuator senses the supply air temperature and automatically adjusts the air pattern for horizontal airflow (cooling) or vertical airflow (heating).
DYNAFUSER
• Choice of three arrangements of optional factory installed T-bars. • Optional plaster frame for surface mount applications.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Auto-Changeover Diffusers TDF
• Optional external insulation (foil encapsulated). • Material is steel with miscellaneous aluminum parts.
A
X
5 1/4"
10"
3/8" Typical L minus 1/4"
Available Inlets (Oval) 6, 8 10, 12
3 5/8"
Standard Inlet Size
A
B
6" Oval 8" Oval 10" Oval 12" oval
6¼ 9⅜ 12½ 159/16
5¼ 5¼ 5¼ 5¼
Horizontal/Cooling Discharge
0 No T-Bars
1 One T-Bar, Inlet Side
1L One T-Bar, Side Opposite Inlet
2 Two T-Bars, Outside Edge
All dimensions are in inches.
Vertical/Heating Discharge
TDF
PAS-FR, PAR-FR
Nominal Length (L) 24" Length 48" Length
Optional T-bar
Note: Factory supplied outside T-bars are 1” wide.
X5
Energy Solutions
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PERFORMANCE DATA
X
HORIZONTAL & VERTICAL PATTERN - HEATING & COOLING CONDITION
24” Length Single Slot 6” Oval Inlet
24” Length Single Slot 8” Oval Inlet
48” Length Single Slot 12” Oval Inlet
PERFORMANCE DATA
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
Velocity Pressure VP
0.006
0.010
0.015
0.023
0.030
0.040
0.052
Flow Rate (cfm) Total Pressure NC Throw (feet) Flow Rate (cfm) Heating Mode Total Pressure +20BDT NC Throw (feet) Flow Rate (cfm) Cooling Mode Total Pressure -20BDT NC Throw (feet) Flow Rate (cfm) Heating Mode Total Pressure +20BDT NC Throw (feet) Flow Rate (cfm) Cooling Mode Total Pressure -20BDT NC Throw (feet) Flow Rate (cfm) Heating Mode Total Pressure +20BDT NC Throw (feet)
56 0.024 4-7-13 56 0.021 1-3-9 90 0.040 9-13-23 90 0.034 3-7-14 125 0.030 10 3-6-11 125 0.027 1-3-11
75 0.042 12 7-10-15 75 0.039 3-6-12 120 0.071 24 12-18-26 120 0.061 16 6-9-16 166 0.052 17 5-7-15 166 0.047 13 3-6-14
94 0.065 18 8-12-16 94 0.061 11 4-8-14 151 0.11 28 15-21-29 151 0.095 23 8-11-18 208 0.082 23 6-9-19 208 0.073 20 4-9-16
112 0.094 22 10-13-19 113 0.088 16 6-9-16 181 0.16 33 18-23-32 181 0.14 28 9-14-20 249 0.12 28 7-11-22 249 0.11 25 6-11-18
131 0.13 26 12-14-20 131 0.12 21 7-11-17 211 0.22 37 20-25-35 211 0.19 33 11-15-21 291 0.16 31 9-13-26 291 0.15 29 8-13-19
150 0.17 29 12-15-22 150 0.15 25 8-12-18 241 0.28 40 22-26-37 241 0.24 36 12-16-23 332 0.21 35 10-15-30 332 0.19 34 10-14-20
168 0.21 32 13-16-23 168 0.20 28 9-14-19 271 0.35 43 23-28-39 271 0.31 39 14-17-24 374 0.27 38 11-17-31 374 0.24 38 11-15-22
Cooling Mode -20BDT
Flow Rate (cfm) Total Pressure NC Throw (feet)
158 0.034 4-9-22
210 0.060 16 7-16-25
263 0.093 22 11-20-28
316 0.13 29 16-22-31
368 0.18 33 19-23-33
421 0.24 35 20-25-35
473 0.30 38 22-27-38
Heating Mode +20BDT
Flow Rate (cfm) Total Pressure NC Throw (feet)
158 0.029 3-8-14
210 0.051 16 5-9-17
263 0.080 22 7-12-19
316 0.12 29 9-14-21
368 0.16 33 11-16-22
421 0.21 35 12-17-24
473 0.26 38 14-18-25
Air Pattern
48” Length Single Slot 10” Oval Inlet
X6
Neck Velocity FPM
Cooling Mode -20BDT
* Horizontal Pattern ** Vertical Pattern, Installed 18” from Wall
Notes: • Dash (-) in space denotes NC value less than 10. • Vertical Pattern installed 18” from wall and air flow flows back to wall at floor. • Throw values are given for 150, 100, and 50 fpm for cooling and heating conditions. • Vertical throw tested with a 9ft. high ceiling.
• • • •
All pressures are in inches of W.G. Data obtained per ASHRAE Standard 70-2006. Actual performance with flexible duct inlet may vary in the field. Throws are for a 1-way pattern. NC values represent data obtained for 2nd to 7th octive bands with a 10dB room absortion Re 10-12 watts.
Energy Solutions
Auto-Changeover Diffusers (continued)
DYNAFUSER RETURN
TDF-R
Available Model: TDF-R Products Include: • Standard Finish - Black exposed surfaces. White on optional T-bars. • The TDF-R returns the room air to the ceiling plenum. • Appearance matches the TDF supply diffuser which may also be installed in the same room. • Light shield blocks light from plenum and also prevents seeing into the duct.
• Choice of three arrangements of optional factory installed T-bars. • Available in nominal lengths (L) of 24 or 48 inches.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
TDF-R
• Material is steel, optional T-Bars are extruded aluminum.
X
• Standard configuration includes 10-inch plenum height, 2-inch slot width and Earthquake tabs (2 per unit).
(35/8”) Return Opening
⅜"
(Typical)
Optional T-bar
(10”)
L minus ¼"
TDF-R
All dimensions are in inches.
X7
Energy Solutions
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PERFORMANCE DATA
PERFORMANCE DATA
X
X8
TDF-R
24” Length 48” Length
Velocity VP Airflow, cfm Negative SP, Inches wg NC (Noise Criteria) Airflow, cfm Negative SP, Inches wg NC (Noise Criteria)
250 .004 75 -.010 150 -.010 -
300 .0058 90 -.015 180 -.015 -
400 .010 120 -.026 240 -.026 -
Notes: • Data obtained from testing in accordance with ANSI/ ASHRAE Standard 70-2006. • NC values are determined from octive bands 2 to 7 sound power levels with a 10-12 dB room absortion. • Dash (-) in space denotes an NC value of less than 10. • Return slot width is same as TDF supply.
500 .016 150 -.042 12 300 -.042 13
600 .023 180 -.060 18 360 -.060 19
700 .032 210 -.084 22 420 -.084 23
800 .040 240 -.10 26 480 -.10 27
1000 .062 300 -.16 37 600 -.16 33
1200 .088 360 -.23 38 720 -.23 38
Energy Solutions
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS
Available Models: TDF TDFI TDFR
• Supply • Supply • Insulated • Return
Plenum slot auto-changeover diffusers shall be Titus model TDF (uninsulated) or TDFI (insulated) for supply or TDFR for return. Diffusers shall be of the sizes and mounting type shown on the plans and outlet schedule. Diffusers shall have a 2-inch wide slot and standard nominal lengths shall be 2 or 4 feet. Unit casing shall be constructed of 24-gauge steel and pattern controller blade constructed of extruded aluminum. The standard finish shall be black on the face of the diffuser and pattern controllers (supply models) and white on the optional factory provided T-bars.
The plenum inlet must be drawn from the plenum wall to eliminate leakage. Welded-in or mechanically fastened inlets are not acceptable. The inlet must have at least a 1-1/8-inch depth for duct connection. Optional external foil encapsulated insulation (model TDFI) shall be available. Factory furnished T-bars, plaster frames, and inlet dampers shall also be available as optional accessories.
The supply slot of the diffuser shall have an extruded aluminum pattern controller with a tight sealing gasket at the top of the blade which seals against the inside plenum wall and provides full horizontal airflow. Supply diffusers
The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the plenum slot diffuser. The diffuser shall be tested in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70-2006.
MODEL NUMBER SPECIFICATION
Mounting Clip (1 side)
Accessories PF-2 CN MTC-1
Mounting Clip (2 sides)
MTC-2
Plaster Frame
Model TDF TDFI TDF-FO XXXX
Cross Notch
Optional Damper
No Insulation Insulated (Face Only)
Length
Plenum Inlet
XX 24 48
XX 24” 48”
6 8 10 12
Inlet Damper
ID
02
XX
Black exposed surfaces, Black pattern controllers, White optional tees
6” Oval 8” Oval
Finish
10” Oval
XX
XXXXXX
0, 1, 1L, 2
Refer to page X18 for details
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
shall have an internal mounted self-powered actuator that provides bi-directional airflow. Actuators shall have shape memory alloy (SMA) wires that sense the supply air temperature and move the pattern controller blade to horizontal position for cooling when supply temperature is 62 degrees or less and to the vertical position for heating when supply temperature is 82 degrees or greater. Actuators using bi-metal spring assembly or thermal wax mechanism are not acceptable.
PLENUM SLOT AUTO-CHANGEOVER DIFFUSERS
X
T-bar Options
12” Oval
Note 1: 6, 8 available on 24" length only. Note 2: 10, 12 available on 48" length only. Note 3: Factory supplied outside T-bars are 1" wide. Note 4: Standard plenum height for TDF is 10 inches. Note 5: Earthquake Tabs are standard. Note 6: TDF-FO is diffuser face only (no plenum) Note 7: Inlet not available on TDF-FO model
Finish Black exposed surfaces, White optional tees
Model TDFR Length
XX 24 48
02 24” 48”
0, 1, 1L, 2,
Refer to page X18 for details
XX
XXX
PF-2 CN MTC-1 Earthquake Tabs MTC-2 Accessories
SPECIFICATIONS
T-bar Options
Plaster Frame Cross Notch
X9
Energy Solutions
X
TDF-NT DYNAFUSER NARROW TEE Available Models: TDF-NT • Narrow Tee • Supply TDFI-NT • Narrow Tee • Supply • Insulated
TDFR-NT
TDF-NT
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Auto-Changeover Diffuser (continued)
• Narrow Tee • Return
Products Include: • Standard Finish - Black pattern controllers and exposed surfaces.
• Fast auto-changeover action between horizontal and vertical air patterns.
• The TDF-NT is an auto-changeover diffuser with a bi-directional air pattern for cooling and heating applications.
• Operates on a narrow temperature band (62 deg F to 82 deg F).
• The TDF-NT is designed for Narrow Tee ceiling grid systems. The TDF-NT and TDFI-NT come standard with MTC side mounting clips (narrow tees by others). • Utilizing shape memory alloy technology, the internal actuator senses the supply air temperature and automatically adjusts the air pattern for horizontal airflow (cooling) or vertical airflow (heating).
• Standard configuration includes 10-inch plenum height, 2-inch slot width and Earthquake tabs (2 per unit). • 4-foot length comes standard with cross notch. • Optional external insulation (foil encapsulated). • Material is steel with miscellaneous aluminum parts Optional Internal Insulation (TDFI-NT Model)
A
5 1/4"
(end caps are not insulated)
4"
4"
P L
5/8"
Side Mounting Clips
All Narrow Tees by Others
TDF-NT
Nominal Length 24 48
X10
10"
Overall Length L 23 47
Plenum Length P 23 47
Standard Oval (in.) Inlets 24” Length 6, 8 48” Length 10, 12 Horizontal/Cooling Discharge
Vertical/Heating Discharge
All dimensions are in inches.
3 5/8"
Side Mounting Clips
Energy Solutions
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS
Available Models: TDF- NT • Narrow Tee TDFI-NT • Narrow Tee • Insulated TDFR-NT • Return • Narrow Tee Plenum slot auto-changeover diffusers shall be Titus model TDF-NT (non-insulated) or TDFI-NT (insulated) for supply or TDFR-NT for return. Diffusers shall be of the sizes and mounting type shown on the plans and outlet schedule. Diffusers shall be compatible with 9/16-inch architectural narrow tee ceiling systems. Plenum diffusers shall include side mounting clips to match specified tee and a cross notch on 4-foot units. Diffusers shall have a 2-inch wide slot and standard nominal lengths shall be 2 or 4 feet. Unit casing shall be constructed of 24-gauge steel and pattern controller blade constructed of extruded aluminum. The standard finish shall be black on the face of the diffuser and pattern controllers (supply models). The supply slot of the diffuser shall have an extruded aluminum pattern controller with a tight sealing gasket at the top of the blade which seals against the inside plenum
wall and provides full horizontal airflow. Supply diffusers shall have an internal mounted self-powered actuator that provides bi-directional airflow. Actuators shall have shape memory alloy (SMA) wires that sense the supply air temperature and move the pattern controller blade to horizontal position for cooling when supply temperature is 62 degrees or less and to the vertical position for heating when supply temperature is 82 degrees or greater. Actuators using bi-metal spring assembly or thermal wax mechanism are not acceptable. The plenum inlet must be drawn from the plenum wall to eliminate leakage. Welded-in or mechanically fastened inlets are not acceptable. The inlet must have at least a 1-1/8-inch depth for duct connection. Optional external foil encapsulated insulation (model TDFINT) shall be available. Optional inlet dampers shall also be available. The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the plenum slot diffuser. The diffuser shall be tested in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70-2006.
MODEL NUMBER SPECIFICATION Model TDF-NT TDFI-NT TDF-FO-NT XXXX-XX
No Insulation Insulated (Face Only)
XX
Optional Damper Plenum Inlet
Ceiling System
XX
Length 24 24” 48 48”
6 8 10 12
Inlet Damper
X 6” Oval 8” Oval 10” Oval
A C D
02
ID XX
Chicago Metalic NT Ceiling
Black exposed surfaces, Black pattern controllers, White optional tees
Donn Fineline NT Ceiling
Finish
Armstrong NT Ceiling
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PLENUM SLOT AUTO-CHANGEOVER DIFFUSERS
X
Accessories Mounting Clips (std.)
MTC XXX
12” Oval
Note 1: 6, 8 available on 24" length only. Note 2: 10, 12 available on 48" length only. Note 3: Standard plenum height for TDF-NT is 10 inches. Note 4: Mounting Clips and Earthquake Tabs are standard. Note 5. TDF-FO-NT is diffuser face only (no plenum) Note 6. Inlet not available on TDF-FO-NT model Accessories Model
Earthquake Tabs
Black Exposed
TDFR-NT
Insulated
XXXX-XX-XX
XX
Accessories
Surfaces
84
EQT
MTC (STD.)
X
XX
XXX Optional Damper
Length
ID
24”
24
48”
48
SPECIFICATIONS
Finish
Inlet Damper
Ceiling System A
Armstrong Narrow Tee Ceiling
C
Chicago Metallic Narrow Tee Ceiling
D
Donn Fineline Narrow Tee Ceiling
X11
Energy Solutions
EOS • The EOS features energy harvesting technology from solar and ambient room light to power an internal actuator. Internal temperature sensors monitor supply air temperature and automatically adjusts the air pattern for horizontal airflow (cooling) or vertical airflow (heating).
SOLAR POWERED Available Models: EOS EOSI
• Supply • Supply • Insulated
Products Include: • Standard Finish - Black pattern controllers and exposed surfaces. White on optional T-bars.
• Operates on a narrow temperature band (71B F to 78B F). Each temperature setpoint is adjustable in one increment of 2 degrees up or down for maximum flexibility.
• The EOS is an auto-changeover diffuser with a bi-directional air pattern for cooling and heating applications.
• Smart logic programming on internal P.C. board checks supply air temperature in 10 minute intervals to ensure proper airflow direction is maintained for cooling and heating applications.
X 11" 316
1"
A
EOS
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Auto-Changeover Diffuser (continued)
• Standard configuration includes 10-inch plenum height, 2-inch slot width and Earthquake tabs (2 per unit). • Choice of three arrangements of optional factory installed T-bars. • Optional plaster frame for surface mount applications. • Optional external insulation (foil encapsulated). • Material is steel with miscellaneous aluminum parts. Optional External Insulation (EOSI Models)
1" 54 1" 10" 104
3" Typical Solar Cell collects 8 light energy and stores it on an internal capacitor.
Available Inlets (Oval) 6, 8 10, 12
L minus 1/4"
Standard Inlet Size
A
B
6" Oval 8" Oval 10" Oval 12" oval
6¼ 9⅜ 12½ 159/16
5¼ 5¼ 5¼ 5¼
EOS
Nominal Length (L) 24" Length 48" Length
Optional T-bar
Horizontal/Cooling Discharge
0 No T-Bars
X12
1 One T-Bar, Inlet Side
1L One T-Bar, Side Opposite Inlet
2 Two T-Bars, Outside Edge
All dimensions are in inches.
Vertical/Heating Discharge
Note: Factory supplied outside T-bars are 1” wide.
Energy Solutions
Auto-Changeover Diffusers (continued)
DIP SWITCH
RESET BUTTON ON
HEATING COOLING SETPOINTS SETPOINTS 1 2 3 4 5 6
OFF 69°
71° 73° 76° 78° 80°
DIP SWITCH SETTINGS: ONLY COOLING SWITCHband: AND ProcedureONE to adjust temperature ONE HEATING SWITCH SHOULD BE IN THE POSITION AT ONEinlet). TIME. Locate dip'ON' switch (side opposite 'RESETplastic BUTTON' BEboth PRESSED Remove plug MUST and set AFTER SWITCH ADJUSTMENT. cooling andDIP heating temperatures to DEFAULT SETTING SHOWN. desired setpoint. Only oneIScooling switch and one heating switch should be in the “ON” position. The remaining switches should be in the “OFF” position. After selecting setpoints, press “RESET” button.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
TEMPERATURE BAND ADJUSTMENT DETAILS EOS, EOS-NT
X
Note: Diffusers will ship from factory with the standard default temperature setpoints of 71BF and 78BF (shown in diagram above).
INTIAL STARTUP: The EOS, EOS-NT utilizes solar energy harvesting to power the internal actuactor and provide the auto-changeover action between cooling and heating blade positions. This is accomplished by exposing the diffuser to room or ambient light to charge the energy accumulator. In most cases, the solar cell will charge the energy storage device in the first few hours of operation. Refer to IOM for more information.
EOS X13
Energy Solutions
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PERFORMANCE DATA
X
EOS, EOS-NT PERFORMANCE DATA HORIZONTAL & VERTICAL PATTERN - HEATING & COOLING CONDITION
24” Length Single Slot 6” Oval Inlet
24” Length Single Slot 8” Oval Inlet
48” Length Single Slot 12” Oval Inlet
PERFORMANCE DATA
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
Velocity Pressure VP
0.006
0.010
0.015
0.023
0.030
0.040
0.052
0.062
Flow Rate (cfm) Total Pressure NC Throw (feet) Flow Rate (cfm) Heating Mode Total Pressure +20BDT NC Throw (feet) Flow Rate (cfm) Cooling Mode Total Pressure -20BDT NC Throw (feet) Flow Rate (cfm) Heating Mode Total Pressure +20BDT NC Throw (feet) Flow Rate (cfm) Cooling Mode Total Pressure -20BDT NC Throw (feet) Flow Rate (cfm) Heating Mode Total Pressure +20BDT NC Throw (feet)
56 0.024 4-7-13 56 0.022 1-3-9 90 0.044 13 9-13-23 90 0.044 10 3-7-14 125 0.026 3-6-11 125 0.025 1-3-11
75 0.042 7-10-15 75 0.039 3-6-12 120 0.078 22 12-18-26 120 0.078 19 6-9-16 166 0.047 13 5-7-15 166 0.046 3-6-14
94 0.065 16 6-12-16 94 0.062 12 4-8-14 151 0.120 29 15-21-29 151 0.120 25 8-11-18 208 0.073 20 6-9-19 208 0.071 13 4-9-16
112 0.094 22 10-13-19 112 0.088 17 6-9-16 181 0.175 34 18-23-32 181 0.175 30 9-14-20 249 0.105 26 7-11-22 249 0.103 19 6-11-18
131 0.130 26 12-14-20 131 0.120 22 7-11-17 211 0.240 39 20-25-35 211 0.240 35 11-15-21 291 0.142 31 9-13-26 291 0.140 24 8-13-19
150 0.170 30 12-15-22 150 0.156 26 8-12-18 241 0.310 42 22-26-37 241 0.310 39 12-16-23 332 0.185 35 10-15-30 332 0.184 29 10-14-20
168 0.210 34 13-16-23 168 0.200 30 9-14-18 271 0.390 47 23-28-39 271 0.390 43 14-17-24 374 0.230 39 11-17-31 374 0.230 32 11-15-22
187 0.260 37 14-17-24 187 0.240 33 10-15-19 302 0.480 50 24-30-40 302 0.480 47 15-19-26 415 0.290 42 12-20-35 415 0.290 45 12-16-24
Cooling Mode -20BDT
Flow Rate (cfm) Total Pressure NC Throw (feet)
158 0.032 4-9-22
210 0.060 13 7-16-25
263 0.087 19 11-20-28
316 0.126 25 16-22-31
368 0.172 30 19-23-33
412 0.224 34 20-25-35
473 0.285 38 22-27-38
527 0.350 41 24-31-44
Heating Mode +20BDT
Flow Rate (cfm) Total Pressure NC Throw (feet)
158 0.030 3-8-14
210 0.055 13 5-9-17
263 0.085 19 7-12-19
316 0.122 25 9-14-21
368 0.168 30 11-16-22
412 0.218 34 12-17-24
473 0.276 38 14-18-25
527 0.340 41 15-20-28
Air Pattern
48” Length Single Slot 10” Oval Inlet
X14
Neck Velocity FPM
Cooling Mode -20BDT
* Horizontal Pattern ** Vertical Pattern, Installed 18” from Wall
Notes: • Dash (-) in space denotes NC value less than 10. • Vertical Pattern installed 18” from wall and air flow flows back to wall at floor. • Throw values are given for 150, 100, and 50 fpm for cooling and heating conditions. • Vertical throw tested with a 9ft. high ceiling.
• • • •
All pressures are in inches of W.G. Data obtained per ASHRAE Standard 70-2006. Actual performance with flexible duct inlet may vary in the field. Throws are for a 1-way pattern. NC values represent data obtained for 2nd to 7th octive bands with a 10dB room absortion Re 10-12 watts.
Energy Solutions
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS
Available Models: EOS EOSI
• Supply • Supply • Insulated
Plenum slot auto-changeover diffusers shall be Titus model EOS (uninsulated) or EOSI (insulated) for supply. Diffusers shall be of the sizes and mounting type shown on the plans and outlet schedule. Diffusers shall have a 2-inch wide slot and standard nominal lengths shall be 2 or 4 feet. Unit casing shall be constructed of 24-gauge steel and pattern controller blade constructed of extruded aluminum. The standard finish shall be black on the face of the diffuser and pattern controllers and white on the optional factory provided T-bars.
The plenum inlet must be drawn from the plenum wall to eliminate leakage. Welded-in or mechanically fastened inlets are not acceptable. The inlet must have at least a 1-1/8-inch depth for duct connection. Optional external foil encapsulated insulation (model EOSI) shall be available. Factory furnished T-bars, plaster frames, and inlet dampers shall also be available as optional accessories.
The slot of the supply diffuser shall have an extruded aluminum pattern controller with a tight sealing gasket at the top of the blade which seals against the inside plenum wall and provides full horizontal airflow. Supply diffusers shall have an internal mounted self-powered actuator/ motor assembly with P.C. board and logic programming. Supply diffusers shall have a solar cell mounted on the face
The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the plenum slot diffuser. The diffuser shall be tested in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70-2006.
MODEL NUMBER SPECIFICATION
Mounting Clip (1 side)
Accessories PF-2 CN MTC-1
Mounting Clip (2 sides)
MTC-2
Plaster Frame
Model EOS EOSI
Cross Notch
Optional Damper
No Insulation Insulated
XXXX Length
Plenum Inlet
XX 24 48
XX 24” 48”
6 8 10 12
6” Oval 8” Oval 10” Oval
Inlet Damper
ID
02
XX
Black exposed surfaces, Black pattern controllers, White optional tees
Finish
XX 0, 1, 1L, 2
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
to collect light energy to power the actuator assembly to provide bi-directional airflow. Actuators using bi-metal spring assembly or thermal wax mechanism are not acceptable. Actuators shall have temperature sensors that sense the supply air temperature and move the pattern controller blade to a horizontal position for cooling when supply air temperature reaches the cooling setpoint and to a vertical position for heating when supply air temperature reaches the heating setpoint. Supply diffusers shall contain dip switches to adjust the cooling and heating temperature set points.
PLENUM SLOT SOLAR POWERED DIFFUSERS
X
XXXXXX Refer to page X12 for details
T-bar Options
12” Oval
Note 1: 6, 8 available on 24" length only. Note 2: 10, 12 available on 48" length only. Note 3: Factory supplied outside T-bars are 1" wide. Note 4: Standard plenum height for EOS/EOSI is 10 inches. Note 5: Earthquake Tabs are standard.
SPECIFICATIONS X15
Energy Solutions
X
EOS-NT SOLAR POWERED, NARROW TEE
• Operates on a narrow temperature band (71B F to 78B F). Each temperature setpoint is adjustable in one increment of 2 degrees up or down for maximum flexibility.
Available Models: EOS-NT • Narrow Tee • Supply EOSI-NT • Narrow Tee • Supply • Insulated
• Smart logic programming on internal P.C. board checks supply air temperature in 10 minute intervals to ensure proper airflow direction is maintained for cooling and heating applications.
Products Include: • Standard Finish - Black pattern controllers and exposed surfaces. • The EOS-NT is an autochangeover diffuser with a bidirectional air pattern for cooling and heating applications.
• The EOS-NT is designed for Narrow Tee ceiling grid systems. The EOS-NT and EOSI-NT come standard with MTC mounting clips (narrow tee by others).
• The EOS-NT features energy harvesting technology from solar and ambient room light to power an internal actuator. Internal temperature sensors monitor supply air temperature and automatically adjusts the air pattern for horizontal airflow (cooling) or vertical airflow (heating). 11" 316
EOS-NT
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Auto-Changeover Diffuser (continued)
• Standard configuration includes 10-inch plenum height, 2-inch slot width and Earthquake tabs (2 per unit). • Optional external insulation (foil encapsulated). • Material is steel with miscellaneous aluminum parts.
• 4-foot length comes standard with cross notch.
1"
Optional External Insulation (EOSI-NT Models)
A
1 54 1" 10" 104 End Clips
Solar Cell collects light energy and stores it on an internal capacitor.
11" 316
Side Mounting Clips
5/8"
4"
4"
P (L MINUS 5/8")
Side Mounting Clips
L
All Narrow Tees by Others
EOS-NT
Nominal Length 24 48
X16
Horizontal/Cooling Discharge
Plenum Length P 23 3/8 47 3/8
Standard Oval (in.) Inlets 24” Length 6, 8 48” Length 6, 8, 10, 12
Vertical/Heating Discharge
All dimensions are in inches.
Energy Solutions
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS
Available Models: EOS- NT • Narrow Tee EOSI-NT • Narrow Tee • Insulated Plenum slot auto-changeover diffusers shall be Titus model EOS-NT (non-insulated) or EOSI-NT (insulated). Diffusers shall be of the sizes and mounting type shown on the plans and outlet schedule. Diffusers shall be compatible with 9/16-inch architectural narrow tee ceiling systems. Plenum diffusers shall include side mounting clips to match specified tee and a cross notch on 4-foot units. Diffusers shall have a 2-inch wide slot and standard nominal lengths shall be 2 or 4 feet. Unit casing shall be constructed of 24-gauge steel and pattern controller blade constructed of extruded aluminum. The standard finish shall be black on the face of the diffuser and pattern controllers. The slot of the supply diffuser shall have an extruded aluminum pattern controller with a tight sealing gasket at the top of the blade which seals against the inside plenum wall and provides full horizontal airflow. Supply diffusers shall have an internal mounted self-powered actuator/ motor assembly with P.C. board and logic programming.
Supply diffusers shall have a solar cell mounted on the face to collect light energy to power the actuator assembly to provide bi-directional airflow. Actuators using bi-metal spring assembly or thermal wax mechanism are not acceptable. Actuators shall have temperature sensors that sense the supply air temperature and move the pattern controller blade to a horizontal position for cooling when supply air temperature reaches the cooling setpoint and to a vertical position for heating when supply air temperature reaches the heating setpoint. Supply diffusers shall contain dip switches to adjust the cooling and heating temperature set points. The plenum inlet must be drawn from the plenum wall to eliminate leakage. Welded-in or mechanically fastened inlets are not acceptable. The inlet must have at least a 1-1/8-inch depth for duct connection. Optional external foil encapsulated insulation (model EOSINT) shall be available. Factory furnished T-bars, plaster frames, and inlet dampers shall also be available as optional accessories. The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for the plenum slot diffuser. The diffuser shall be tested in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 70-2006.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
PLENUM SLOT SOLAR POWERED DIFFUSERS
X
MODEL NUMBER SPECIFICATION Model EOS-NT EOSI-NT XXXX-XX
No Insulation Insulated
XX
Length 24 24” 48 48”
Optional Damper Plenum Inlet XX 6 8 10 12
Ceiling System X
6” Oval 8” Oval 10” Oval
A C D
Inlet Damper
02
ID XX
Chicago Metalic NT Ceiling
Black exposed surfaces, Black pattern controllers, White optional tees
Donn Fineline NT Ceiling
Finish
Armstrong NT Ceiling
12” Oval
Note 1: 6, 8 available on 24" length only. Note 2: Standard plenum height for EOS-NT/EOSI-NT is 10 inches. Note 3: Mounting Clips and Earthquake Tabs are standard.
SPECIFICATIONS X17
Energy Solutions
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Accessories MODELS: TBD-10, TBD/TBR-30, TBD/TBR-80, T-SLOT, N-SLOT AND TDF OPTIONAL FACTORY-FURNISHED T-BARS
1-4 Slots
1-4 Slots
0 No T-Bars
1 One T-Bar, Inlet Side
1-4 Slots 1L One T-Bar, Side Opposite Inlet
1-4 Slots
2-4 Slots
2-4 Slots
2 Two T-Bars, Outside Edge
3 All T-Bars
4 All Center T-Bars, No Outside T-Bars
Note: Factory supplied center or outside T-bars are 1-inch wide. Center channels are provided on 2- to 4-slot units when T-bars are by others. Only applies to TBD series. TBD-10 available with 1- or 2-slots only.
X
2 Slots Only
2 Slots Only
5 Two T-Bars, Center & Inlet Side
5L Two T-Bars, Center & Side Opposite Inlet
Diffuser
Opening in ceiling should be: Length = Module plus ½-inch Width = Plenum width plus ¾-inch
OPTIONAL INLET DAMPER (Supply models only) Damper ships separately
Ceiling
1"
OPTIONAL MOUNTING CLIPS MTC-1 (One side) MTC-2 (Both sides)
The model PF and PF-2 slot diffuser mounting frames can be used in a sheetrock or plaster ceiling. The frame is mounted in the ceiling by others. The Titus diffuser is mounted on the inside lip of the frame.The frame is 1¼-inch high.
OPTIONAL CROSS NOTCH Available on both supply and return models. Not available on TBD-10 or N Series.
ACCESSORIES
¼"
X18
4"
1⅞"
1⅜"
Mounting Clips (Two per side)
Inlet
1⅝" ⅝"
Wireless Accessories for Fan Coils
Energy Solutions
The modulated valve actuator control device increases Chiller and Boiler efficiency by 15-20% with substantial energy savings by meeting exact conditioned space load requirements. The overall net effect of modulated control valves adjusting the water flow rate to meet occupied space load requirements as they change, is increased occupant comfort in the conditioned space while reducing system energy costs.
One of the easiest ways to save energy and money is to upgrade to a programmable thermostat. These thermostats allow the fan coil unit to be programmed to run only at specific times of the day at specific temperatures. Programming the thermostat to shut down or reduce the cooling/heating demands during periods of time when the occupant is typically away will quickly begin reducing costs after installation. The occupant can always temporary override the program during these times if necessary.
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Most ECM motors currently in the market have a 70% motor efficiency at full and partial loads which substantially reduces Energy costs. The ECM motor also has the ability to modulate the airflow to meet partial load requirements thereby further reducing the energy requirements of a building. The low operating temperature of the ECM motor also requires very little energy to offset the heat gain from the motor to the cooled airstream, thus also reducing the building energy requirements.
X
An alternative to improving the efficiency and energy consumption of the fan coil unit is to install a programmable thermostat with occupancy sensors or a keycard. The thermostat can be programmed to gradually reduce the cooling/ heating demand to a pre-specified point if an occupant is not present. By using these sensors in conjunction with a programmable thermostat, tighter control of the energy consumption of a fan coil unit can be maintained.
An alternative to improving the efficiency and energy consumption of the fan coil unit is to install a programmable thermostat with a motion sensor. The thermostat can be programmed to gradually reduce the cooling/heating demand to a prespecified point if an occupant is not present. By using this wireless motion sensor in conjunction with a programmable thermostat, tighter control of the energy consumption of a fan coil unit can be maintained.
WIRELESS ACCESSORIES
An alternative to improving the efficiency and energy consumption of the fan coil unit is to install a programmable thermostat with a keycard. The thermostat can be programmed to gradually reduce the cooling/heating demand to a pre-specified point if an occupant is not present. By using this keycard in conjunction with a programmable thermostat, tighter control of the energy consumption of a fan coil unit can be maintained.
X19
Notes
Energy Solutions
energy solution products index
Y www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Model Number Index
Y
Model Number Index...............................Page
Model Number Index................................Page
A Alpety FKL......................................... U67 Alpety HKL......................................... U67 Alpety SKS......................................... U71
TAF-G..................................................S22 TAF-HC...............................................S36 TAF-L-E...............................................S26 TAF-L-R...............................................S27 TAF-L-V...............................................S24 TAF-L-W..............................................S25 TAF-R..................................................S19 TAF-R-FR............................................S19 TAF-V..................................................S34 TAF-V Multi-4 Piece...........................S35 TCM2................................................. U51 TDF-DynaFuser.....................................X5 TDF-NT...............................................X10 TDF-R....................................................X7
C CT-TAF.................................................S38 CT-TAF-L..............................................S28 D DISA.................................................. U18 DISA-V............................................... U35 DV180.................................................T44 DVBC..................................................T22 DVC1...................................................T55 DVCP..................................................T67 DVHC..................................................T49 DVIR...................................................T26 DVR3..................................................T38 DVRI...................................................T32 DVRI-HC Plexicon...............................T71 DVVC..................................................T61 E EOS........................................................... X12 EOS-NT..................................................... X16
MODEL NUMBER INDEX
L LCBS.................................................. U43 LHK.....................................................S40
Y2
Energy Solutions Index
P PFC.....................................................S47 S SPB.................................................... U59 T
T3SQ-0................................................ L10 T3SQ-2.................................................. L8 T3SQ-4.................................................. L7 TAF-D..................................................S33
Descriptive Product Index Auto-Changeover Diffusers Accessories.....................................X18 EOS.................................................X12 Model Number Specifications........X15 Performance Data...........................X14 Suggested Specifications...............X15 EOS-NT...........................................X16 Model Number Specifications........X17 Suggested Specifications...............X17 TDF - DynaFuser...............................X5 Model Number Specifications..........X9 Performance Data.............................X6 Suggested Specifications.................X9 TDF-NT...........................................X10 Model Number Specifications........X11 Suggested Specifications...............X11 TDF-R................................................X7 Model Number Specifications..........X9 Performance Data.............................X8 Suggested Specifications.................X9
Circular Displacement DVCP..............................................T67 Accessories.....................................T68 Model Number Specifications........T70 Performance Data....... ....................T69 Suggested Specifications...............T70 Corner Mount Displacement DVC1...............................................T55 Accessories.....................................T57 Model Number Specifications........T60 Performance Data....... ....................T58 Suggested Specifications...............T60 DVVC..............................................T61 Accessories.....................................T63 Model Number Specifications........T66 Performance Data....... ....................T64 Suggested Specifications...............T66
Y
Heating & Cooling Displacement Options DVRI-HC Plexicon...........................T71 DVRI-HC 14 Accessories................T72 DVRI-HC 32 Accessories................T73 Model Number Specifications........T76 Performance Data - Cooling...........T74 Performance Data - Heating...........T75 Suggested Specifications...............T76 Displacement Ventilation Adjustment Diffuser Adjustment.......................T77 Displacement Ventilation Application Guide Acoustical Performance..................T12 Air Change Effectiveness..................T8 Air Pattern Projection.....................T11 Benefits & Limitations......................T9 Contaminant Removal......................T9 Design Examples............................T15 Design Procedure for Displacement Ventilation .....................................T14 Displacement Ventilation Theory &
DESCRIPTIVE PRODUCT INDEX
Chilled Beam Application Guide Benefits of Chilled Ceiling Systems ......................................................... U9 Chilled Ceiling Applications........... U10 Chilled Ceiling System Design....... U10 Comfort & IAQ Benefits................... U9 Control of Chilled Ceiling System.. U16 Design Methodology..................... U10 Energy Efficiency & Operational Benefits .......................................... U9 First Cost Benefits........................... U9 Heat Transfer................................... U7 History............................................. U6 Induction......................................... U9 Introduction..................................... U6 Practical Design Guidelines........... U10 Product Selection.......................... U13 Psychrometrics................................ U7 Space Design Conditions............... U12 System Design Process................. U12 Theoretical Background................... U7
Descriptive Product...................................Page
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Descriptive Product.....................................Page
Energy Solutions Index
Y3
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Descriptive Product Index (continued)
DESCRIPTIVE PRODUCT INDEX
Y
Y4
Energy Solutions Index
Descriptive Product.....................................Page
Descriptive Product..................................Page
Governing Equations......................T12 Energy Considerations......................T9 Heat Sources & Convective Flows..T11 Introduction to Displacement Ventilation........................................T8 Methods of Evaluation...................T12 Outlet Characteristics.....................T10 Outlet Choices................................T10 References......................................T21 Space Temperature Gradients & Airflow Rates..................................T11 Supply Air Connections..................T12 The Adjacent Zone..........................T10 Typical Applications..........................T9
Performance Data...... ....................U70 Suggested Specifications.............. U73 Alpety SKS..................................... U71 Dimensions.................................... U72 Suggested Specifications.............. U73
Linear Active Chilled Beams DISA............................................... U18 Dimensions.................................... U21 Performance Data...... ....................U29 Suggested Specifications.............. U42 DISA-V........................................... U35 Dimensions.................................... U37 Performance Data...... ....................U39 Suggested Specifications.............. U42 LCBS.............................................. U43 Dimensions.................................... U45 Performance Data...... ....................U47 Suggested Specifications.............. U49 Linear Passive Chilled Beams SPB................................................ U59 Dimensions.................................... U61 Performance Data...... ....................U63 Suggested Specifications.............. U66 Radiant Ceiling Panels Alpety FKL..................................... U67 Dimensions.................................... U68 Performance Data...... ....................U69 Suggested Specifications.............. U73 Alpety HKL..................................... U67 Dimensions.................................... U68
Rectangular Displacement DVBC..............................................T22 Accessories.....................................T23 Model Number Specifications........T25 Performance Data....... ....................T24 Suggested Specifications...............T25 DVIR...............................................T26 Accessories.....................................T28 Model Number Specifications........T31 Performance Data....... ....................T29 Suggested Specifications...............T31 DVR3...............................................T38 Accessories.....................................T40 Model Number Specifications........T43 Performance Data....... ....................T41 Suggested Specifications...............T43 DVRI...............................................T32 Accessories.....................................T34 Model Number Specifications........T37 Performance Data....... ....................T35 Suggested Specifications...............T37 Semi-Circular Displacement DV180.............................................T44 Accessories.....................................T45 Model Number Specifications........T48 Performance Data....... ....................T46 Suggested Specifications...............T48 DVHC..............................................T49 Accessories.....................................T51 Model Number Specifications........T54 Performance Data....... ....................T52 Suggested Specifications...............T54 Thermal Comfort Modules TCM2............................................. U51
Descriptive Product Index (continued)
Energy Solutions Index Descriptive Product...................................Page
Dimensions.................................... U53 Performance Data.......................... U55 Suggested Specifications.............. U57
Dimensions.....................................S48 Model Number Specification..........S52 Performance Data...........................S49 Suggested Specifications...............S52
UnderFloor Application Guide Abbreviations..................................S18 Better Heat & Polluntant Removal ........................................................S15 Building Reuse...............................S16 Conference Rooms & Other Areas
UnderFloor Fan BoosterTerminals PFC.................................................S47
UnderFloor Linear Products CT-TAF.............................................S38 TAF-D..............................................S33 TAF-HC............................................S36 TAF-V..............................................S34 TAF-V Multi-4 Piece.......................S35 Model Number Specification..........S39 Performance Data...........................S37 Suggested Specifications...............S39 UnderFloor Round Products TAF-G..............................................S22 TAF-R..............................................S19 TAF-R-FR.........................................S19 Model Number Specification..........S23 Performance Data...........................S21 Options...........................................S20 Suggested Specifications...............S23 UnderFloor TAF-L Perimeter System CT-TAF-L..........................................S28 TAF-L-E...........................................S26 TAF-L-R...........................................S27 TAF-L-V...........................................S24 TAF-L-W..........................................S25 Model Number Specification..........S32 Performance Data...........................S29 Suggested Specifications...............S31
Y
DESCRIPTIVE PRODUCT INDEX
of Varying Load...............................S12 Controllability of Systems...............S16 Design Basics.................................S13 Easy Installation & Relocation........S15 First Costs & Installation Costs......S14 General.............................................S8 Higher HVAC Equipment Efficiency...... ........................................................S14 Humidity Issues..............................S13 Interior (Core) Spaces.....................S10 Introduction .....................................S8 Lower Horsepower Fans.................S14 Lower Life Cycle Costs...................S15 Neutral Plenums...............................S9 Optimize Energy..............................S16 Overview...........................................S8 Perimeter Cooling...........................S11 Perimeter Heating...........................S11 Perimeter Systems..........................S10 Plenum Design.................................S9 Plenum Details.................................S9 Plenum Leakage.............................S10 Pressurized Plenums........................S9 Return Air.......................................S13 Sizing Jobs.....................................S14 System Economics..........................S14 Thermal Comfort.............................S17 UFAD & LEED..................................S16 Ventilation Effectiveness................S13
UnderFloor Fan Powered Terminals LHK.................................................S40 Dimensions.....................................S41 Model Number Specification..........S46 Performance Data...........................S42 Suggested Specifications...............S45
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Descriptive Product.....................................Page
Y5
www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com
Descriptive Product Index (continued)
DESCRIPTIVE PRODUCT INDEX
Y
Y6
Descriptive Product.....................................Page
VAV Diffusers Accessories....................................... L9 Application Guidelines...................... L5 Design Features................................ L4 Master/Drone Wiring........................ L6 Model Number Specifications........ L16 Products........................................... L3 T3SQ-0............................................ L10 T3SQ-2.............................................. L8 T3SQ-4.............................................. L7 Performance Data........................... L12 Suggested Specifications............... L14 Wireless Accessories for Fan Coils Wireless Accessories......................X19
Energy Solutions Index
Standard
Standard & Optional Finishes Grilles & Diffusers
#01 Aluminum Enviro-THANE速 finish is a tough, baked-on urethane coating with superior surface durability for rough-handling environments. Paint sample matching is available.
#20 Custom ENVIRO-THERM
#21 Custom ENVIRO-THANE
#34 Natural
#94 Light Bronze
#95 Medium Bronze
#96 Dark Bronze
#101 Luster Clear
#102 Brushed Clear
#103 Luster Gold
#104 Brushed Gold
#105 Luster Black
#106 Brushed Black
#107 Luster Bronze
#108 Brushed Bronze
Custom
#84 Black
Anodized Finishes
#26 White
Anodizing converts the outer layer of aluminum to a ceramic shell of aluminum oxide, increasing resistance to corrosion and the weather.
#110 Brushed Pewter Mill Finish refers to sheet metal with no surface coating or treatment. For highly corrosive or sanitary applications, a number of products are available in 304 stainless steel.
#04 Aluminum
Mill
#109 Luster Pewter
#04 Stainless Steel
Colors on this chart may vary slightly from the actual product. For more accurate color, ask your Titus representative for a color chip sample.
clever. creative. comfort.
Address: 605 Shiloh Rd. Plano, Texas 75074 Office: 972.212.4800 Fax: 972.212.4877 E-mail: titus@titus-hvac.com Websites: www.titus-hvac.com | www.titus-energysolutions.com Š Copyright Titus 2011 | All rights reserved